Professional Documents
Culture Documents
R12 MRP User UIge
R12 MRP User UIge
December 2006
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide, Release 12 Part No. B31558-01 Copyright 2001, 2006, Oracle. All rights reserved. Primary Author: Susan Saperstein, Scott Malcolm The Programs (which include both the software and documentation) contain proprietary information; they are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are also protected by copyright, patent, and other intellectual and industrial property laws. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of the Programs, except to the extent required to obtain interoperability with other independently created software or as specified by law, is prohibited. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in the documentation, please report them to us in writing. This document is not warranted to be error-free. Except as may be expressly permitted in your license agreement for these Programs, no part of these Programs may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose. If the Programs are delivered to the United States Government or anyone licensing or using the Programs on behalf of the United States Government, the following notice is applicable: U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs, software, databases, and related documentation and technical data delivered to U.S. Government customers are "commercial computer software" or "commercial technical data" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the Programs, including documentation and technical data, shall be subject to the licensing restrictions set forth in the applicable Oracle license agreement, and, to the extent applicable, the additional rights set forth in FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software--Restricted Rights (June 1987). Oracle Corporation, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065. The Programs are not intended for use in any nuclear, aviation, mass transit, medical, or other inherently dangerous applications. It shall be the licensee's responsibility to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of such applications if the Programs are used for such purposes, and we disclaim liability for any damages caused by such use of the Programs. The Programs may provide links to Web sites and access to content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle is not responsible for the availability of, or any content provided on, third-party Web sites. You bear all risks associated with the use of such content. If you choose to purchase any products or services from a third party, the relationship is directly between you and the third party. Oracle is not responsible for: (a) the quality of third-party products or services; or (b) fulfilling any of the terms of the agreement with the third party, including delivery of products or services and warranty obligations related to purchased products or services. Oracle is not responsible for any loss or damage of any sort that you may incur from dealing with any third party. Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Siebel are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Contents
Forecasting
Overview of Forecasting ...........................................................................................................2-1 Defining a Forecast Manually .................................................................................................. 2-4 Forecast Set Examples ............................................................................................................... 2-6 Reviewing Forecast Detail Information ................................................................................... 2-9
iii
Generating Forecasts from Historical Information................................................................ 2-10 Copying/Merging Forecasts ................................................................................................... 2-12 Forecast Consumption ............................................................................................................ 2-15 Time Buckets in Forecast Consumption................................................................................. 2-22 Outlier Update Percent ........................................................................................................... 2-27 Reviewing Bucketed Information .......................................................................................... 2-28 Production Forecasts ............................................................................................................... 2-29 Forecast Control ...................................................................................................................... 2-33 Forecast Explosion .................................................................................................................. 2-38 Tracking Forecast Consumption............................................................................................. 2-50
Master Scheduling
Overview of Master Scheduling............................................................................................... 3-2 Master Schedule Types - Demand Schedule (MDS) ............................................................... 3-2 Master Production Schedule (MPS) ......................................................................................... 3-3 Main Features of Master Scheduling ....................................................................................... 3-3 Defining a Schedule Name ...................................................................................................... 3-6 Defining Schedule Entries Manually ...................................................................................... 3-8 Loading a Master Schedule from an Internal Source............................................................. 3-10 Interorg Planned Orders .........................................................................................................3-12 Specific MDS or Specific MPS ...............................................................................................3-13 Selecting Master Schedule Load Options .............................................................................. 3-14 Additional Factors Affecting a Master Schedule Load ..........................................................3-16 How Forecasted Discrete Items Appear in the Master Schedule........................................... 3-17 How Forecasted Repetitive Items Appear in the Master Schedule........................................3-19 Planning Spares Demand ....................................................................................................... 3-22 Schedule Relief........................................................................................................................ 3-22 Viewing Master Schedule Relief Information ...................................................................... 3-24 Profile Options for Master Schedule Relief .......................................................................... 3-24 Planning Manager and Schedule Relief ................................................................................ 3-25 Tracking Demand Schedule Reliefs ...................................................................................... 3-26 Rough Cut Capacity Planning (RCCP) .................................................................................. 3-26
iv
Defining MRP Names .............................................................................................................. 4-8 Launching the MPS/MRP Planning Process .......................................................................... 4-10 Making a Copy of a Completed Plan ..................................................................................... 4-12 Reviewing or Adding Plan Options .......................................................................................4-14 Order Modifier........................................................................................................................ 4-18 Item and Bill of Material Attributes ...................................................................................... 4-21 Standard Bills and Routings Only ......................................................................................... 4-22 Phantom Bills of Material ...................................................................................................... 4-22 Manufactured or Purchased ................................................................................................... 4-22 Bulk Items ............................................................................................................................... 4-23 Shrinkage Rate ....................................................................................................................... 4-24 Component Yield .................................................................................................................... 4-25 Safety Stock ............................................................................................................................ 4-25 Lot Expirations ........................................................................................................................ 4-26 Overview of Plan Control ...................................................................................................... 4-27 Time Fence Control ................................................................................................................ 4-29 Release Time Fence ................................................................................................................ 4-30 Auto-Release Planned Orders ................................................................................................ 4-30 Firm Order Planning .............................................................................................................. 4-32 Overwrite Options .................................................................................................................. 4-33 Overwrite Outside Planning Time Fence, Append Planned Orders .................................... 4-35 Overwrite None, Append Planned Orders ............................................................................ 4-36 Overwrite None, Do Not Append Planned Orders ............................................................... 4-38 Gross to Net Explosion ........................................................................................................... 4-39 Phases of the Planning Process .............................................................................................. 4-40 Locking Tables within the Snapshot ..................................................................................... 4-42 Locking Tables within the Snapshot Example ...................................................................... 4-42 Specifying Items for the Planning Process ............................................................................ 4-44 Material Scheduling Method Example .................................................................................. 4-45 Netting Supply and Demand ................................................................................................. 4-46 Net Purchases ......................................................................................................................... 4-48 Planning Dates ....................................................................................................................... 4-49 Receiving Inspection Inventory ............................................................................................. 4-49 Internal Requisitions .............................................................................................................. 4-49 Net Work in Process ............................................................................................................... 4-50 Standard Discrete Jobs ........................................................................................................... 4-50 Non-Standard Discrete Jobs ................................................................................................... 4-51 Repetitive Schedules .............................................................................................................. 4-51 Net Reservations ..................................................................................................................... 4-53 Overview of Engineering Change Planning .......................................................................... 4-53 Engineering Change Orders ................................................................................................... 4-53
Planner Workbench
Overview of Planner Workbench............................................................................................. 6-2 Quick Access to Particular Documents .................................................................................... 6-5 Reviewing Planning Information ............................................................................................ 6-5 Reviewing Item Planning Information .................................................................................... 6-6 Viewing On-hand Quantities ...................................................................................................6-8 Reviewing Supply and Demand .............................................................................................. 6-9
vi
Supply and Demand Fields .................................................................................................... 6-11 Reviewing the Horizontal Plan .............................................................................................. 6-14 Displaying the Enterprise View ............................................................................................. 6-15 Reviewing Current Data ......................................................................................................... 6-17 Generating a Graphical Display of Planning Data ............................................................... 6-18 Reviewing Planning Exceptions ............................................................................................ 6-19 Planning Exception Sets ......................................................................................................... 6-23 Overview of Net Change Replan ........................................................................................... 6-24 Batch Mode Planner ............................................................................................................... 6-25 Replanning Net Changes - Batch Mode Planner ................................................................... 6-26 Replanning Net Changes-Online Planner ............................................................................. 6-28 Overview of Graphical Pegging ............................................................................................. 6-31 Available to Promise (ATP) .................................................................................................... 6-35 Calculating ATP ..................................................................................................................... 6-35 Calculating ATP for Product Family Items ............................................................................ 6-36 Negative ATP .......................................................................................................................... 6-37 Inventory Snapshot ................................................................................................................ 6-38 Supply Chain ATP.................................................................................................................. 6-38 Capable to Promise (CTP) ...................................................................................................... 6-39 Implementing Planning Recommendations .......................................................................... 6-41 Creating Firm Planned Orders ............................................................................................... 6-42 Implementing Planned Orders .............................................................................................. 6-44 Error Message Processing ....................................................................................................... 6-46 Implementing Repetitive Schedules ......................................................................................6-48 Implementing Planned Orders as Firm Jobs ......................................................................... 6-50 How Purchase Requisitions are Created ................................................................................6-52 Rescheduling Scheduled Receipts ......................................................................................... 6-53 Walking Up and Down a Bill of Material .............................................................................. 6-54 Reviewing Assembly Components ........................................................................................ 6-55 End Assembly Pegging ........................................................................................................... 6-56 Reviewing Using Assemblies ................................................................................................ 6-56 Reviewing End Assemblies .................................................................................................... 6-58 Capacity Planning .................................................................................................................. 6-58 Capacity Requirements Planning (CRP) ................................................................................ 6-59 Viewing Capacity Information from the Planner Workbench ..............................................6-59 Identifying Capacity Problems .............................................................................................. 6-62 Testing What-if Scenarios ...................................................................................................... 6-63 Plan Status .............................................................................................................................. 6-64
vii
Demand Classes
Overview of Demand Classes................................................................................................... 7-1 Demand Class Forecasting ....................................................................................................... 7-2 Forecast Consumption .............................................................................................................. 7-3 Demand Class Master Scheduling ........................................................................................... 7-5 Demand Class ATP Calculation ............................................................................................... 7-7 Net Inventory by Demand Class .............................................................................................. 7-7
10
Repetitive Planning
Overview of Repetitive Planning .......................................................................................... 10-1 Overview of Repetitive Planning Concepts .......................................................................... 10-2 MPS and MRP Planning for Repetitive Assemblies ............................................................. 10-6 Safety Stock and Order Modifiers ......................................................................................... 10-7 Anchor Date ............................................................................................................................ 10-9 Repetitive Schedule Allocation .............................................................................................. 10-9 Firm Repetitive Schedules ................................................................................................... 10-10 Repetitive Planning Control ................................................................................................ 10-12
viii
Repetitive Schedule Relief ................................................................................................... 10-14 Repetitive Schedule Implementation .................................................................................. 10-14
11
Reports
Overview of Reports............................................................................................................... 11-1 Audit Information Report....................................................................................................... 11-2 (Supply Chain) Current Projected On Hand vs. Projected Available Graphical Report ..... 11-8 (Supply Chain) Demand vs. Replenishment Graphical Report.......................................... 11-10 (Supply Chain) Financial Analysis Report .......................................................................... 11-13 Forecast Comparison Report ................................................................................................ 11-15 Forecast Detail Report........................................................................................................... 11-19 (Supply Chain) Late Order Report ....................................................................................... 11-22 Master Schedule Comparison Report................................................................................... 11-24 Master Schedule Detail Report............................................................................................. 11-27 (Supply Chain) Master Schedule Status Report................................................................... 11-31 Planning Manager Worker (once-a-day tasks)..................................................................... 11-34 Planning Parameters Report................................................................................................. 11-34 CRP Reports........................................................................................................................... 11-34 (Supply Chain) Order Reschedule Report ........................................................................... 11-35 (Supply Chain) Planned Order Report ................................................................................ 11-38 (Supply Chain) Planning Detail Report .............................................................................. 11-40 Planning Exception Sets Report ........................................................................................... 11-44
12
Kanban Planning
Overview of Kanban Planning .............................................................................................. 12-1 Using the Kanban Calculation Program ................................................................................ 12-5 Viewing and Updating Kanban Calculations.........................................................................12-8 Kanban Tools Menu.............................................................................................................. 12-11
13
Project MRP
Overview of Project MRP ....................................................................................................... 13-1 Establishing a Project MRP Environment ............................................................................. 13-2 Overview of Project MRP Setup Tasks...................................................................................13-2 Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Projects.............................................................................13-3 Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Inventory......................................................................... 13-3 Setting Up Project MRP in Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning ............. 13-5 Reviewing or Adding Project MRP Plan Options Prerequisite ............................................ 13-6 Launching a Project MRP Plan................................................................................................13-7 Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Project Manufacturing ....................................................13-8 Project MRP Planning Logic .................................................................................................. 13-8
ix
Project netting example (hard pegging) ................................................................................. 13-9 Project Netting Example (soft pegging) ............................................................................... 13-10 Netting Behavior .................................................................................................................. 13-11
14
Parallel Processing
Overview of Parallel Processing............................................................................................. 14-1 Process Control........................................................................................................................ 14-1 Inter-process Communication................................................................................................. 14-2 Single Processor Machine....................................................................................................... 14-3 Snapshot.................................................................................................................................. 14-4 Snapshot Parallel Processing.................................................................................................. 14-9 Planner Parallel Processing..................................................................................................... 14-9 Planning Manager................................................................................................................. 14-10
Tools Menu
Tools Menu............................................................................................................................... A-1
Alerts
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning Alerts .........................C-1
Glossary Index
xi
Send Us Your Comments
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide, Release 12
Part No. B31558-01
Oracle welcomes customers' comments and suggestions on the quality and usefulness of this document. Your feedback is important, and helps us to best meet your needs as a user of our products. For example: Are the implementation steps correct and complete? Did you understand the context of the procedures? Did you find any errors in the information? Does the structure of the information help you with your tasks? Do you need different information or graphics? If so, where, and in what format? Are the examples correct? Do you need more examples?
If you find any errors or have any other suggestions for improvement, then please tell us your name, the name of the company who has licensed our products, the title and part number of the documentation and the chapter, section, and page number (if available). Note: Before sending us your comments, you might like to check that you have the latest version of the document and if any concerns are already addressed. To do this, access the new Applications Release Online Documentation CD available on Oracle MetaLink and www.oracle.com. It contains the most current Documentation Library plus all documents revised or released recently. Send your comments to us using the electronic mail address: [email protected] Please give your name, address, electronic mail address, and telephone number (optional). If you need assistance with Oracle software, then please contact your support representative or Oracle Support Services. If you require training or instruction in using Oracle software, then please contact your Oracle local office and inquire about our Oracle University offerings. A list of Oracle offices is available on our Web site at www.oracle.com.
xiii
Preface
Intended Audience
Welcome to Release 12 of the Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide. This guide is intended for implementers, administrators, and users of Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning See Related Information Sources on page xvi for more Oracle Applications product information.
Documentation Accessibility
Our goal is to make Oracle products, services, and supporting documentation accessible, with good usability, to the disabled community. To that end, our documentation includes features that make information available to users of assistive technology. This documentation is available in HTML format, and contains markup to facilitate access by the disabled community. Accessibility standards will continue to evolve over time, and Oracle is actively engaged with other market-leading technology vendors to address technical obstacles so that our documentation can be accessible to all of our customers. For more information, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program Web site at http://www.oracle.com/accessibility/ .
xv
Structure
1 Setting Up 2 Forecasting 3 Master Scheduling 4 Material Requirements Planning 5 Supply Chain Planning 6 Planner Workbench 7 Demand Classes 8 Time Fence Control 9 Two-Level Master Scheduling 10 Repetitive Planning 11 Reports 12 Kanban Planning 13 Project MRP 14 Parallel Processing A Tools Menu B Windows and Navigator Paths C Alerts D Customized Find Windows E Workflow - Planning Exception Messages F Forecasting - Statistical and Focus G Memory-based Planning Engine H Character Mode Forms and GUI Windows Glossary
xvi
Oracle Applications User Guide Oracle Alert User Guide Oracle Applications Developer's Guide Oracle Applications User Interface Standards
User Guides Related to This Product: Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Oracle Business Intelligence System Implementation Guide Oracle Capacity User's Guide Oracle Flow Manufacturing User's Guide Oracle Inventory User's Guide Oracle Order Management User's Guide Oracle Project Manufacturing User's Guide Oracle Purchasing User's Guide Oracle Supplier Scheduling User's Guide Oracle Work in Process User's Guide Oracle Workflow Guide
Installation and System Administration Guides: Oracle Applications Concepts Installing Oracle Applications Upgrading Oracle Applications Oracle Applications Product Update Notes Oracle Applications System Administrator's Guide
Integration Repository
The Oracle Integration Repository is a compilation of information about the service
xvii
endpoints exposed by the Oracle E-Business Suite of applications. It provides a complete catalog of Oracle E-Business Suite's business service interfaces. The tool lets users easily discover and deploy the appropriate business service interface for integration with any system, application, or business partner. The Oracle Integration Repository is shipped as part of the E-Business Suite. As your instance is patched, the repository is automatically updated with content appropriate for the precise revisions of interfaces in your environment.
xviii
1
Setting Up
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview of Setting Up Related Product Setup Steps Setup Checklist Setup Steps Supply Chain Planning, Steps 25 33 Defining Planning Parameters Starting the Planning Manager Defining Planners Creating Planning Exception Sets Creating Demand Classes Creating Source Lists Setting Up Planner Workbench Setting Up Line Scheduling Workbench Changing Your Organization Profile Options
Overview of Setting Up
This section contains an overview of each task you need to complete to set up Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning. Before you set up , you should: Set up an Oracle Applications System Administrator responsibility. See: Setting Up Oracle Applications System Administrator, Oracle Applications System
Setting Up 1-1
Administrator's Guide. Set up your Oracle Applications Set of Books. See: Defining Sets of Books, Oracle General Ledger User's Guide.
Also, if your product uses Oracle Workflow to, for example, manage the approval of business documents or to derive Accounting Flexfield values via the Account Generator, you need to set up Oracle Workflow. See also Oracle Applications System Administrator's Guide and Oracle Workflow Guide Oracle Inventory Make sure you set up Inventory as described in Overview of Setting Up, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Ensure that all the following steps have been completed: Define your planners. Define your unit of measure conversions. Define your item planning information. If you manufacture your assemblies repetitively ensure that you define your repetitive planning information. If you operate in a project-based environment, add pegging levels for Project Manufacturing. If you operate in a Flow Manufacturing environment, define items for products, parts, and optionally, assign members to a product family.
Oracle Purchasing Make sure you set up Purchasing as described in Overview of Setting Up, Oracle Purchasing User's Guide. Ensure that all the following steps have been completed:
1-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Define financial options Define locations Set up personnel Define buyers Set up approval information
Oracle Bills of Material Make sure you set up Bills of Material as described in Overview of Setting Up, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide. In addition to the set up, ensure that all the following steps have been completed: Define your organization calendar Define your bills of material Define your routings Define flow routings, items need to be associated to lines through routings Calculate your routing lead times Define resources
Oracle Work in Process Make sure you set up Work in Process as described in Overview of Setting Up, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide. Ensure that all the following optional steps have been completed: Define your production lines Define your repetitive assemblies if you manufacture your assemblies repetitively Define production lines and line rates for flow schedules if you have a Flow Manufacturing environment
Oracle Capacity Make sure you set up Capacity as described in Overview of Setting Up, Oracle Capacity User's Guide. Ensure that all the following optional steps have been completed: Define simulation sets Define resource groups Define and load bill of resources
Setting Up 1-3
Oracle Project Manufacturing If you work in a projectbased environment, perform the following additional steps to use Oracle Project Manufacturing: Perform setup steps in Oracle Projects. See: Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Projects. Perform setup steps in Oracle Inventory
See: Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Inventory Perform setup steps in . See: Defining Planning Group Lookups Perform setup steps in Oracle Project Manufacturing. See: Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Project Manufacturing
Oracle Workflow You can use the Enabled Exception Messages workflow to generate and distribute messages to those who are the contacts for specific job tasks in order to resolve problems. See: Setting Up Oracle Workflow, Oracle Workflow Guide.
Setup Checklist
Complete the following steps, in the order shown, to set up Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning:
Note: The Master Scheduling, MRP and Supply Chain Planning
products use many of these steps in common, but steps 25 through 33 are only applicable to the Supply Chain Planning product.
Setup Checklist Step 1 2 3 Required Required Required Required Title Set Up System Administrator Set Up Key Flexfields Set Up Calendars, Currencies, and Set of Books
1-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Step 4 5
Title Set Up Organizations Set Up Supplier Planned Inventories Define your Locations Define your Employees Define your Planning Parameters Define your Planning Exception Sets Define your Demand Classes Define your Planners Define Source Lists Set Up Planner Workbench Set Up Capacity Set Profile Options Define your Forecast Sets Define Forecast Rules Define your MDS Names Load MDS Define your MPS Names Define MPS Options Define your MRP Names
6 7 8
Optional
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Optional Optional Optional Required Optional Required with Defaults Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
Setting Up 1-5
Step 23 24 25 26 27 28
Title Define MRP Options Set Up Workflow Options Define Shipping Methods Define Intransit Lead Times Create your Assignment Sets Define your Sourcing Rules or Bills of Distribution Define your Inter-organization Shipping Network Set Up Supply Chain ATP Set Up Supply Chain CTP Define your DRP Names Define DRP Options Start the Planning Manager (Required) Run the Information Audit
29
Optional
30 31 32 33 34
35
Setup Steps
Step 1 Set Up System Administrator (Required) This step involves the following tasks: Define responsibilities. See: Oracle Applications System Administrator's Guide. Set up printers (optional). See: Setting Up Your Printers, Oracle Applications System Administrator's Guide.
1-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Step 2 Set Up Key Flexfields (Required) If you are, or will be, fully installing other applications, such as Oracle Human Resource Management or Oracle Inventory, be sure to coordinate with those products' flexfield setup before defining the key flexfields here, as it is not recommended to change flexfields frequently. See: Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide. For each key flexfield, you perform the following tasks, some of which are optional for some flexfields: Define the flexfield structure Define value sets Define flexfield segments Define flexfield segment values Define security rules Assign security rules Define roll-up groups Define cross-validation rules Set up the following Accounting flexfield. You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle General Ledger or performed a commonapplications setup. See also: Oracle General Ledger User's Guide. Set up the following Human Resources key flexfields. You may not need to set up these key flexfields if you have already installed and set up Oracle Human Resource Management Systems or performed a common-applications setup. See also: Oracle Human Resources User's Guide. Grade flexfield Job flexfield Position flexfield People Group flexfield
Set up the following Inventory key flexfields. You may not need to set up these key flexfields if you have already installed and set up Oracle Inventory or performed a common-applications setup. See also: Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Item Catalog flexfield Item Category flexfield
Setting Up 1-7
System Items flexfield. After you set up the System Items flexfields and compile them, the item flexfield view concurrent program is submitted automatically. Stock Locator flexfield Sales orders flexfield
Note: Even if you do not use item catalogs, stock locators, or sales
orders, you must still compile the respective flexfields because all Oracle Inventory transactions (such as the Define Items window), inquiries, and reports require a frozen flexfield definition. However, you do not need to configure the flexfield in a specific way.
Step 3 Set Up Calendars, Currencies, and Set of Books (Required) If you have defined your calendars, currencies, and set of books while setting up a different Oracle Applications product, proceed to the next step. However, if you are performing a Multi-Org implementation of Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning, see the note below. Context: If you are performing a Multi-Org implementation, you may optionally create more than one calendar, currency, or set of books. See: Multiple Organizations in Oracle Applications. This step involves the following tasks: Set up calendars: Define period types. See: Defining Period Types, Oracle General Ledger User's Guide. Define accounting calendar. See: Defining Calendars, Oracle General Ledger User's Guide. Define transaction calendar. See: Defining Transaction Calendars, Oracle General Ledger User's Guide. (Optional) Define workday calendar. See: Overview of Workday Calendar, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide. (Optional) Define exception templates. See: Creating a Workday Exception Template, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide. (Optional) Define currencies. See: Defining Currencies, Oracle General Ledger User's Guide. Define conversion rate types. See: Defining Conversion Rate Types, Oracle General Ledger User's Guide. Assign your set of books to a responsibility. See: Oracle General Ledger User's Guide.
1-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Set up currency rates. Set up accounting code combinations. See: Oracle General Ledger User's Guide. Open and close accounting periods. See: Opening and Closing Accounting Periods, Oracle General Ledger User's Guide.
Step 4 Set Up Organizations (Required) You may not need to perform this step if you have already installed and set up Oracle Inventory or performed a common-applications setup. For the following tasks relating to setting up organizations, see: Oracle Human Resources User's Guide. Define organization QuickCodes Define business groups, if you want to define new business groups rather than using the default Setup Business Group. See the section View-all Responsibility in: Setting Up Security for Applications Using Some HRMS Windows, Oracle Human Resources User's Guide. Define organizations Define human resources organizations Define legal entities organizations Define Oracle users for operating-unit organizations Assign operating units to legal entities Set up inventory organizations. For the tasks relating to setting up inventory organizations, see: Oracle Inventory User's Guide Define organization hierarchies. See: Oracle Human Resources User's Guide Assign business groups and operating units to responsibilities. Make sure that the profile option HR: Business Group is set at the responsibility level to the business group you want to use for that responsibility. See: Oracle Human Resources User's Guide
Step 5 Set up Supplier Planned Inventories (Optional) For instructions on setting up for Supplier Planned Inventories, see the Prerequisites in: Supplier Planned Inventories. Step 6 Define Locations (Required) If you're also setting up other Oracle applications, you may already have defined locations when you set up those applications.
Setting Up 1-9
In Oracle Purchasing, define locations for where you ship, deliver internally, or bill the goods and services you order. This is a necessary setup if you plan on importing purchase requisitions from the Planner Workbench into Oracle Purchasing. See: Setting Up Locations, Oracle Human Resources User's Guide. Step 7 Define your Employees (Optional) If you do not install Oracle Human Resource Management Systems with Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP, you use the Enter Employee form to define and maintain employees in Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP. Otherwise, the forms in Oracle Human Resource Management Systems are used to enter and maintain employees. Define every employee who: Creates requisitions or purchase orders Authorizes the purchase of goods and services Receives goods or services
This is a necessary setup if you plan on importing purchase requisitions from the Planner Workbench into Oracle Purchasing. Step 8 Define your Master Scheduling / MRP Planning Parameters (Required) You need to define different modes of operation and default values that affect other functions in Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP. If you manufacture your assemblies repetitively, you can also set up your repetitive item defaults. See: Defining Planning Parameters. Step 9 Create your Planning Exception Sets (Optional) You can define and update planning exception sets that you can use to identify items and orders that require attention based upon a set of predefined action messages. This facilitates control over message sensitivity, message priority, and marking those messages where action has been taken. See: Creating Planning Exception Sets Step 10 Create your Demand Classes (Optional) You can define and update demand classes to group similar customers, demand channels or sales order types. You can use demand classes as a means of forecasting and master scheduling different sources of demand separately. See: Creating Demand Classes. Step 11 Define your Planners (Optional) For instructions on defining your planners. See: Defining Planners. Step 12 Create Source Lists (Optional) For instructions on creating source lists. See: Creating Source Lists. Step 13 Set up Planner Workbench (Required) For instructions on setting up Planner Workbench, see: Setting Up Planner Workbench.
1-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Step 14 Set up Capacity (Optional) For instructions on setting up Oracle Capacity. See: Set Up Steps, Oracle Capacity User's Guide. Step 15 Set Profile Options (Required with Defaults) Profile options specify how controls access to and processes data. In general, profile options can be set at one or more levels. System administrators use the Profile Options form to set profile options at the site, application, responsibility, and user levels. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning users use the Profile Options form to set profile options only at the user level. You can update your personal profile options if you want to override the defaults provided by Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning. Personal profiles allow you to control data access and processing options at the user level. For more information about the profile options available in Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning, see: Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning Profile Options. Step 16 Define your Forecast Sets (Optional) You can define any number of forecast sets or names. This allows you to define any number of forecasts, including different types of forecasts, such as by customer or by item. For each forecast set, you can also specify the number of days that a sales order looks to consume the forecast and the minimum level of forecast information required to consume the forecast. See: Defining a Forecast Set Step 17 Define your Forecast Rules (Optional) You can define forecast rules to establish the forecast method, bucket type, and sources of demand that are considered when compiling statistical or focust forecasts. See: Defining a Forecast Rule, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Step 18 Define your MDS Names (Optional) Define any number of demand schedule names; this allows you to define multiple master demand schedules, each with a unique name. A master demand schedule is a statement of anticipated demand that you can use to create a master production schedule, or as direct input to a material requirements plan. For each master demand schedule name, you can also signify if sales order shipments relieve the schedule. See: Defining a Schedule Name. Step 19 Load MDS (Optional) For each type of master demand schedule load, you choose a number of load options. Not all options apply to all load types. See, Loading a Master Schedule from an Internal Source. Step 20 Define your MPS Names (Optional) Define any number of production schedule names; this allows you to define multiple master production schedules, each with a unique name. A master production schedule defines the anticipated build schedule for the product family members and other critical
Setting Up 1-11
items. For each master production schedule name, you can also signify if the creation of jobs/repetitive schedules relieves the schedule. See: Defining a Schedule Name. Step 21 Define MPS Options (Optional) You can optionally include your MPS plan as available supply and get information on quantities that have been implemented as discrete jobs, purchase orders, or purchase requisitions. See: Defining a Schedule Name. Step 22 Define your MRP Names (Optional) Define any number of material requirements plan names. This allows you to generate multiple MRP plans, each with a unique name. A material requirements plan defines a set of recommendations to release or reschedule orders for material based on the net material demands. See: Defining MRP Names. Step 23 Define MRP Options (Optional) Material requirements planning (MRP) calculates net requirements from gross requirements by evaluating: the master schedule, bills of material, scheduled receipts, onhand balances, and lead times. See: Overview of Material Requirements Planning. Step 24 Set Up Workflow Options (Optional) You can use Oracle Workflow technology to handle exception messages by routing them to personnel who have specific job responsibilities in planning. Workflow runs in the background; it automates the generation and distribution of these messages. See Oracle Workflow Guide.
products use many of these steps in common, but steps 25 through 33 are only applicable to the Supply Chain Planning product.
Step 25 Define Shipping Methods (Optional) The Shipping Method code defines specific shipping methods. For example: Ground, Express, or Air. See: Defining Shipping Methods, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Step 26 Associate Shipping Methods with Lead Times (Optional) You can associate shipping methods with lead times in the Inter-org Shipping Methods window. See: Defining Inter-Organization Shipping Network, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Step 27 Create your Assignment Sets (Optional) Once you have defined your sourcing rules and bills of distribution, you must assign them to particular items, categories and/or organizations. A set of such assignments is called an assignment set. (Later, when you specify plan options for a plan, you will choose which assignment set you want the plan to use.) See: Assigning Sourcing Rules
1-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
and Bills of Distribution. Step 28 Define your Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution (Optional) Sourcing rules specify how to replenish items in an organization. A bill of distribution specifies a multilevel replenishment network of warehouses, distribution centers, manufacturing centers, and trading partners. See: Defining Sourcing Rules, Defining Bills of Distribution. Step 29 Define your Inter-organization Shipping Network (Optional) Inter-organization shipping network information describes the relationships and accounting information that exists between a shipping organization and a destination organization. See Defining Inter-Organization Shipping Networks, Oracle Inventory User's Guide and Defining Shipping Methods, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Step 30 Set Up Supply Chain ATP (Optional) Supply Chain Available to Promise enables you to view detailed availability information from Oracle Inventory or Oracle Order Entry in order to choose which supply source you want to use to meet the demand. See Defining Inter-Organization Shipping Networks, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Step 31 Set Up Supply Chain CTP (Optional) Capable to Promise extends Available to Promise by taking into account capacity information. See: Capable to Promise. Step 32 Define your DRP Names (Optional) Define any number of distribution requirements plan names. This allows you to generate multiple DRP plans, each with a unique name. A distribution requirements plan defines a set of recommendations to release or reschedule orders for material based on the net material demands. See: Defining DRP Names. Step 33 DRP Options (Optional) Select different options for your distribution requirements plan. The planning process uses the input from a supply schedule or a demand schedule to determine the quantities and timing of the items to be manufactured or purchased. See: Reviewing or Adding Supply Chain Plan Options. Step 34 Start the Planning Manager (Required) You need to activate the planning manager to execute several maintenance tasks such as forecast consumption and master schedule relief. See: Starting the Planning Manager. Step 35 Run the Information Audit (Optional-highly recommended) Audit the information you use to plan your master schedules and material requirements. Information audits are primarily used to validate the integrity of your database. For example, you can use the audit to verify the structure of your bills. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP provides a set of predefined audits that can be executed to verify existing data. See: Audit Information Report.
Setting Up 1-13
2.
Check Snapshot Lock Tables to lock tables during the snapshot process to ensure consistent inventory on-hand quantities and order quantities. Enter a Default ABC Assignment Group to use as the default for items. See: ABC Assignment Groups, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. In the Execution Defaults section, check Demand Time Fence Control to consider any demand from forecasts within the demand time fence. The planning process does not consider any demand from forecasts within the demand time fence, but does consider demand from sales orders. Check Plan Safety Stock to calculate the safety stock for each item. Attention: You must enter safety stock information for your items before Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP calculates safety stock for the items. See: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Check Net Purchases to consider approved purchase orders, approved purchase
3.
4.
5.
6.
1-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
requisitions, in-transit shipments, purchase orders in receiving, and internal requisitions when planning an item. If you do not check this, the planning process does not recommend the rescheduling of purchase orders, and may over plan the item because it creates additional planned orders.
7.
Check Planning Time Fence Control to indicate whether the planning process violates planning time fences for items. If you do not check this, the planning process plans the items as if no planning time fences exist. For discrete items or flow schedules, the planning process does not create planned orders or recommend rescheduling in existing orders within the planning time fence of the item. The planning process can still recommend rescheduling orders out.. For repetitive items, the planning process can vary the suggested schedule from the optimal schedule, within the planning time fence, by the acceptable rate increase and/or decrease you specified for the item. Discretely planned items include flow schedules
8.
Check Net WIP to consider standard discrete jobs, nonstandard discrete jobs, or repetitive schedules when planning an item. If you do not check this, the planning process does not recommend rescheduling of work orders, and may over plan the item because it creates additional planned orders. Check Net Reservations to consider material reservations when planning an item. If you do not check this, the planning process does not consider material reservations for the item and may consider the on-hand quantity for the item available for any demand.
9.
Operation start date: Schedule material to arrive in inventory for availability on the start date of a specific operation in the manufacturing process. Order start date: Schedule material to arrive in inventory for availability on the work in process order start date.
11. Select the planned items or components to be included in the planning process. See:
Specifying Items for the Planning Process. Supply Chain Planning users can set additional parameters in the Plan Options window. See: Specifying Items for the Supply Chain Planning Process. All planned items Demand schedule items Supply schedule items
Setting Up 1-15
12. Enter a number of days before the current date to include past due MDS demand in
Include MDS Days. If you do not enter a value, the planning process considers all past due MDS demand. If you enter zero, the planning process ignores all past due MDS demand.
13. Save your work.
To assign and update repetitive planning parameters and other repetitive planning defaults Repetitive planning uses a series of repetitive planning periods (defined as repetitive planning horizon and repetitive planning buckets) to level the production rate over time. When planning the repetitive part, all the demand is grouped by the number of days you specify, and the supply is averaged out over the period.
1. 2.
Navigate to the Planning Parameters window. Select the type of dates you want to use: Work dates: Calculate the repetitive planning periods using workdays. This allows the periods to shift out due to holidays. If a start date falls on a holiday, the start date is changed to the next valid working day. Each repetitive planning period consists only of valid working days. Calendar dates: Calculate the repetitive planning periods using calendar days. This allows you to fix the length of the periods regardless of the timing of holidays (non-workdays). A repetitive planning period can start on a holiday and include holidays.
3.
Enter an Anchor Date from which to calculate the repetitive planning periods. If, during the planning process, you change the repetitive planning anchor date, this date is updated to the start date of the first repetitive planning period. Enter the number of workdays for the first repetitive bucket in First Bucket Days. For example, you might enter 5 to signify that the first repetitive planning horizon is grouped into buckets of 5 days. Enter the number of workdays for the first repetitive horizon in First Horizon. For example, you might enter 30 to signify the first 30 days of production are grouped into the first repetitive bucket size you specify. Enter the number of workdays for the second repetitive bucket in Second Bucket Days. For example, you might enter 10 to signify that the second repetitive planning horizon is grouped into buckets of 10 days. Enter the number of workdays for the second repetitive horizon in Second Horizon. For example, you might enter 60 to signify the next 60 days of production are grouped into the second repetitive bucket size you specify.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
8.
Enter the number of workdays for the third repetitive bucket in Third Bucket Days. For example, you might enter 40 to signify that the rest of the repetitive planning horizon production is grouped into buckets of 40 days. Save your work. See also: Overview of Time Fence Planning Overview of Material Requirements Planning
9.
The Planning Manager performs maintenance tasks vital to the proper operation of Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning.
Note: When it operates, the Planning Manager may run for a very short
time only, making it difficult to determine whether it is running. To be sure, examine the log file for the concurrent request of the Planning Manager to verify that it is active.
Navigate to the Planning Manager window. Enter the Processing Interval for the Planning Manager. Once you start the Planning Manager, maintenance tasks are executed based on this interval.
3.
Choose Start to start the Planning Manager for all organizations by issuing a request to the concurrent manager. The Planning Manager executes tasks periodically, based on the Processing Interval you entered.
Setting Up 1-17
4.
Review the date and time you sent the request to the concurrent manager to start the Planning Manager. If an error occurs during the Planning Manager maintenance tasks, the date and time of the error is displayed. Review the Planning Manager Message associated with the date: Started: The Planning Manager is started. The processing interval and request identifier sent to the concurrent manager to start the Planning Manager are displayed. Error: An error occurred during one of the Planning Manager maintenance tasks. Use the error message information, along with your system administrator or Oracle Customer Support, to help diagnose the error. After you have diagnosed and corrected the error, you must restart the Planning Manager. Launched: The Planning Manager launched the daily cleanup worker.
5.
Defining Planners
You can define and update material planners or planning entities for the current organization and assign them to inventory items at the organization level. See: Updating Organization Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide and General Planning Attribute Group, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. To define and update material planners or planning entities
1.
1-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
2.
Enter a unique planner name. A planner can be a person or an entity, such as a department or a division. Enter the electronic mail address of the planner. Optionally, enter a date on which the planner becomes inactive. From this date on, you cannot assign this planner to an inventory item. Save your work.
3. 4.
5.
Navigate to the Planning Exception Sets window. You will use this window to set the conditions under which you want to see an exception message.
Setting Up 1-19
2.
Select a planning exception set name to identify items, orders, and resources that require attention based upon a set of predefined action messages. Save your work.
3.
Navigate to the Planning Exception Sets window. Enter an excess quantity to use with excess exceptions. Enter a repetitive variance percentage to use with repetitive variance exceptions. Enter a resource over-utilization percentage to use with capacity exceptions. Enter a user-defined time fence (in days) to use when you specify User-defined time fence in the Exception Time Periods portion of the Planning Exception Sets window. Save your work.
6.
Navigate to the Planning Exception Sets window. Enter exception time period types for monitoring different types of exceptions within a time period. An exception will occur only if the type of exception occurs during the specified time period. The different types of exceptions for which you must specify a time
1-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
period type are: Shortage Exceptions: occur when the projected on-hand quantity of the item is negative or below safety stock. Excess Exceptions: occur when the projected on-hand quantity of the item exceeds zero or safety stock by more than the value you entered in Excess Quantity. Resource Shortage Exceptions: occur when capacity is overloaded by a percentage greater than the value entered in the Resource Overloaded field in the Sensitivity Controls portion of the Planning Exception Sets window. For example, an exception will occur if you entered 10% in Resource Over-utilized and capacity is overloaded by 15%. Resource Excess Exceptions: occur when the capacity is underloaded by a percentage greater than the value entered in the Resource Underloaded field in the Sensitivity Controls portion of the Planning Exception Sets window. Overpromised Exceptions: occur when available to promise quantity for the item is negative or below safety stock. Repetitive Variance Exceptions: occur when the suggested aggregate repetitive schedule differs from the current aggregate repetitive schedule by more than the value entered in Repetitive Variance.
Note: Some exceptions only occur if you also enable pegging at the
item level (using the Pegging attribute in the MPS/MRP Planning Group) and the plan level (using the Plan Options form). These exceptions are: Late order due to resource shortage Late supply pegged to forecast Late supply pegged to sales order
The different exception time periods are: Cumulative manufacturing lead time: the processing lead time on a Make end assembly plus the processing lead time on a Make subassembly Cumulative total lead time: the cumulative manufacturing lead time plus the preprocessing, processing, and postprocessing lead time on a Buy component Planning time fence: the period starting from today's date and continuing for the number of days specified in the Planning Time Fence item attribute Total lead time: the preprocessing lead time plus the processing lead time on a Make end assembly User-defined time fence: the number of days you specify in the User-defined Time Fence field in the Sensitivity Controls portion of the window
3.
Save your work. See also Planning Exception Sets, Reviewing Planning Exceptions, Item Defining Attributes, Oracle Inventory User's Guide
Setting Up 1-21
Navigate to the Demand Class Lookups window. Verify that the type of lookup you are creating is for a demand class.
3.
Review the Access Level to determine whether you can add new lookups or modify existing lookups of this type: User: No restrictions on adding or modifying codes are enforced. Extensible: New codes may be added, but you can only modify or disable seeded codes if the application of your responsibility is the same as the
1-22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Enter a unique alphanumeric code that describes a demand class. You can define a maximum of 250 lookups for a single lookup type.
Note: You cannot change the values in this field after committing
them. To remove an obsolete lookup you can either disable the code, enter an end date, or change the meaning and description to match a replacement code.
5. 6.
Enter an abbreviated meaning of the demand class. Enter an extended description of the demand class. You can display the description along with the meaning to give more information about your lookup. Enter an effective date (in the From field) on which the demand class becomes active.
Note: You cannot use the demand class before this date. If you do
7.
8.
Enter a disable date (in the To field) on which this demand class expires.
Note: You cannot use the demand class after this date. Once a
demand class expires, you cannot insert additional records using the demand class, but can query records that already use the demand class. If you do not enter a disable date, your demand class is valid indefinitely.
9.
Check Enabled to indicate whether the demand class is enabled. If you do not check this, you cannot insert additional records using your demand class, but can query records that already use this demand class.
Setting Up 1-23
2. 3. 4.
Enter the source list name and description. See the following table for type, source type, and button values for a source list: Select the source organization
Field values and button name for each source list window. Window Name Type Field Values Source Type Field Values Forecast Entries Button Name
Copy/Merge Forecast
Forecast Entries MDS Entries MPS Entries MPS Planned Order Demand MRP Planned Order Demand DRP Planned Order Demand
Load/Copy/Merge MDS
1-24 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Window Name
Source Type Field Values Forecast Entries MDS Entries MPS Entries MPS Planned Order Demand MRP Planned Order Demand DRP Planned Order Demand
Button Name
Load/Copy/Merge MPS
5.
Select the source forecast, forecast set, master demand schedule, or master production schedule name(s) to create your list. Choose the Copy/Merge or Load/Copy/Merge button to open the Copy/Merge or Load/Copy/Merge windows. Save your work. See Also Copying/Merging Forecasts How Copy/Merge Finds Forecast Entries to Load Copy/Merge for Planning Bills and Model Forecasts Loading a Master Schedule from an Internal Source Additional Factors Affecting a Master Schedule Load
6.
7.
Setting Up 1-25
Site Locations, Oracle Human Resources User's Guide and Representing Organizations, Oracle Human Resources User's Guide. To assign purchasing categories and list prices: Assign purchasing item attributes for purchasing categories and list prices to purchased inventory items in Oracle Inventory. See: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide and Defining Categories, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. To implement planned orders as purchase requisitions: Set requisition numbers to be generated automatically in Oracle Purchasing. See: Overview of Purchasing Options, Oracle Purchasing User's Guide. Defining Your Display Preferences Display preferences control what horizontal material planning data, horizontal capacity planning data, and supply/demand detail are displayed for each item. To define your display preferences
1. 2. 3.
Navigate to the Preferences window from the Tools menu. Choose the Horizontal Material Plan tabbed region. Enter Display Bucket Type, Display Factor, Decimal Places, Field Width, Independent Demand Type, and, optionally, Source List to define the way data is displayed in the Horizontal Material Plan window. Check each type of plan information you want displayed in your horizontal plan.
Note: See the Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply
4.
5. 6.
Choose the Horizontal Capacity Planning tabbed region. Check each type of plan information you want displayed in your horizontal capacity plan.
Note: See the Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply
7. 8.
Choose the Supply/Demand tabbed region. In the Supply/Demand tabbed region, enter a Cutoff Date, and Default Job Status. When the Planner Workbench creates discrete jobs from implemented planned orders, it assigns the job status you enter in the Preferences window.
1-26 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
9.
Select a Default Job Class. When the Planner Workbench creates discrete jobs from implemented planned orders, it assigns the job class you enter in the Preferences window.
Note: Default Job Status and Job Class are used as defaults in the
10. Select a Requisition Load By default. When the Planner Workbench creates
purchase requisitions from implemented planned orders, it assigns the requisition load group you enter in the Preferences window.
Note: See the Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply
11. Choose Save to use and save your preference selections for current and subsequent
sessions.
12. Choose Apply to use your preference selections for the current session only. 13. Choose Reset to use your previously saved selections.
Setting Up 1-27
1-28 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Setting Up 1-29
See Also Users Window, Oracle Applications User's Guide How Purchase Requisitions are Created Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Displaying the Enterprise View Reviewing Supply and Demand Overview of Job and Repetitive Schedule Statuses, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide Tools menu
1-30 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Define a Default Discrete Class Define Default Discrete Class in the Work in Process parameters, or WIP Accounting Class if you have an Oracle Project Manufacturing environment. See: WIP Parameters, Oracle Work in Processing User's Guide See: Assigning Project Parameters, Oracle Project Manufacturing User's Guide Define Production Lines and Line Rate Define production lines and associated line rates for items and product families. See: Setting Up Production Lines, Oracle Work in Processing User's Guide Define Resources Define resources for a flow manufacturing line. See: Overview of Flow Manufacturing Procedures, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Define Flow Routings Items need to be associated to lines through routings. See: Creating a Flow Routing, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Run an MRP, DRP, or MPS plan if you are scheduling planned orders This process is necessary to keep the planned order quantity in synch with the flow schedules to prevent overstatement of demand.
Navigate to the Change Organization window. The Organizations Find window displays with a listing of all valid organizations.
Setting Up 1-31
2. 3.
Profile Options
This section describes the Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning profile options. In addition to descriptions, you can see the default value and updatable level. Implementing Profile Options Summary The table below indicates whether you (the User) can view or update the profile option and at which System Administrator levels the profile options can be updated: at the user, responsibility, application, or site levels. A Required profile option requires you to provide a value. An Optional profile option already provides a default value, so you only need to change it if you don't want to accept the default.
1-32 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Profile Option
User
Required ?
Default Value
MRP:AT P Assignme nt Set MRP: Calculate Excess Exception s on Time Fence MRP: Calculate Suggeste d Repetitiv e Schedule s MRP: Compute Sales Order Changes MRP: Consume Forecast Set Summary MRP: Consume Forecast MRP: Consume MDS
Required
No Default
Optional
No
Optional
No Default
Optional
Yes
Optional
No Default
Optional
Yes
Optional
Yes
Setting Up 1-33
MRP: Consume MPS MRP: Cutoff Date Offset Months MRP: Debug Mode MRP: Default DRP Plan Name MRP: Default Forecast Date Key
Optional
Yes
Optional
12
Optional
No
Optional
No Default
Optional
Yes
+ 0
You can update the profile option. You can view the profile option but cannot change it. You cannot view or change the profile option value.
Profile Option
User
Required ?
Default Value
Optional
No Default
1-34 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
MRP: Default Plan Name MRP: Default Schedule Name MRP: Default Sourcing Assignme nt Set MRP: Demand Time Fence Days MRP: Environ ment Variable to Set Path for MRP Files MRP: Firm Planned Order Time Fence MRP: Firm Requisiti ons within Time Fence
Optional
No Default
Optional
No Default
Optional
No Default
Optional
No Default
Optional
No Default
Optional
Yes
Optional
No Default
Setting Up 1-35
MRP: Include Schedule d Receipts in Use-up Calculati on MRP: Interface Table History Days MRP: Maintain Original Schedule Version MRP: MPS Relief Batch Size MRP: MPS Relief Direction MRP: Perform Planning Manager Functions in Loads MRP: Plan Revenue Discount Percent
Optional
No
Optional
No Default
Optional
No
Optional
No Default
Optional
Optional
Yes
Optional
1-36 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
MRP: Plan Revenue Price List MRP: Planning Manager Batch Size MRP: Planning Manager Max Workers MRP: Purchasi ng by Revision Key
Required
No Default
Optional
No Default
Optional
10
Optional
No Default
+ 0
You can update the profile option. You can view the profile option but cannot change it. You cannot view or change the profile option value.
Profile Option
User
Required ?
Default Value
Optional
25000
Optional
Suppliers
Setting Up 1-37
MRP: Retain Dates within Calendar Boundary MRP: Snapshot Pause for Lock (Minutes) MRP: Snapshot Workers MRP: Sourcing Rule Category Set MRP: Time Fence Warning MRP: Trace Mode MRP: Use Direct Load Option MRP: Use Ship Arrived Flag Key
Optional
Yes
Optional
Optional
Optional
No Default
Optional
Yes
Optional
No
Optional
No
Optional
No
+ 0
You can update the profile option. You can view the profile option but cannot change it. You cannot view or change the profile option value.
1-38 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
MRP:ATP Assignment Set Indicates the name of the assignment set to use for Supply Chain ATP. MRP:Calculate Excess Exceptions on Time Fence Indicates whether to calculate excess exceptions at the time fence, instead of up to the time fence. This profile has a predefined value of No upon installation. MRP:Calculate Suggested Repetitive Schedules Indicates whether to calculate and use suggested repetitive schedules to perform forecast consumption. Available values are listed below: Yes - Calculate and use suggested repetitive schedule information. No - Do not calculate and use suggested repetitive schedule information. MRP:Compute Sales Order Changes Indicates whether to calculate and use sales order demand to perform forecast consumption and track sales order information. Available values are listed below: Yes - Calculate and use sales order information. No - Do not calculate and use sales order information. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP predefines a value of Yes for this profile for the site upon installation. You may set this value to No if you wish to disable forecast consumption and sales order tracking in Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP permanently. This profile has a predefined value of Yes for this profile for the site upon installation. MRP:Consume Forecast Set Summary Indicates whether to enable or temporarily disable forecast set consumption. Forecast set consumption is the process that replaces forecasted set demand with actual demand and is handled by the Planning Manager process. Available values are listed below: Yes - Enable forecast set consumption. Update the forecast set when you place sales order demand. No - Disable forecast set consumption. Do not update the forecast set when you place sales order demand. MRP:Consume Forecast Indicates whether to enable or temporarily disable forecast consumption. Forecast consumption is the process that replaces forecasted demand with actual demand and is handled by the Planning Manager process. Available values are listed below: Yes - Enable forecast consumption. Update the forecast set when you place sales order demand. No - Disable forecast consumption. Do not update the forecast set when you place sales order demand.
Setting Up 1-39
The planning manager verifies the setting of this option before performing forecast consumption. If it is set to No, the planning manager does not update forecast entries. The planning manager processes any sales order demand occurring while this profile is set to No when you set the profile option back to Yes. This profile has a predefined value of Yes upon installation. MRP:Consume MDS Indicates whether to enable or temporarily disable shipment relief of a master demand schedule. Available values are listed below: Yes - Enable shipment relief. No - Disable shipment relief. The planning manager verifies the setting of this option before performing shipment relief. If it is set to No, the planning manager does not update MDS entries. The planning manager processes any sales order shipments occurring while this profile is set to No when you set the profile option back to Yes. This profile has a predefined value of Yes upon installation. MRP:Consume MPS Indicates whether to enable or temporarily disable production relief of a master production schedule. Available values are listed below: Yes - Enable production relief. No - Disable production relief. The planning manager verifies the setting of this option before performing production relief. If it is set to No, the planning manager does not update MPS entries. The planning manager processes any purchase requisitions and discrete jobs occurring while this profile is set to No when you set the profile option back to Yes. This profile has a predefined value of Yes upon installation. MRP:Cutoff Date Offset Months Specifies the number of months from today to default the cutoff date for all forecasting, scheduling and planning forms. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP loads the forecast, master scheduling, and material requirement entries from the current date up to and including this date. MRP:Debug Mode Indicates whether to enable debug messages within Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP. Available values are listed below: Yes - Enable debug messages. No - Do not enable debug messages. This profile has a predefined value of No upon installation. MRP:Default DRP Plan Name
1-40 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Specifies the DRP plan name that defaults when navigating to the Plan Options window, Plan Status window, or the Planner Workbench. MRP:Default Forecast Date Indicates whether to default the forecast date to the next valid day/week/period in the Enter Forecast Entries window. Available values are listed below: Yes - Default the forecast date to the next valid day/week/period in the Enter Forecast Entries form. No - Do not default the forecast date to the next valid day/week/period in the Enter Forecast Entries form. This profile has a predefined value of Yes upon installation. MRP:Default Forecast Name Specifies the forecast name that defaults when navigating to any of the forecasting forms. MRP:Default Plan Name Specifies the MRP or MPS plan name that defaults when navigating to any of the planning forms. MRP:Default Schedule Name Specifies the schedule name that defaults when navigating to any of the scheduling forms. MRP:Default Sourcing Assignment Set Determines the sourcing assignment set that Oracle Purchasing uses to assign sources to requisitions. MRP:Demand Time Fence Days Indicates the number of time fence days for forecast set consumption and MDS (sales order) load. MRP:Environment Variable to Set Path for MRP Files Specifies the appropriate path for the MRP files. If this profile is not used, the files are written to $MRP_TOP/$APPLOUT. This profile contains no pathname following the installation. MRP:Firm Planned Order Time Fence Indicates whether to form natural time fences for your MRP firm planned orders when launching the planning process. A MRP firm planned order is an order that is frozen in quantity and time (unavailable for rescheduling). Available values are listed below: Yes - Form natural time fences for your MRP firm planned orders when launching the planning process. No - Do not form natural time fences for your MRP firm planned orders when
Setting Up 1-41
launching the planning process. This profile has a predefined value of Yes upon installation. MRP:Firm Requisitions within Time Fence Indicates whether to form natural time fences for your firm requisitions when launching the planning process. Available values are listed below: Yes - Form natural time fences for your MRP firm requisitions when launching the planning process. No - Do not form natural time fences for your MRP firm requisitions when launching the planning process. MRP:Include Scheduled Receipts in Use-up Calculation Enables the Memory-based Planning Engine to include scheduled receipts in calculating use-up date. The scheduled receipts included will be Discrete Jobs, Approved Purchase Orders, Receipts, and Shipments. Purchase Requisitions and Non-Standard Jobs will be excluded. This profile has a predefined value of No upon installation. MRP:Interface Table History Days Indicates the number of days that Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP saves rows in the forecast, schedule, and workbench temporary interface tables after they have been processed. This profile has a predefined value of 5 upon installation. MRP:Maintain Original Schedule Version Indicates whether to maintain the original master schedule version. The original schedule version is the earliest copy of schedule dates and quantities, and often may not serve a useful purpose. This gives you the ability to disable the original schedule version if you do not intend to use it as part of your business procedures and do not want to contend with the additional overhead required by Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP to maintain it. If you change this profile option, you must start the concurrent manager and the planning manager so that the new setting of the profile option is detected. Available values are listed below: Yes - Maintain the original master schedule version. No - Do not maintain the original master schedule version. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP predefines a value of No for this profile for the site upon installation. This profile has a predefined value of No upon installation. MRP:MPS Relief Batch Size Indicates the batch size for production relief when relieving master production schedule
1-42 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
entries. MRP:MPS Relief Direction Indicates the direction in which the production relief takes place when relieving master production schedule entries. Available values are listed below: Backward, then Forward - Oracle Master Scheduling relieves master production schedule entries backwards from the discrete job due date, then forwards until it finds enough schedule quantity to relieve. Forward only - Oracle Master Scheduling relieves master production schedule entries only forward from the discrete job due date until it finds enough schedule quantity to relieve. Attention: When you change any of these profile options you must restart the planning manager to activate the new profil option. This profile has a predefined value of Backward, then forward upon installation.
Note: The name of this profile option in Release 10 is MRP:Relief
Directional Control.
MRP:Perform Planning Manager Functions in Loads Ensures that the forecast and master schedule load programs perform all planning manager functions: compute sales order changes, forecast consumption, and MDS relief. This profile has a predefined value of Yes upon installation. MRP:Plan Revenue Discount Percent Specifies the average discount percent that is applied to all items in a plan. This value is a key performance indicator used to calculate performance in a plan for Business Intelligence reports. This profile can be a value between 0 and 100, decimal values are permitted. MRP:Plan Revenue Price List Specifies the sales order price list that is applied to items in a plan. This value is used to calculate the plan margin key performance indicators for Business Intelligence reports. MRP:Planning Manager Batch Size Indicates the batch size for the number of rows in a set that the planning manager processes. You use this profile option during a forecast and master schedule load to determine the number of rows to process in batch. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP also uses this profile option during forecast consumption and master schedule relief to determine the number of items to process. A larger batch size is more efficient, because a process needs to make fewer database hits. For example, if there are 1000 rows or items to process, and you have set the profile to 100, the process needs to access the database 10 times to retrieve information on all 1000 rows or items. Setting the profile to 200 means that the process needs to access the
Setting Up 1-43
database only 5 times. A smaller batch size means that the work may be divided across more workers. Using the example above, a value of 100 means that the Planning Manager could divide the work across 10 processes, while a value of 200 means that only 5 processes could operate simultaneously. MRP:Planning Manager Max Workers Indicates the maximum number of workers to be launched by the planning manager. If there are many rows processing, the planning manager continues to spawn more workers, until all rows have been processed, or the number of Planning Manager Workers running or pending matches or exceeds the value of MRP:Planning Manager Workers. A larger value for this profile means that the Planning Manager can use more workers to process tasks. However, a larger value could also mean that the concurrent manager queue becomes filled with workers, and other processes do not run. In general, do not define a value that exceeds the maximum number of concurrent programs that can run simultaneously. This profile has a predefined value of 10 upon installation. MRP:Purchasing by Revision Indicates whether to pass on item revision to the purchase requisition. MRP:Purge Batch Size Indicates the batch size for the number of rows that the planning purge process deletes between commits. The larger the number, the faster the purge processes performs. The lower the number, the smaller the rollback segments required. This profile has a predefined value of 25000 upon installation. MRP:Requisition Load Group Option Indicates the group by option used when loading requisitions using the Planner Workbench form. Available values are listed below: All on one - Create one purchase requisition for all recommended orders. Buyer - Create one purchase requisition for buyer. Within each requisition, create one line for each planned order for the buyer. Category - Create one purchase requisition for each category of items. Within each requisition, create one line for each planned order for the category. Inventory item - Create one purchase requisition for each inventory item. Within each requisition, create one line for each planned order for the item. One each - Create one purchase requisition for recommended order. Planner - Create one purchase requisition for each planner. Within each requisition, create one line for each planned order for the planner.
1-44 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Supplier - Create one purchase requisition for each supplier. Within each requisition, create one line for each planned order for the supplier. MRP:Retain Dates within Calendar Boundary Ensures that dates stay within the calendar boundary. This profile has a predefined value of Yes upon installation. MRP:Snapshot Pause for Lock (Minutes) Indicates the number of minutes to pause execution of the Snapshot process while waiting to acquire locks on tables. This profile has a predefined value of 5 upon installation. MRP:Snapshot Workers Indicates the number of workers that are launched during the execution of the Snapshot process. A larger value means that more tasks are performed in parallel. Too many workers, however, can result in system degradation and diminishing performance benefits. In general, do not define a value for this profile that exceeds the maximum number of concurrent programs that can run simultaneously. This profile has a predefined value of 5 upon installation. MRP:Sourcing Rule Category Set Indicates the category set used when Oracle Supply Chain Planning or Oracle Purchasing creates sourcing assignments at category-org or category level. MRP:Time Fence Warning Indicates whether to receive a warning if you modify a master production schedule within the planning time fence or master demand schedule within the demand time fence. Available values are listed below: Yes - Receive a warning modify a master production schedule within the planning time fence or master demand schedule within the demand time fence. No - Do not receive a warning if you modify a master schedule within the planning or demand time fence. This profile has a predefined value of Yes upon installation. MRP:Trace Mode Indicates whether to enable the trace option within Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning. Available values are listed below: Yes - Enable the trace option within Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning. No - Do not enable the trace option within Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning.
Setting Up 1-45
This profile has a predefined value of No upon installation. MRP:Use Direct Load Option Enables the Loader Worker to use the direct load option instead of conventional loads. This profile has a predefined value of No upon installation. You can update this profile at all levels. MRP:Use Ship Arrived Flag Indicates how to treat sales orders shipped to customers. You can automatically treat sales orders as "arrived" at a customer site after the intransit lead time has expired, or you can manually update the ARRIVED_FLAG in SO_PICKING_HEADERS. This profile is used by the Memory-based Planning Engine when a customer is modelled as an organization. This profile has a predefined value of No upon installation. Available values are listed below: Yes - Use arrived flag in SO_PICKING_HEADERS. No - Use intransit time between source and the destination organizations. See Also Overview of User Profiles, Oracle Applications User's Guide, Setting Your Personal User Profile, Oracle Applications User's Guide, Common User Profile Options, Oracle Applications User's Guide, Profile Options in Oracle Application Object Library, Oracle Applications User's Guide
1-46 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
2
Forecasting
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview of Forecasting Defining a Forecast Manually Forecast Set Examples Reviewing Forecast Detail Information Generating Forecasts from Historical Information Copying/Merging Forecasts Forecast Consumption Time Buckets in Forecast Consumption Outlier Update Percent Reviewing Bucketed Information Production Forecasts Forecast Control Forecast Explosion Tracking Forecast Consumption
Overview of Forecasting
You can estimate future demand for items using any combination of historical, statistical, and intuitive forecasting techniques. You can create multiple forecasts and group complimenting forecasts into forecast sets. Forecasts are consumed each time your customers place sales order demand for a forecasted product. You can load forecasts, together with sales orders, into master demand and production schedules, and use the master schedules to drive material requirements planning.
Forecasting 2-1
Time Buckets
You can forecast with daily buckets in the short term, weekly buckets in the midterm, and periodic buckets in the longer term.
Entry Options
You can define a forecast for a particular item by entering a single date and quantity. You can also specify a start and end date, and a quantity.
Alternate Bills
You can associate alternate bills of material to multiple forecasts for the same item, exploding different components, usages, and planning percentages.
Consumption
You can manually or automatically consume forecasted demand with sales order (actual) demand.
2-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Copy
To help manage and consolidate your forecast information, you can create new forecasts from existing forecasts or forecast sets. You can copy forecasts from your own organization or from any other organization.
Forecast Rules
You can define item forecast rules in Oracle Inventory to establish the forecast method, bucket type, and sources of demand that are considered when compiling a statistical or focus forecast.
Review
You can review all aspects of your forecasts using online inquiries and reports. This information can be viewed by forecast set or individual forecast.
Forecasting 2-3
information from the database. You cannot view or report on forecasts and forecast sets once you delete them.
You can associate a forecast to one forecast set only. Some forecast set information - such as forecast level - defaults to the forecasts you create within the set. You can keep or override these defaults for a specific forecast.
2-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
3. 4.
Select a bucket type to group forecast entries by days, weeks, or accounting periods. Select the level that determines how forecasts in the set are defined and consumed. See: Forecast Levels. Ship - To: Item, customer, and shipping identifier Bill - To: Item, customer, and billing identifier Customer: Item and customer Item: This is the only option available if you are not using Oracle Order Management or Oracle Receivables.
5.
Select consumption options. If you turn consumption on, sales orders you create consume forecast entries in this set. See: Consumption within a Forecast Set. The outlier update is the maximum percentage of a forecast entry that a single sales order can consume. See: Outlier Update Percent, page 2-27 Forward and backward days describe the number of work dates from the sales order schedule date that forecast consumption looks backward or forward for a forecast entry to consume. Non - workdays are not counted in these calculations. See: Backward and Forward Consumption Days.
6.
Forecasting 2-5
overconsumption when this window is accessed in the view mode through the Inquiry menu. However, only overconsumed items are shown when you access the Forecast Set Items window through the Forecast Sets window.
Enter a disable date. After this date, you can no longer define a forecast name for the set. You can view disabled forecasts but not modify them.
Defining a Forecast
A forecast shows predicted future demand for items over time. You can assign any number of items to a forecast, and use the same item in multiple forecasts. For each item you enter the days, weeks, or periods and the quantities that you expect to ship. A forecast entry with a forecast end date specifies the same quantity scheduled for each day, week, or period until the forecast end date. A forecast entry without a forecast end date is valid only for the date and time bucket specified.
Prerequisites
Define at least one forecast set. See: Defining a Forecast Set.
To define a forecast:
1.
2-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
2. 3. 4.
Query a forecast set. Enter a unique name for the forecast. Choose the Forecast Items button to open the Forecast Items window.
You can choose the Folder menu to customize your display. See: Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder, Oracle Applications User's Guide
5. 6.
Enter an item. Choose the Detail button to open the Forecast Entries window.
Forecasting 2-7
7. 8.
Select a bucket type of days, weeks, or accounting periods. Enter a date. This is typically the date you expect to ship the item or the beginning of the week or period that you expect to ship the item. Enter an optional end Date. This creates forecast entries of the same quantity for each day, week, or period until the end date. A forecast entry without an end date is valid just for the date and time bucket specified.
9.
10. Enter a current quantity. This also becomes the original quantity and the total.
Forecast consumption reduces the current quantity. Forecast consumption plus the current quantity equals the total.
11. Enter an optional confidence percentage that the forecasted item will become actual
demand. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning multiplies this percentage by the forecast quantity when you load it into a master schedule.
12. If you are working in a project environment, enter a valid project and task
reference. After entering a valid reference, you can select a price list and an average discount in the flexfield.
Note: Your ability to enter project and task references is determined
by organization parameters set in Oracle Inventory. If the project control level is set to project, then the task column will be dimmed, preventing you from entering task references. If the control level is
2-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
set to task, you can enter references into both columns. See: Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Inventory.
1. 2.
Navigate to the Item Forecast Entries window. Query a forecast set. To update information, see Defining a Forecast, Steps
Forecasting 2-9
Generating a Forecast
To generate a focus or statistical forecast:
1. 2. 3.
Navigate to the Generate Forecast window. In the Parameters window, select a forecast name and forecast rule. Pick a range of items to forecast for: all items, a specific item, a category of items, or all items in a category set. Select an overwrite option:
4.
2-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
All Entries: Deletes everything on the forecast before loading new information. No: Deletes nothing and adds new entries to existing entries during the load. Schedule entries are not combined. You can get multiple forecast entries for the same item on the same day. Same Source Only: Deletes the entries that have the same source as those you load. You can replace entries on the forecast that were previously loaded from the same source without affecting other entries on the forecast.
5. 6. 7.
Enter a start date and cutoff date. Choose OK. In the Generate Forecast window, choose Submit.
Forecast Levels
In addition to designating the minimum level of detail for which the forecast is defined, the forecast level also serves as a consumption level. You can define the forecast level with or without the demand class that also controls the consumption of forecasts. You can define the following consumption levels for a forecast set: item level
Forecasting 2-11
While attempting to consume a forecast, the consumption process looks for a forecast containing an item that corresponds to the sales order information. When it finds an entry, it checks the forecast using the criteria you defined for the forecast level. For example, if you define the forecast level to be ship to, the forecast consumption process searches the forecasts for the customer/ship - to address associated with the sales order.
Important: If you enter customer information but do not specify the
correct forecast level, the forecast consumption process ignores the customer information.
Copying/Merging Forecasts
You can copy forecasts from within your own organization, from any other organization, or from any focus or statistical forecast. You can modify existing forecasts while merging them into new ones. This allows you to forecast (for simulation purposes) the same collection of items, but with altered forecast rates and percentages, using a series of modification factors and/or carry forward days. When copying from existing forecasts, you have the option to copy original or current forecast quantities. When you merge a forecast, you can selectively overwrite the existing forecast, or you can consolidate forecasts by not overwriting previous forecast entries. If you load source forecasts with one demand class into a destination forecast with a different demand class, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning warns you that the demand classes are different. It associates the new entries in the destination forecast with the demand class of the destination forecast.
Navigate to the Copy/Merge Forecast window. In the Parameters window, select a destination forecast and source type: Forecast Source List: A source list defined in the Source Lists window.
2-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Select the forecast organization. Select the forecast/load source list. Select either one of your source lists or one of your forecasts, according to the source type you selected above.
5.
Select an Overwrite option: All Entries: Deletes everything on the forecast before merging new information. No: Deletes nothing and adds new entries to existing entries during the merge. Schedule entries are not combined. You can get multiple forecast entries for the same item on the same day. Same Source Only: Deletes the entries that have the same source as those you merge. You can replace entries on the forecast that were previously loaded from the same source without affecting other entries on the forecast. For example, suppose you merge forecasts FCA and FCB into FCC. On a subsequent merge you select Same Source Only and merge FCB into FCC. The result is that FCC contains forecasts from the first merge of FCA and the second merge of FCB.
6.
Enter the start and cutoff dates for the forecast merge. Forecast entries are merged from the start date to the cutoff date. If you specify carry forward days, the number of days are subtracted from the cutoff date so that all merged entries have dates before the cutoff date.
Forecasting 2-13
7. 8.
Select the explode option. Select the quantity type: Current: The current forecast quantity is the original forecast quantity minus any consumption quantities. When you choose this option, you cannot choose to consume the forecast since the forecast quantities already reflect sales order demand that has been placed. Original: This is the quantity of the forecast without any consumption. When you choose this option, you should choose to consume the forecast if you intend to generate a master schedule using forecasts and sales orders. Consuming the original forecast ensures that demand is not overstated by balancing the forecast and sales order demand.
9.
10. Select the modification percent. 11. Enter the number of carry forward days. 12. Choose OK. 13. In the Copy/Merge Forecast window, choose Submit.
See Also Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide How Copy/Merge Finds Forecast Entries to Load Copy/Merge for Planning Bills and Model Forecasts
2-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
that window so that it can consider the forecast for consumption purposes. This may include past due forecasts. If you specify carry forward days, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning uses them to determine which entries are within the current time frame since they shift the forecast dates during the forecast load. For example, if the start date is 16-MAR and you enter a cutoff date of 20-MAR and specify four carry forward days, the forecast load process recalculates the current time frame to 12-MAR through 16-MAR. Suppose the source forecast has entries of 13-MAR and 17-MAR. Based on this, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning considers the forecast defined on 13-MAR as the only eligible forecast. When you load this forecast, the forecast load process adjusts the date to 17-MAR to add in the carry forward days. When you use weekly and period bucket types, these dates are recalculated by identifying the beginning date of the workweek and period that the start date falls into. The same calculation is applied to the end date. A forecast entry with a forecast end date is considered current if the range that it covers includes any part of the current time frame established above. This would include past due entries.
order the components under it. If you want to ensure that you forecast the components, as well as the planning item itself, you can explode the planning item during a forecast merge.
When you explode a forecast for a model, you can track which forecasted end model generated the forecast for the lower level components. This allows you to trace the forecasted demand for a component if it is defined in more than one model. You can also trace exploded forecasts to planning bills. You can also explode a product-family forecast to the member items, and see which product family generated the forecast for all the items at lower levels.
Forecast Consumption
Overview of Forecast Consumption
Forecast consumption replaces forecasted demand with actual sales order demand. Each time you create a sales order line, you create actual demand. If the actual demand is already forecasted, the forecast demand must be decremented by the sales order
Forecasting 2-15
quantity to avoid counting the same demand twice. The Planning Manager is a background concurrent process that performs automatic forecast consumption as you create sales orders. Forecast consumption relieves forecast items based on the sales order line schedule date. When an exact date match is found, consumption decrements the forecast entry by the sales order quantity. Other factors that may affect the forecast consumption process are backward and forward consumption days and forecast bucket type. When you create a new forecast, especially from an external source, you can also apply consumption that has already occurred for other forecasts to the new one. See Also Planning Manager Consumption across Forecast Sets Consumption for a Product Family Consumption within a Forecast set
Forecast Set #1 contains Forecast #1 and Forecast #2. The same item, Item A, belongs to both forecasts within the set. Some possible scenarios and how consumption would work are:
2-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
If the sales order quantity is less than the forecast quantity of each forecast, only one of the forecasts for Item A is consumed. If one of the two forecasts for Item A were on the same day as the sales order line schedule date, that forecast would be consumed first. If the forecast for Item A is for the same day in both forecasts, the forecasts are consumed in alphanumeric order by forecast name.
For example, if each forecast for Item A is for a quantity of 100 and you place sales order demand for 20, the consumption process would decrement only Forecast #1 to 80. However, if the sales order quantity is for 120, Forecast #1 is decremented from 100 to zero and Forecast #2 is decremented from 100 to 80. See Also Consumption across Forecast Sets.
Suppose that the planning percentages for the member items are:
Forecasting 2-17
Also assume a product-family forecast for A of 100. After forecast explosion, a sales order of 20 for item B consumes the forecast, leaving the following forecast: 100 20 = 80 for A 60 20 = 40 for B 40 0 = 40 for C
Similarly, if item B is a model and if Forecast Control for both D and E is set to Consume and Derive, then the forecast for item D gets consumed by 20 and the forecast for item E gets consumed by 20. The forecasts for items F and G remain the same. See Also Overview of Production Planning Forecast Control Consumption for a Product Family Production Planning
2-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Forecast Set #1 contains Forecast #1 and Forecast Set #2 contains Forecast #2. The same item, Item A, belongs to both forecasts within each set. When you create a sales order, both forecasts for Item A in Forecast Set #1 and Forecast Set #2 are consumed. This is because consumption occurs against each forecast set, and Item A exists in both forecast sets. For example, if each forecast for Item A is quantity 100 and you place sales order demand for 20, the consumption process would decrement each forecast in each set from 100 to 80.
Note: In this example, Forecast Set #1 and Forecast Set #2 are most
likely alternative scenarios two different sets for comparison purposes, so that consumption occurs for the same item in both sets. If you want to consume an item only once, define all forecasts for an item within a single set.
Forecasting 2-19
Consumption days are used when an exact match between the sales order dates and the forecast dates is not found, or when a match is found and the quantity is not sufficient to cover the sales order quantity. In both of these situations, consumption first moves backwards in workdays, looking for a forecast quantity to consume. If that search is unsuccessful, consumption moves forward in workdays. If a suitable forecast entry to consume is still not found, or the sales order quantity has not been completely consumed, an overconsumption entry is added to the forecast set. See: Overconsumption See Also Consumption with Daily Buckets Consumption with Weekly Buckets Consumption with Periodic Buckets
2-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Overconsumption
When consumption cannot find an appropriate forecast entry to consume, it creates, for information purposes only, a new forecast entry at the forecast set level. This entry has a zero original quantity and a negative current quantity equal to the unconsumed demand. The entry is marked with an origination of overconsumption and is not loaded into the master schedule.
Important: Only overconsumed items are shown when you access the
Forecast Set Items window through the Forecast Sets window. However, all the items within a forecast set are shown including overconsumption when this window is accessed in the view mode through the Inquiry menu. See: Tracking Forecast Consumptions.
Unconsumption
When you decrease the order quantity on a sales order line item, Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning unconsumes (increments) the appropriate forecast entry, according to the criteria described for consumption. This process is also called deconsumption. This process attempts to remove overconsumption entries at the forecast set level first, before searching for an appropriate forecast entry to unconsume. See: Overconsumption.
Forecasting 2-21
uncomsumption process.
If you change a sales order line schedule date, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning unconsumes the sales order quantity based on the old schedule date and reconsumes the sales order quantity based on the new schedule date.
Note: You can create sales orders with due datesthe manufacturing
calendar to express future demand that has uncertain due dates. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning consumes the forecast on the last valid workday in the manufacturing calendar. When the sales order schedule date is changed, it unconsumes on the last workday and reconsumes on the sales order line schedule date.
The process tries to consume a forecast entry on the 12th (the sales order date) because the forecast is stated in daily buckets and no backward consumption days exist. Since there are no forecasts on the 12th, an overconsumption entry is created on the 12th and the forecasts remain the same.
2-22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Here, the process tries to consume a forecast entry between the 12th (the sales order date) and the 9th (backward 3 days). The forecast entry of 20 each on the 9th is consumed. The remaining sales order quantity of 5 creates an overconsumption entry.
In this example, the process tries to consume a forecast entry between the 2nd (back 3 days from the sales order date of the 5th) and the 10th (forward 3 workdays, skipping the weekend). Going backward, the forecast entry of 20 each on the 2nd is consumed. Going forward, the forecast entry of 20 on the 9th is reduced to 15 each.
Forecasting 2-23
In the above example, weekly forecasts exists for 20 on the 2nd and the 9th. When you place sales order demand for 25 on the 12th, the forecast consumption process attempts to consume in the week of the sales order only, since the forecast is stated in weekly buckets and no backward consumption days exist. Since there is a forecast in the week of the 12th, the entire forecast of 20 is consumed by the sales order for 25 and the remainder of the sales order becomes an overconsumption of 5 on the sales order line schedule date.
In the above example, weekly forecasts exists for 20 on the 2nd and the 9th. When you place sales order demand for 25 on the 12th, the forecast consumption process attempts to consume in the week of the sales order first and then backwards for the number of backward consumption days. In this example, the backward consumption days of 5 causes the consumption process to go into another weekly bucket where it also consumes anything from that week. Since there is a forecast in the week of the 12th, the sales order for 25 consumes the entire forecast of 20 and then consumes the remainder of the sales order quantity (5) from the forecast on the 2nd.
2-24 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Note: When you use weekly or periodic buckets and the consumption
days carry the consumption process into a different week or period, the consumption process consumes from anywhere in the week or period, regardless of whether the consumption days span the entire week or period.
In this example, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning subtracts the backward consumption days from the 12th (excluding non-workdays) to day 5. Since day 5 is in the previous week, it consumes forecasts anywhere within the bucket; in this case, on the 2nd. The consumption process consumes any forecasts that are included in the time fence created by the backward or forward consumption days, and then any other forecasts that are in the week or period. However, it does not consume a daily forecast that exists in the week or period if it is not covered by the time fence. In the above example, a daily forecast for the same item on the 4th would not have been consumed by the sales order; however, a daily forecast on the 5th would have since it is in the period included in the backward consumption days.
In the above example, a periodic forecast exists for 20 on the 2nd, the first day of the period. When you place sales order demand for 25 on the 12th (assuming it is in the same period), the forecast consumption process attempts to consume in the period of the sales order only, since the forecast is stated in periodic buckets and no backward consumption days exist. Since there is a forecast in the period starting on the 2nd, the entire forecast of 20 is consumed by the sales order for 25 and the remainder of the sales order becomes an overconsumption of 5.
Forecasting 2-25
In the above example, a periodic forecast exists for 20 on the 2nd, the first day of the period. When you place sales order demand for 25 on the 12th (assuming it is in the same period), the forecast consumption process attempts to consume in the period of the sales order line schedule date first and then backwards for the number of backward consumption days. In this example, the backward consumption days does not cause the consumption process to go into another periodic bucket. It behaves the same as if there were no backward consumption days. Since there is a forecast in the period of the 2nd, the sales order for 25 consumes, and the remainder of the sales order becomes an overconsumption of 5 on the 12th. However, if the backward consumption days are large enough to carry forecast consumption into the previous period, forecast consumption can consume any forecasts in that period also.
Note: When you have a mix of daily, weekly, and periodic forecast
entries, forecast consumption first consumes the daily entries, then the weekly entries, and lastly the periodic forecast entries that are included in the time fence created by the backward and/or forward consumption days.
2-26 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the Forecast Sets window. Query the set name that includes the new forecast. Choose the Consume button to open the Consume Forecast Set window. or:
2.
Navigate directly to the Consume Forecast Set window. Select the set name that includes the new forecast. Select a number of sales orders within the demand time fence to include. Including only sales orders from today forward is useful if your forecast begins today, and/or if the forecast begins on the first day of a period, rather than in the middle of a period. Choose OK. Choose Submit to begin the process.
Note: This process considers only sales orders that have already
3.
4. 5.
been consumed by automatic forecast consumption through the Planning Manager. It does not consider sales orders pending in the Planner Manager that have not been processed.
See Also Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications Users Guide Planning Manager
Forecasting 2-27
In the above example, daily forecast exists for 20 on the 2nd and the 9th with an outlier update percent of 50 on each forecast. When you place sales order demand for 50 on the 9th, the forecast consumption process attempts to consume on the sales order line schedule date only, since the forecast is stated in daily buckets and no backward consumption days exist. Because an outlier update percent of 50 exists on the forecast, the consumption process consumes only 50% of the forecast. The outlier update percent applies to how much of the original forecast quantity, not the sales order, the consumption process can consume. In this example, the consumption process consumes 50% of the forecast (10) and the rest of the sales order quantity (40) is overconsumed. If there were a backward consumption days of 5, 50% of the forecast on the 2nd would also be consumed, and the overconsumed quantity would be 30. Using the same example, if another sales order for 50 is placed on the 9th, it consumes 50% of the original forecast quantity (10) and the current forecast quantity on the 9th becomes zero. Overconsumption is increased by an additional 40 to a new total on the 9th (80).
Navigate to the Forecast Bucketed Entries window. Select a bucket type to be displayed: days, weeks, or periods. Select the Include Entries Before Start Date check box if you want to display forecast entries, bucketed in the first bucket, before the start date you enter. Select the quantity display for bucketed forecast entries: Units (item quantity) or Values (item quantity multiplied by the standard cost).
4.
2-28 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
5.
Select the date range for which you want to display forecast bucketed information. You can enter dates in the past to review historic forecast information. If you select the check box that beside the bucket dates, the data in this window is refreshed automatically. If the check box is blank, data is refreshed only in the fields where you place the cursor. Choose Detail to view detail forecast entries for an item in the Forecast Entries window. If you do not select a bucket range, detail forecast entries for an item for all bucketed dates between the start date and cutoff date of the bucket options display.
6.
7.
Production Forecasts
You can define and maintain forecasts for any item, at any level on your bills of material. You can forecast demand for products directly, or forecast product families and explode forecasts to individual products through planning bills. You can forecast demand for option classes, options, and mandatory components directly. You can also explode forecasts for models and option classes, through model and option class bills, to selected option classes, options, and mandatory components.
Forecasting 2-29
When you use the Load/Copy/Merge window to load a planning item forecast into another forecast, you can choose to explode the aggregate forecast for the planning item into detailed forecasts for each of the components defined on the planning bill. The forecast quantities exploded to the components are calculated by extending the planning item forecast by the component usages and planning percents defined on the planning bill. You can also choose to explode forecasts when you load a planning item forecast into a master schedule. Planning Bills The following table illustrates a planning bill for Training Computer, a planning item that represents a planning bill for three types of computers: laptop, desktop, and server. The planning percent assigned to each member of the planning bill represents anticipated future demand for each product. Although, in this example, the planning percents add up to 100%, it is equally valid for the sum of the planning percents to be less than or greater than 100%.
Level 1 .2 .2 .2 Item Training Computer . Laptop Computer . Desktop Computer . Server Computer BOM Item Type Planning Model Model Model Planning %
The following table illustrates forecast explosion, via the planning bill described in the previous table, for a forecast of 100 Training Computers. The table also illustrates forecast consumption after you place sales order demand for 20 Laptop Computers. Original forecast shows forecast quantities before forecast consumption. Current forecast shows forecast quantities after consumption by sales order demand.
Level 1 .2 .2 .2 Item Training Computer . Laptop Computer . Desktop Computer . Server Computer Original Forecast 100 60 20 20 Current Forecast 100 40 20 20
2-30 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Forecasting Models
You can use the Bills of Material window in Oracle Bills of Material to define model and option class bills with multiple levels of option classes, options, and mandatory components to represent your complex configure-to-order products. You can then use forecast explosion to explode model and option class forecasts the same way you explode forecasts for planning items. The logic for exploding models and option classes is the same as the logic used to explode planning items. You can choose to explode model and option class forecasts, just as you can choose to explode planning item forecasts when loading forecasts into other forecasts or master schedules.
Model Bills The following table illustrates a model bill for Laptop Computer, a model that includes two mandatory components and three option classes. The planning percent assigned to optional option classes represents anticipated demand for the option class. In this example, 90% of Laptop Computers are expected to be sold with an operating system, and the remaining 10% are expected to be sold without.
Level .2 ..3 Item . Laptop Computer . . Carrying Case BOM Item Type Model Standard Optional No No Planning % 60% 100%
Forecasting 2-31
BOM Item Type Standard Option Class Option Class Option Class
Optional No No No Yes
Option Class Bills The following example illustrates the option class bills for the Monitor, VGA, and EGA option classes. The planning percent assigned to each option within each option class represents anticipated demand for the option. In this example, 70% of all Laptop Computers are expected to be sold with a VGA monitor, and the remaining 30% are expected to be sold with an EGA monitor. Notice that the Monitor option class is not optional. This means that customers must always choose one of the Monitor options when ordering Laptop Computer. Of the 70% of Laptop Computers sold with a VGA monitor, 50% are expected to be sold with the VGA1 monitor and 50% are expected to be sold with the VGA2 monitor. The VGA option class also includes a mandatory component, VGA Manual, that is always shipped with Laptop Computer if the VGA monitor option class is chosen, regardless of the VGA option.
Level ..3 ...4 ....5 ....5 ....5 ...4 ....5 ....5 Item . . Monitor . . . VGA . . . . VGA Manual . . . . VGA1 . . . . VGA2 . . . EGA . . . . EGA1 . . . . EGA2 BOM Item Type Option Class Option Class Standard Standard Standard Option Class Standard Standard Optional No Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Planning % 100% 70% 100% 50% 50% 30% 55% 45%
2-32 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Forecasting Predefined Configurations Predefined configurations are configurations that you have defined as standard items, with standard bills and standard routings. You might define a predefined configuration because you often use the configuration in sales promotions, or the configuration is one of your most commonly ordered configurations, and you want to build it to stock to reduce delivery lead times and improve customer service levels. Your customers can order predefined configurations by item number, just as they order any other standard item. Forecast consumption, forecast explosion, master scheduling, planning, production relief, and shipment relief for predefined configurations behave as they do for any other standard item. See Also Overview of Forecast Consumption Overview of Forecast Explosion
Forecast Control
Use the Forecast Control item attribute to tell Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning the types of demand that you place for models, option classes, options, and mandatory components. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning uses the Forecast Control value you assign to each assembletoorder and pick-to-order item to guide the behavior of the major processes that it uses to support twolevel master scheduling. The following section discusses the four types of demand that you can place for an item, and identifies the appropriate Forecast Control attribute value for each type of demand.
Independent Forecast Demand Independent forecast demand is demand that you place for an item by entering forecasts for the item directlyrather than exploding forecast to the item using forecast explosion. You typically define direct forecasts for items, such as a planning items or
Forecasting 2-33
models, whose demand is independent of any other item. Define direct forecasts by entering them manually using the Forecast Entries window, or by loading forecasts from external systems or Oracle Inventory. If you forecast demand directly for an item, then set Forecast Control to Consume. Exploded Forecast Demand Exploded forecast demand is demand that you generate for an item when you explode forecasts to the item using forecast explosion. You typically generate exploded forecast demand for items, such as option classes and options, whose demand is directly related to or derived from the bill of material structure for other items. If you forecast demand for an item by exploding demand from a higher level item in a bill of material, set Forecast Control to Consume and Derive. In some cases, you may have items that are subject to both types of forecast demand. For example, the keyboard that is forecast and sold as a mandatory component with a Laptop Computer may also be forecast and sold separately as a spare or service part. You use Forecast Control to control which models, option classes, options, and mandatory components in a model bill receive exploded forecasts, since forecast explosion only generates exploded forecast demand for items where you have set Forecast Control to Consume and Derive.
Important: Set Forecast Control to None to identify items that have
dependent demand that should be calculated by the planning process, using standard MRP planning logic, rather than through forecast explosion. An example of this type of item is a user manual that is either MRP or minmax planned and replenished.
If you forecast demand for an item directly, and explode forecast demand to the item, set Forecast Control to Consume and Derive. Sales Order Demand Sales order demand is demand that you place when your customers order configurations. As your customers order configurations, Oracle Order Management automatically places sales order demand for each model, option class, and option selected by your customer when they place the order. If you place sales order demand for an item, but do not forecast the item, set Forecast Control to None. Derived Sales Order Demand Under normal circumstances, Oracle Order Management does not place sales order demand for mandatory components when your customers order configurations. If you are forecasting key mandatory components, however, you will usually want to maintain your forecasts by generating sales order demand for the mandatory components and consuming the forecasts as your customers place sales orders.
2-34 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
You can set the Forecast Control attribute to Consume or Consume and Derive to automatically place demand and consume forecasts for mandatory components when you place sales orders demand for configurations that include the mandatory components. If you forecast demand for a mandatory component, either directly or through forecast explosion, set Forecast Control to Consume or Consume and Derive. Summary The following table summarizes, for each type of item, the types of demand that Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning assumes is placed for different values of Forecast Control.
Demand Type Item Type Forecast Control Forecast Exploded Forecast Sales Order Yes Derived Sales Order
Consume
Yes
Consume and Derive Option Consume Consume and Derive None Mandatory Component Consume
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
Consume and Derive None Product Family Consume Consume and Derive
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Forecasting 2-35
Forecast Consumption (a) and Forecast Consumption (b) represent forecast consumption before and after the Auto-Create Configuration process creates the configuration item and single-level bill for a configuration. CD represents component demand, NR represents net requirements, SO represents sales order demand, and FC represents forecast demand.
Note: Notice that the only difference between the Consume option and
the Consume and Derive option is that forecast explosion generates exploded forecast demand for items where Forecast Control is set to Consume and Derive.
Process
Models and Option Classes Do not generate exploded forecast demand Consume actual sales order demand Consume configuration component demand
Options
Mandatory Components Do not generate exploded forecast demand Consume derived sales order demand
Forecast Explosion
Do not generate exploded forecast demand Consume actual sales order demand
2-36 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Forecast Control
Process
Models and Option Classes Load actual sales order demand Relieve when configuration work order is created Relieve when configuration sales order is shipped Generate exploded forecast demand As above
Options
Mandatory Components Load derived sales order demand Relieve when component work order is created
MDS Load
Load actual sales order demand Relieve when option work order is created
Production Relief
Shipment Relief
Relieve when configuration sales order is shipped Generate exploded forecast demand As above
Relieve when configuration sales order is shipped Generate exploded forecast demand As above
Forecast Explosion Forecast Consumptio n (a) Forecast Consumptio n (b) MDS Load Production Relief Shipment Relief
As above
As above
As above
As above As above
As above As above
As above As above
As above
As above
As above
None
Forecast Explosion
Not applicable
Do not generate exploded forecast demand Consume actual sales order demand
Not applicable
Not applicable
Do not consume
Do not consume
Forecasting 2-37
Forecast Control
Process
Options
Mandatory Components Do not load derived sales order demand Relieve when component work order is created Do not relieve
MDS Load
Load actual sales order demand Relieve when option work order is created Do not relieve
Production Relief
Not applicable
Shipment Relief
Not applicable
See Also Overview of Forecast Explosion Forecast Consumption for Models and Predefined Configurations Consumption of Predefined Configurations
Forecast Explosion
Overview of Forecast Explosion
Forecast explosion is the process that explodes forecasts for planning items, models, and option classes to selected components on your planning, model, and option class bills. Forecast explosion calculates exploded forecast quantities by extending parent forecast quantities using the component usages and planning percents defined on your planning, model, and option class bills. You can associate alternate bills of material to multiple forecasts for the same item. This lets you explode the same forecast using different components, usages, and planning percents. You explode forecasts by choosing the Explode option when loading a forecast into another forecast or a master schedule.
2-38 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Exploding Forecasts from Using Assemblies The following table illustrates when forecast explosion explodes forecast from a parent item to its components. 'Always' means 'Always explode forecasts from this item', and 'Never' means 'Never explode forecasts from this item.'
Planning Item ATO Model ATO Option Class Always ATO Std. Item PTO Model PTO Option Class Always PTO Std. Item Always Std. Item
Always
Always
Never
Always
Never
Exploding Forecasts to Components The following table illustrates when forecast explosion explodes forecast to a component from its parent item. 'Always' means 'Always explode forecasts from this item', 'Check' means 'Explode forecasts to this item if Forecast Control is set to Consume and Derive', and 'Never' means 'Never explode forecasts from this item.'
Forecasting 2-39
Product Family
Planning Item
ATO Model
PTO Model
Std. Item
Check
Check
Check
Check
Check
Forecast Explosion Example The following table illustrates how forecast explosion explodes a forecast for 100 Laptop Computers. The FC column shows forecast quantities.
Level Item BOM Item Type Model Forecast Control Consume Optional Plan % FC
.2
No
100
..3
Standard
Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive
No
100%
100
..3
Standard
No
100%
100
..3
. . CPU
No
100%
100
...4
Yes
65%
65
...4
Standard
Yes
35%
35
Re-exploding Forecasts
You can change your planning and model forecasts at any time and reexplode new forecasts to your option classes, options, and mandatory components. You can choose to reconsume your new forecasts using the sales order demand history maintained by Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning. This lets you quickly adjust your exploded forecasts in response to forecast or bill of material changes.
2-40 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
demand. Each time you place a sales order, you create actual demand. If the actual demand is forecasted, you typically want to reduce the forecast demand by the sales order quantity to avoid overstating demand. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning automatically consumes forecasts for product families, configurations, models, option classes, and options when you place sales order demand for configurations. By default, forecast consumption consumes forecasts by item. If you want to consume your forecasts by distribution channel, customer type, or order type, use demand classes to control forecast consumption. You can also choose to consume your forecasts by one of the following forecast consumption levels: item customer customer bill-to address customer ship-to address
See Also Line Options and the Configurator, Oracle Order Management User's Guide
Forecasting 2-41
Consumption of Models
Forecast consumption takes place both before and after the AutoCreate Configuration process creates a configuration item, bill, and routing for a configuration. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning ensures that forecast consumption is consistent before and after the creation of the configuration item.
Important: The fact that forecast consumption takes place twice, both
before and after the creation of the configuration item, is transparent to the user. The purpose of this section is only to provide detailed information.
mandatory components. You can also generate derived sales order demand for selected mandatory components, since forecast
2-42 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
consumption generates derived sales order demand for all items where you have set Forecast Control to Consume or Consume and Derive. This lets you define and maintain forecasts for key mandatory components as well as models, option classes, and options.
Before you run the AutoCreate Configuration process, forecast consumption uses actual sales order demand for models, option classes, options, and derived sales order demand for selected mandatory components, to consume your forecasts.
.2
90 10
..3
Standard
Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive
No
100%
90 10
..3
Standard
No
100%
90 10
..3
No
100%
90 10
...4
Yes
65%
65
...4
Standard
Yes
35%
25 10
..3
No
100%
90 10
...4
. . . VGA
Yes
70%
60 10
Forecasting 2-43
Level
Item
Forecast Control Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive None
Optional
Plan %
FC/ SO
....5
No
100%
60 10
....5
Standard
Yes
50%
25 10
....5
. . . . VGA2
Standard
Yes
50%
35
...4
. . . EGA
Yes
30%
30
....5
. . . . EGA1
Yes
55%
16.5
....5
. . . . EGA2
Standard
Yes
45%
13.5
...4
Standard
No
100%
..3
Option Class
Yes
90%
80 10
...4
Standard
Yes
80%
62 10
..4
. . UNIX
Standard
Yes
20%
18
2-44 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
includes all ordered options, all mandatory components of all ordered models and options classes, and each ordered model and option class. The models and option classes appear on the configuration bill as phantoms, and are only there to consume forecasts and relieve master schedules. They are not used by the planning process or Oracle Work in Process since all mandatory components from the model and option class bills are also included directly on the single level bill. The following table illustrates the single-level configuration bill created by the AutoCreate Configuration process in response to the sales order for 10 Laptop Computers with 486 processors, VGA1 monitors, and DOS operating system.
Level 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Item Laptop Computer001 Laptop Computer Carrying Case Keyboard CPU 486 Processor Monitor VGA VGA Manual VGA1 Monitor Manual Operating System DOS BOM Item Type Standard Model Standard Standard Option Class Standard Option Class Option Class Standard Standard Standard Option Class Standard Optional No No No No No No No No No No No No No
In the post-configuration stage, forecast consumption uses the sales order demand for the new configuration item to consume forecasts. Typically, you do not have any forecasts defined for unique configurations. Therefore, forecast consumption does not find any forecasts to consume. If forecast explosion cannot find any forecasts to consume, it explodes the configuration bill and consumes forecasts for each model and
Forecasting 2-45
option class on the bill. It also consumes forecasts for each standard item on the configuration bill where Forecast Control is set to Consume or Consume and Derive. To ensure that forecast consumption is consistent before and after the AutoCreate Configuration process, forecast consumption only consumes forecasts for standard items on configuration bills where Forecast Control is set to Consume or Consume and Derive.
Note: If you set Forecast Control to None for an option, and then define
forecasts for the option, you get inconsistent forecast consumption before and after the AutoCreate Configuration process. Before the AutoCreate Configuration process, forecast consumption uses actual sales order demand to consume any existing forecasts. After the AutoCreate Configuration process, forecast consumption does not consume those same forecasts since it only consumes forecasts for standard items on configuration bills where Forecast Control is set to Consume or Consume and Derive.
10
Model
Consume
90
.3
Standard
No
100%
90
.3
. Keyboard
Standard
No
100%
90
.3
. CPU
Option Class
No
100%
90
2-46 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Level
Item
Forecast Control Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive None
Optional
Plan %
FC/ SO
..4
. . 386 Processor
Yes
65%
65
..4
. . 486 Processor
Standard
Yes
35%
25
.3
. Monitor
Option Class
No
100%
90
..4
. . VGA
Option Class
Yes
70%
60
....5
. . . . VGA Manual
Standard
No
100%
60
....5
. . . . VGA1
Standard
Yes
50%
25
....5
. . . . VGA2
Standard
Yes
50%
35
...4
. . . EGA
Option Class
Yes
30%
30
....5
. . . . EGA1
Standard
Yes
55%
16.5
....5
. . . . EGA2
Standard
Yes
45%
13.5
...4
. . . Monitor Manual
Standard
No
100%
Forecasting 2-47
Level
Item
Forecast Control Consume and Derive Consume and Derive Consume and Derive
Optional
Plan %
FC/ SO
..3
. . Operating System
Yes
90%
80
...4
. . . DOS
Standard
Yes
80%
62
...4
. . . UNIX
Standard
Yes
20%
18
2-48 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Level .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2
Item . 486 Processor . Monitor . VGA . VGA Manual . VGA1 . Monitor Manual . Operating System . DOS
BOM Item Type Standard Option Class Option Class Standard Standard Standard Option Class Standard
Optional No No No No No No No No
The following table illustrates consumption of a forecast for 100 Laptop Basics after a customer places a sales order for 10 units.
Item Laptop Basic Original Forecast 100 Current Forecast 90
If you have not defined forecasts for the predefined configuration, forecast consumption explodes the configuration bill and consumes forecasts for each model and option class. Forecast consumption also consumes forecasts for each standard item on the configuration bill where Forecast Control is set to Consume or Consume and Derive . The following table illustrates consumption of the same sales order for 10 Laptop Basics when you have not defined a forecast for Laptop Basic. Note that the original forecast quantities for Laptop Basic's components have not been exploded from Laptop Basic, since you cannot explode forecasts from a standard item. Any forecasts that do exist for Laptop Basic's components must have been entered manually or exploded from a planning item, model, or option class forecast. This example assumes that Forecast Control is set to Consume or Consume and Derive for all standard components on Laptop Basic's configuration bill.
Forecasting 2-49
Item Laptop Computer Carrying Case Keyboard CPU 486 Processor Monitor VGA VGA Manual VGA1 Monitor Manual Operating System DOS
Original Forecast 20 20 20 30 50 40 40 50 20 30 30 30
Current Forecast 10 10 10 20 40 30 20 40 10 20 20 20
Navigate to the Item Forecast Entries window. Query to find the forecast you're interested in tracking. Navigate to the Forecast Entry for the product family item. Choose Consumptions to see the consumed quantity for each order.
2-50 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the Forecast Sets window. Query to find the forecast set you're interested in. Click the Forecast Set Items button to see which items on the forecast set were overconsumed. The Forecast Items window that appears shows both individual items and product family items.
Note: Only overconsumed items are shown when you access the
Forecast Set Items window through the Forecast Sets window. However, all the items within a forecast set are shown, including overconsumption, when this window is accessed in the view mode through the Inquiry menu.
See: Creating an Event Alert, Oracle Alert User's Guide. See Also Overview of Production Planning Defining a Forecast Set Overconsumption Tracking Demand Schedule Reliefs Planning Models, Option Classes, and Product Families
Forecasting 2-51
3
Master Scheduling
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview of Master Scheduling Master Schedule Types - Demand Schedule (MDS) Master Production Schedule (MPS) Main Features of Master Scheduling Defining a Schedule Name Defining Schedule Entries Manually Loading a Master Schedule from an Internal Source Interorg Planned Orders Specific MDS or Specific MPS Selecting Master Schedule Load Options Additional Factors Affecting a Master Schedule Load How Forecasted Discrete Items Appear in the Master Schedule How Forecasted Repetitive Items Appear in the Master Schedule Planning Spares Demand Schedule Relief Viewing Master Schedule Relief Information Profile Options for Master Schedule Relief Planning Manager and Schedule Relief Tracking Demand Schedule Reliefs Rough Cut Capacity Planning (RCCP)
You use the schedules generated by master scheduling as input to other manufacturing functions, such as material requirements planning and rough-cut capacity planning.
Note: The planning products support Oracle Project Manufacturing's
end item model/unit effectivity. The end-item model Unit Number field is visible if this featured is enabled allowing you to: Enter schedule entries by model/unit Load sales orders into a MDS, and have the specified unit number carried over to the schedule entry Create demand and generate planned orders with unit number specified
3-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Supply Chain Planning users can also manage interorganizational demand and create distribution requirements plans (DRP) from an MDS. See: Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning
Scheduling (MPS) have similar windows and functionality. Therefore, the documentation often refers to the more generic "Master Scheduling" . This document may use "Master Scheduling" to refer to "Master Demand Scheduling" or "Master Production Scheduling".
Supply Chain Planning users can also run a multi-organization MPS and create distribution requirements plans (DRP) from an MPS. See: Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning
The master schedule shows sales order entries for product family items when you load sales orders for their member items. They also show demand schedule entries for product family items loaded from the forecasts. Roll the MPS Plan Forward You can append planned orders to the MPS plan as time passes without affecting the existing plan. Forecast and Planning Configurations You can schedule configurations on your master schedule. Configurations may represent unique, one time combinations of options that were ordered, or they may represent standard, often-ordered sets of options. Identify Conflicts in Schedules You can identify conflicts between desirable schedules and attainable schedules using rough-cut capacity planning. Rough-cut capacity planning converts the master schedule into an assessment of available and required capacity and its impact on key resources such as bottleneck work centers and long lead time items/equipment. It lets you evaluate the probability of success before implementation. You can use rough-cut capacity to simulate different scenarios and compare multiple master schedules. Schedule Spares Demand You introduce spare parts demand into an MPS plan by manually defining spares requirements as master demand schedule entries. You can also forecast spares demand and load the forecast into the master schedule. Available to Promise You can include a master production schedule as supply for your available to promise calculations. Add MPS Firm Planned Orders An order for an MPS Planned item can be modified or added in the Planner Workbench. Master Schedule at Any Level You can master schedule items that exist at any level of the bill of material. The master production schedule then operates separately from the material requirements plan, although it might include demand for items that are also parents of MPS items. Similarly, the MRP plan may also include both MPS planned and MRP planned items. Project and Seiban References If you are working in a project-based or Seiban environment, you can include project/Seiban and task references to your schedule entries. These references will accompany and drive the material planning process. See: Defining Schedule Entries Manually Loading the Master Schedule from Multiple Sources
3-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
You can derive the master schedule from a forecast, another master schedule, source lists, or directly from sales orders. You can define your master schedule or modify entries loaded from other sources. Supply Chain Planning users can also load DRP planned orders. See: Loading the Supply Chain Master Schedule from Multiple Sources When you derive your master schedule from an existing schedule, you can modify your master schedule quantities using a modification percentage or you can shift master schedule dates by specifying a number of carry forward days. Interorganization Orders You can load planned order demand from a requesting organization into the master demand schedule of the supplying organization. Supply Chain Planning users can run a sequence of MRP processes for organizations to produce valid multi-organizational material plans. Supply Chain Planning users can define multiorganization replenishment strategies with sourcing rules and bills of distribution. See: Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution
Schedule Management
You can monitor your master demand schedule as customer shipments occur by utilizing the MDS relief process. You can maintain credible priorities or schedule dates and update your master production schedule either manually or automatically through the MPS relief process. You can report and implement the MPS by exception, only for those items that require attention. Various reports and inquiries are available to give you detailed information on your master schedule status. Automatic MPS Relief You can automatically maintain your master production schedule with the auto-reduce MPS attribute you specify for the item in the item master in Oracle Inventory. For each
item, you can specify a point in time after which you no longer want the item to appear on the MPS. This point in time can be the demand time fence, the planning time fence, or the current date depending on your business practices. Master Scheduling by Demand Class You can optionally associate a demand class to a master demand schedule or master production schedule when you define the master schedule name. When you ship a sales order or create a discrete job, that sales order or discrete job relieves the master schedules that are associated with the demand class of the sales order or discrete job. You can load a subset of the sales orders into your master schedule for a specific demand class. See also Overview of Capacity Planning, Oracle Capacity User's Guide
you are unsure of the lowest level that an MPS part exists, use the default value. The explosion process explodes through the entire bill of material. See: Defining Bills of Material Parameters, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide.
3-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the Master Demand Schedules or Master Production Schedules window (MDS Names and MPS Names in the menu). Enter a name and description.
2.
3. 4.
Optionally, select a demand class. Save your work. You can now define a master schedule manually, or load a schedule from another source, with the name(s) you created.
In the MPS window check Inventory ATP. You can optionally include your MPS plan as available supply when you calculate available to promise information in Oracle Inventory. In the MPS window, check Feedback to monitor the quantity of the planned order that has been implemented as discrete jobs, purchase orders, or purchase requisitions. This provides the planner visibility of the status of the plan at any point in time. In the MPS window, check Production to enable a plan to auto-release planned orders. See: Auto-release Planned Orders
2.
3.
Check Relieve to relieve schedule entries. For master demand schedules, all sales order shipments relieve the appropriate schedule entries (shipment relief). For master production schedules, when you create discrete jobs, flow schedules, purchase orders, or purchase requisitions, you relieve schedule entries (production relief). If you associate a demand class with your schedule, the relief process updates those schedule entries whose demand class matches a sales order, discrete job, flow schedule, purchase order, or purchase requisition.
2.
1.
Navigate to the Master Demand Schedules or Master Production Schedules window. Query a schedule name. Enter an inactive-on date. Save your work. See Also Defining Schedule Entries Manually Schedule Relief Available to Promise (ATP)
2. 3. 4.
3-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the Master Demand Schedules or Master Production Schedules window (MDS Names or MPS Names in the menu). Select a schedule name. Choose Items to open the Master Demand Schedule Items or Master Production Schedule Items window. You can choose the Folder menu to customize your display. See: Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder, Oracle Applications User's Guide.
2. 3.
4.
Enter an item with an MRP planning method of MPS Planning. See: Defining Items: Oracle Inventory User's Guide Enter a different MPS explosion level, if you want to change the default. See: MPS Explosion Level Choose Detail to open the Master Demand Schedule Entries window or Master Production Schedule Entries window.
5.
6.
7.
Enter a date. For MDS, this is the date of shipment. For an MPS, this is the completion date of production. For repetitive items, whether MDS or MPS, this is the start date of production
8. 9.
For repetitive items, enter an end date of production. Enter a current quantity. This also becomes the original quantity and the total. Schedule reliefs reduce the current quantity. Schedule reliefs plus the current quantity equals the total.
10. If you are working in a project environment, enter a valid project and task
reference.
Note: Your ability to enter project and task references is determined
by the organization parameters set in Oracle Inventory. If the project control level is set to project, then the task column will be dimmed, preventing you from entering task references. If the control level is set to task, you can enter references into both columns. See: Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Inventory
Note: The Unit Number. field is visible if you have enabled Oracle
Project Manufacturing's end item model/unit effectivity feature. See: Model/Unit Effectivity, Oracle Project Manufacturing Implementation Manual.
11. Check Reliefs if you want this entry to be decremented when you create purchase
orders, purchase requisitions or discrete jobs - whether you define the purchase requisitions or jobs manually or load them with the Planner Workbench.
12. Save your work.
Navigate to the Load/Copy/Merge Master Demand Schedule or Load/Copy/Merge Master Production Schedule window. Choose one of the following names: Load/Copy/Merge MDS Copy/Merge MPS
2.
3-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Load MPS
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
In the Parameters window, enter a destination schedule. Select a source type. See: Source Type Field Select a source organization. Select source name. Select a start date and a cutoff date. Select from a number of load options. See: Selecting Master Schedule Load Options Choose Submit Request.
source lists
Loading a master schedule in Supply Chain Planning involves extra steps. See: Loading a Supply Chain MPS from and Internal Source
Specific Forecast:
When you load a master schedule from a forecast, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning includes forecast entries as follows:
From Start day minus backward consumption days To Cutoff date
The load converts forecast entries for repetitive items into repetitive entries in the master schedule - even if the original forecast entry does not have a forecast end date. Master demand and production schedule entries for repetitive items must fall on valid workdays.
For example, Org 1 is the requesting organization. Org 1 considers the workstation an MRP-planned item, internally replenished by Org 2. Org 2 manufactures the workstation, where it is an MPS-planned item. The manufactured workstation includes a monitor that Org 2 receives from Org 3. To produce a valid multi-organization material plan, you: generate planned orders for workstations in Org 1 load the master demand schedule for Org 2 with inter-organization planned orders from Org 1 generate planned orders for monitors in Org 2 load the master demand schedule for Org 3 with inter-organization planned orders from Org 2; this drives the planning process for Org 3
3-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
picture of demand. The load master schedule process does not pick up any demand for sales orders that you place more recently than the last execution of the planning manager.
This feature is most useful to copy an existing schedule and modify the copy. You can apply a modification percent to the new schedule and/or move schedule entries forward or backward by a specific number of days. Modification Percent To increase the quantity of the new schedule, specify a percent by which to multiply the schedule entries. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning adds the result of the multiplication to the existing quantities. To decrease the new schedule, enter a negative percent. For example, to increase an existing schedule entry of 100 by 10 percent, specify a modification percent of 10. The resulting schedule entry is 110. To decrease an existing schedule entry of 100 by 10 percent, enter a modification percent of -10. The resulting schedule entry is 90. Carry Forward Days To move schedule entries forward in time, specify a number of workdays. To move schedule entries backward, enter a negative number. Holidays are not recognized as workdays; the previous valid workday is used instead. For example, the existing schedule contains an entry of 100 on Monday. Wednesday is a holiday. The following Saturday and Sunday are not workdays. If you wish to move the schedule entry to the next Monday, specify four carry forward days. Source Lists With this source type you can:
consolidate master schedules, plans, and forecasts from multiple organizations into a single source load multiple sources into a master schedule in one transaction
Sales Order Demand Class: To limit the sales orders loaded to a particular demand class, select a demand class. Only sales order items from this demand class are loaded. Demand Time Fence: To limit the source forecast with a demand time fence, select: Load forecast outside demand time fence only: Ignore forecast entries on and within the demand time fence. When you include sales orders and consume forecasts, this option loads sales orders within the demand time fence, and the greater of sales orders and forecasts outside the demand time fence. Load orders within and forecast outside demand time fence: Load only sales orders on and within the demand time fence, and only forecast entries outside the demand time fence. Ignore demand time fence: Ignore the demand time fence. When you include sales orders and consume forecasts, this option loads all forecast demand across the planning horizon.
Note: Use the include sales orders option to also load sales order
Overwrite Overwrite To overwrite the existing entries of the destination schedule, select: All entries: Erase all existing master schedule entries associated with the master schedule name and load new entries. For example, if you load master schedules MS-A and MS-B into master schedule MS-C the first time and then load master schedule MS-B into master schedule MS-C the
3-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
second time, the result is that MS-C contains master schedules from the second load of MS-B. Same source only: Erase only the entries with a source that has been previously loaded into the master schedule. This allows you to update master schedule information with the latest picture of the sales orders, updated forecasts or master schedules. For example, if you load master schedules MS-A and MS-B into master schedule MS-C the first time and then load master schedule MS-B into master schedule MS-C the second time, the result is that MS-C contains master schedules from the first load of MS-A and the second load of MS-B. Or, if you load sales orders into master schedule MS-C the first time and then load sales orders again using this option. Master schedule MS-C reflects all the current sales orders including those booked in the interim of the first and second loads. To add new entries to the destination schedule, select: No: This loads new entries, but does not erase existing master schedule entries. Start Date Select the start date of your schedule. If you specify a start date Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning first selects the planning BOM entries that start outside the start date, then explodes those entries. When you load a forecast into an MDS, the master schedule load inserts all the forecast entries after the start date minus backward update consumption days for the forecast set. The start date does not apply to exploded entries that fall before start date due lead time offsetting from planning BOM entries that start after the forecast load start date. Cutoff Date Select the cutoff date of your schedule. When you load a forecast into an MDS, the master schedule load inserts all the forecast entries prior to the cutoff date and adds forward update consumptions days for the forecast set. Explode Select Yes to explode the schedule entries, down to the MPS explosion level. See MPS Explosion Level. Quantity Type: To load forecast quantities, select: Current: This loads the original forecast quantity minus any consumption quantities. When you choose this option, you cannot choose to consume the forecast, since the forecast quantities have already subtracted sales order demand. Original: This loads the forecast without any consumption. When you choose this option, you should choose to consume the forecast if you intend to load the master schedule using forecasts and sales orders. Consuming the original forecast ensures that
orders and forecasts during the same load process, rather then loading them in two separate steps. If you load them separately, and you create sales orders in the interim, you could overstate or understate demand. For example, suppose you define a forecast entry for 100 on 01-FEB and load it into the master schedule. You create a sales order for 30 on 01-FEB. The forecast is consumed to 70, but the master schedule remains at 100. You then load sales orders as a separate step. The total demand for 01-FEB becomes 130, which overstates the actual and forecasted demand. If you launched a single process instead of two, you would see a forecast of 100 and no sales order demand, or a forecast of 70 and a sales order for 30. Either way, the correct demand of 100 results
Modification Percent Enter a percent by which to multiple the schedule entries. Carry Forward Days Enter a number of workdays to move the schedule forward in time. To move the schedule backward, enter a negative number.
Note: When you specify carry forward days, the start date and cutoff
date apply to the destination schedule, This allows schedule entries before the start date or after the cutoff date to be loaded.
Backward Consumption Days Enter a number of workdays the consumption process will move backward when looking for a forecast quantity to consume. See: Backward and Forward Consumption Days. Outlier Percent Enter the maximum percent of the original forecast that a sales order can consume. See: Outlier Update Percent
3-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
if the source dates do not fall on a valid workday, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning adjusts them to a previous valid workday. When loading a forecast or master schedule from another organization where the workday calendar is different, the load process ensures that the schedule dates match the workday calendar of the destination organization. When loading a forecast or master schedule from another organization and the item planning method is different (for example, repetitive vs. discrete) the load process converts the schedule quantities accordingly. When loading a forecast or master schedule from another organization and the item unit of measure is different, the load process converts the unit of measure from the source organization to the unit of measure of the item at the destination organization.
Source Flag Oracle Master Schedule/MRP and Supply Chain Planning stores the source of each master schedule entry. This allows you to later trace the source of master schedule entries.
Note: If you manually update a master schedule entry in the item
Master Schedule Entries window, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning changes the source to Manual.
Bucket Periods
Forecast Loaded into Master Schedule Schedule Date 04-Jan 17-Jan 31-Jan Rate End Date . . . Quantity 100 200 400 Daily Quantity . . .
When you load a forecast entry with an end date into the master schedule, the schedule entry consists of a schedule date and quantity. If the forecast is bucketed into days, there is a schedule entry for each day between the forecast date and the forecast end date. If the forecast entry is in weekly or periodic buckets, the schedule date is the first day of either the weekly or periodic bucket. For example:
Forecast for Discrete Item Bucket Days Weeks Periods Forecast Date 04-Jan 17-Jan 31-Jan Rate End Date 06-Jan 24-Jan 28-Feb Forecast Quantity 100 200 400
Forecast Loaded into Master Schedule Schedule Date 04-Jan Rate End Date . Quantity 100 Daily Quantity .
3-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Daily Quantity . . . . . .
Forecast Loaded into Master Schedule Schedule Date 04-Jan 17-Jan Rate End Date 04-Jan. 21-Jan. Quantity . . Daily Quantity 100. 40 (assuming 5 workdays) 20 (assuming 20 workdays)
31-Jan
26-Feb.
When you load a forecast entry with an end date into the master schedule for a repetitively planned item, the schedule entry consists of a schedule date, a rate end date, and a daily quantity. If the forecast is in daily buckets, the schedule date is the same as the forecast date, and the rate end date is the same as the forecast end date. The forecasted quantity becomes the daily quantity. If the forecast is in weekly or periodic buckets, the schedule date is the first day of the week or period, and the schedule end date is the end of that week or period. The daily quantity is what was forecast for that week or period divided by the number of days in that time frame. For example:
Forecast for Repetitive Item Bucket Days Weeks Periods Forecast Date 04-Jan 17-Jan 31-Jan Rate End Date 06-Jan 24-Jan 28-Feb Forecast Quantity 100 200 400
Forecast Loaded into Master Schedule Schedule Date 04-Jan Rate End Date 04-Jan. Quantity . Daily Quantity 100.
3-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Quantity .
24-Jan 31-Jan
28-Jan 26-Feb.
. .
28-Feb
26-Mar
If you specify rounding control for an item, the load process does round up any fractional quantities. The load process considers any additional quantity calculated due to rounding as excess when calculating future time buckets. For example:
Forecast for Repetitive Item with Rounding Bucket Days Weeks Forecast Date 08-Feb 14-Feb Rate End Date 11-Feb 11-Mar Forecast Quantity 100 518
Forecast Loaded into Master Schedule with Rounding Schedule Date 08-Feb 14-Feb 21-Feb 28-Feb 07-Mar Rate End Date 11-Feb 18-Feb 25-Feb 04-Mar 11-Mar Quantity . . . . . Daily Quantity 100. 104 104 103 104
Note the period from 28-FEB through 04-MAR only requires 103 a day since the previous periods spanning 14-FEB through 25-FEB are overestimates due to rounding.
Schedule Relief
Shipment Relief Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning relieves (updates) MDS schedule quantities when you ship sales order items. Shipment (MDS) relief prevents the duplication of demand that could result if you load sales orders into the master demand schedule, but do not relieve the master demand schedule upon shipment. Without relief, you would need to reload and replan your master schedule just before planning material requirements each time to obtain an accurate picture of supply and demand for your independent demand items. Shipping a sales order item relieves each MDS name for which you set the check Relieve. You set shipment relief when you define the master schedule name before you define or load a schedule for that name. If you associate a demand class with your MDS, the shipment relief process relieves the MDS entries that correspond to the demand class associated with the sales order. You can change the shipment relief option after initially creating your master schedule. If you change the shipment relief on an MDS from On to Off, shipment relief stops occurring against that master schedule. If you change the shipment relief option from Off to On, shipment relief occurs on that master schedule from the date you change the option onward. For repetitive master demand schedule items, the Planning Manager begins at the start
3-22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
date of the schedule rate and relieves the schedule entry by eliminating days according to the rate. For example, suppose you have a master demand schedule with a daily quantity of 10 per day over 5 days, beginning on Monday. You ship a sales order with a quantity of 12. The planning manager consumes the first day of the rate, accounting for 10 out of 12 shipped units. For the remaining 2 units, the planning manager creates a new schedule entry beginning and ending on Tuesday, with a daily quantity of 8 (10 minus 2). The planning manager then resets the start date of the first schedule entry from Monday to Wednesday, and maintains the daily quantity of 10 per day. Production Relief Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning relieves (updates) MPS schedule quantities when you create purchase orders, purchase requisitions or discrete jobs - whether you define the purchase requisitions or jobs manually or load them with the Planner Workbench. Production (MPS) relief prevents the duplication of supply. Without relief, you would need to replan your master schedule just before planning material requirements each time to obtain an accurate picture of supply and demand for your MPS planned items. Creating a purchase order, purchase requisition, or discrete job relieves each MPS name for which you check Relieve. You set production relief when you define the master schedule name - before you enter or load a schedule for that name. If you associate a demand class with your MPS, the production relief process relieves the MPS entries that correspond to the demand class associated with the discrete job. You can change the production relief option after initially creating your master schedule. If you set or unset the production relief on an MPS name, production relief stops occurring against that master schedule. If you change the production relief option from Off to On, production relief occurs on that master schedule from the date you change the option onward. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning also updates the MPS schedule quantities when you reschedule discrete jobs, or when you change discrete job, purchase order, or purchase requisition quantities.
Note: Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain
Note: Planning does not consume MPS entries for repetitive items.
Repetitive schedules are recalculated each time the planning process runs. Therefore, it does not decrease the MPS for repetitive items.
MPS Relief of Phantoms If you define any phantom items with a planning method of MPS Planned, production relief occurs when the discrete job for the phantom's parent is created. Supply Chain Planning users can also relieve production schedules for phantom items with a planning method of MPS/DRP Planned.
Maintaining the Accuracy of the MPS Typically, when Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning relieves a master production schedule, it decrements (decreases) one or more schedule entries because you created a discrete job or purchase requisition, or increased the quantity on an existing job or requisition. However, when you decrease the quantity on an existing job or purchase requisition, close the job short of the full job quantity, or cancel the requisition line, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning increments (increases) one or more schedule entries, if possible. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning never increments a schedule entry by more than the original schedule amount.
3-24 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Note: When you change any of these profile options you must restart
time only, making it difficult to determine whether is it running. To be sure, examine the messages in the Planning Manager window. Messages should increment periodically. Whether you use shipment or production relief, you should activate the planning manager and leave it running. The planning manager performs maintenance tasks vital to the proper operation of Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning.
Navigate to the Item Master Demand Schedule Entries window. Query to find the schedule you are interested in tracking. Navigate to the Schedule Entry for the product family item. Click the Reliefs button to see the order quantity and relief quantity for each order.
See Also Overview of Production Planning Production Planning Tracking Forecast Consumptions Consumption for a Product Family Main Features of Master Scheduling Planning Models, Option Classes, and Product Families
3-26 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Routing-based to plan rough cut capacity by resource Rate-based to plan your rough cut capacity by production line
See Also Overview of Rough Cut Capacity Planning, Oracle Capacity User's Guide Routing-Based RCCP, Oracle Capacity User's Guide Rate-Based RCCP, Oracle Capacity User's Guide Generating RCCP, Oracle Capacity User's Guide Viewing RCCP, Oracle Capacity User's Guide
4
Material Requirements Planning
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview of Material Requirements Planning Overview of Planning Logic MRP Planning Methods in Oracle Inventory Overview of Plan Generation MPS Plan Generation MRP Generation Defining MRP Names Launching the MPS/MRP Planning Process Making a Copy of a Completed Plan Reviewing or Adding Plan Options Order Modifier Item and Bill of Material Attributes Standard Bills and Routings Only Phantom Bills of Material Manufactured or Purchased Bulk Items Shrinkage Rate Component Yield Safety Stock Lot Expirations Overview of Plan Control Time Fence Control
Release Time Fence Auto-Release Planned Orders Firm Order Planning Overwrite Options Overwrite Outside Planning Time Fence, Append Planned Orders Overwrite None, Append Planned Orders Overwrite None, Do Not Append Planned Orders Gross to Net Explosion Phases of the Planning Process Locking Tables within the Snapshot Locking Tables within the Snapshot Example Specifying Items for the Planning Process Material Scheduling Method Example Netting Supply and Demand Net Purchases Planning Dates Receiving Inspection Inventory Internal Requisitions Net Work in Process Standard Discrete Jobs Non-Standard Discrete Jobs Repetitive Schedules Net Reservations Overview of Engineering Change Planning Engineering Change Orders
4-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
the master schedule bills of material scheduled receipts on-hand inventory balances lead times order modifiers
It then plans replenishments by creating a set of recommendations to release or reschedule orders for material based on net material requirements. These planned recommendations are stated in: discrete quantities, with due dates repetitive build rates, with first and last unit start dates
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning assumes infinite capacity is available to meet the material requirements plan. However, you can use capacity planning to verify that sufficient capacity exists to support your material plan. Supply Chain Planning users can also generate distribution requirements plans (DRP) and manage their material requirements across multiple, interdependent organizations. See: Material and Distribution Requirements Planning.
Note: The planning products support Oracle Project Manufacturing's
end item model/unit effectivity. The Unit Number field is visible if this featured is enabled allowing you to do the following tasks: Load sales orders into a MDS, and have the specified unit number carried over to the schedule entry. Create demand and generate planned orders with unit number specified.
See Also Overview of Planning Logic, Overview of Capacity Planning, Oracle Capacity User's Guide Model/Unit Effectivity, Oracle Project Manufacturing Implementation Manual
the master schedule bills of material scheduled receipts on-hand inventory balances lead times order modifiers
The purpose of the planning process is to derive an MPS, DRP or MRP that meets schedule dates while maintaining inventory levels within your "material" policies. You can validate a material plan against available capacity using rough cut capacity planning (RCCP) or detailed capacity requirements planning (CRP). You can create multiple MPSs, MRPs or DRPs for simulation purposes and for testing different business scenarios. If you use the Memory-based Planning Engine, you can simulate changes to any MPS or MRP. Supply Chain planning logic is further described in Overview of Supply Chain Planning Logic.
4-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
See Also Overview of Material Requirements Planning Overview of Supply Chain Planning Logic Supply Chain Planning Methods
Inventory. Items that are considered by the planning process must have one of the following MRP planning methods: MPS Planning MRP Planning
Oracle Supply Chain Planning users can define three additional attributes (See: Supply Chain Planning Methods): DRP Planning MPS and DRP planning MRP and DRP Planning
MPS Planning Select MPS planning for items that you want to master schedule and maintain personal control. MPS planning is most effective for: planning items with independent demand items that are critical to the business items that control critical resources
MRP Planning If your demand is smooth or predictable, you may not require master production scheduling. Select MRP Planning for these items and use the master demand schedule to drive the material requirements plan. Or, you can select MRP Planning for those items with dependent demand that you want the planning process to plan and maintain. You can also select MRP Planning for those items with independent demand that do not require personal control. Suggestion: You can set the MRP planning method item attribute to MPS Planning so that the long-term material requirements for an item are generated. Inventory Planning Methods In addition to an MRP planning method, you can use the following inventory planning methods for an item: Min-Max Planning Reorder Point Planning Min-Max Planning Select Min-max planning to define a minimum quantity that you want on hand. When you reach this quantity, you reorder. You also define a maximum on-hand quantity that you do not want to exceed. Reorder Point Planning You may also want to set the Inventory Planning Method item attribute to Reorder Point planning to facilitate automatic order execution. See Also Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide
4-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
It then calculates time-phased material requirements. Each item may have different attributes that affect the recommendations generated by the planning process. Supply Chain Planning users can also generate DRP and supply chain MRP and MPS plans. Supply Chain Planning users should refer to Overview of Plan Generation in Supply Chain Planning for further information.
MRP Generation
You can launch the planning process for an MRP plan from a master demand schedule or a master production schedule. This generates planning recommendations for all
planned items. Once you have generated an MRP plan, you can make a copy of the plan that is identical to the original. You can then view, implement, and replan either copy, discarding the altered plan at any time and preserving the original data. From a Master Demand Schedule If you do not need to smooth production or otherwise manually manipulate a master production schedule, you can generate a plan directly from a master demand schedule. The planning process overrides the MRP planning method and treats MPS planned items as MRP planned items, DRP planned items, or DRP/MRP planned items. As a result, the planning process generates planned orders and reschedules recommendations for your MPS, MRP, and DRP planned items. From a Master Production Schedule You can also generate an MRP plan from a master production schedule. For each MPS planned item, the planning process considers projected gross requirements, current orders for the item, the master production schedule, and on-hand quantities over time. The planning process calculates the projected quantity on hand and generates exception messages to signal any potential imbalances in the material plan. By default, the planning process generates firmed planned orders for MPS planned items.
Note: A warning message displays informing you when releasing MPS
planned orders in MRP. Items planned in MPS are not replanned in MRP.
See Also MPS Plan Generation Launching the Planning Process Reviewing or Adding Plan Options
4-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
2.
3.
Check Feedback to monitor the quantity of the planned order that has been implemented as discrete jobs, purchase orders, or purchase requisitions. This provides the planner visibility of the status of the plan at any point in time.
4.
Check Production to enable a plan to auto-release planned orders. See: Auto-release Planned Orders. Enter an inactive on date on which to disable the plan. As of this date, you can no longer update the plan, nor use the plan name in the planning process. You are still
5.
Save your work See Also Planner Workbench Reviewing or Adding Plan Options
Purchasing, you've set up logical orgs for P.O. receipts. Do not use these logical orgs for planning purposes.
Supply Chain Planning users can also launch a DRP and supply chain MRP and MPS plan. Supply Chain Planning users should refer to Launching the Supply Chain Planning Process for further instruction. Prerequisites Before you can launch the planning process, you must: For MPS or MRP: define at least one master demand schedule or master production schedule. See: Defining a Schedule Name. Define at least one master production schedule and create at least one MRP name. See: Defining MRP Names.
4-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
2.
Snapshot.
Anchor Date: Enter a date, earlier or equal to the current date, that will act as a start date for repetitive planning periods. Plan Horizon: Enter a date, greater than the current date, up to which the planning process creates an MRP or MPS. The default horizon is the current date plus the number of offset months set in the profile MRP:Cutoff Date Offset Months.
Note: You may want to enter a date earlier than the default to save
3. 4.
Choose OK. In the Launch window, choose Submit. See Also Overview of the Memory-based Planning Engine Phases of the Planning Process
Overview of Material Requirements Planning Overview of Capacity Planning, Oracle Capacity User's Guide Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide Reviewing or Adding Plan Options
Restrictions The source and destination plans must be the same type. For instance, you cannot copy an MRP source plan into an MPS destination plan. The same organization must own both source and destination plans. You must log into the same organization that owns the source and destination plans. The responsibility of the user that generated the source plan must be the same as the user that defined the destination plan. For instance, a source plan generated by a user with material planner responsibilities cannot be copied into a destination plan defined by a user with supply chain planner responsibilities. The production and feedback flags, and all plan options are copied from the source to the destination plan. Any flags or options you set will be overwritten during the copy process.
4-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
2.
In the Parameters window, select a source plan name and a destination plan name.
Note: If you see the error message, No entries found for List of Values,
you have not defined a valid source or destination plan. Refer to the prerequisites and restrictions listed above if you see this message.
3. 4.
Choose OK. In the Launch Copy Plan window, choose Submit. See Also Defining MRP Names Defining a Schedule Name Defining a Supply Chain MPS Name Launching the MPS/MRP Planning Process Launching the Supply Chain Planning Process
the first time, the plan options you defined in the setup parameters are displayed. Otherwise, the plan options you chose for the last launch of the planning process are displayed.
Supply Chain Planning users can also launch a DRP and supply chain MRP and MPS plan. Supply Chain Planning users should refer to Reviewing or Adding Supply Chain Plan Options.
4-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
3.
Select an overwrite option: All: For an MPS plan, overwrite all entries and regenerate new MPS entries based on the source master demand schedule. For an MRP, overwrite all planned orders and MRP firm planned orders for MRP items. This option is displayed when you generate a plan for the first time.
Note: Be very cautious when using this option since it overwrites
firm planned orders and/or master schedule entries. If you do not want to overwrite MRP firm planned orders, select None.
Outside planning time fence: For an MPS plan, overwrite all MPS entries outside the planning time fence. For an MRP, overwrite all planned orders and firm planned orders outside the planning time fence.
Note: Be very cautious when using this option since it overwrites
MRP firm planned orders and master schedule entries outside the planning time fence. If you do not want to overwrite MRP firm planned orders, select None.
None: Do not overwrite any firm planned orders for MPS or MRP plans and net change replan.
4.
Check Append Planned Orders to append new planned orders in the following situations: If the MPS plan name has an existing schedule associated with it and you enter None as the overwrite option, the planning process does not recommend rescheduling or suggest new planned orders before the end of the existing MPS (the last planned order) even if so indicated by new demand from the master demand schedule. This is analogous to firming your master production schedule. By not overwriting, the master scheduler is taking responsibility for manually planning items. For an MRP plan name, this option creates planned orders where needed, considering existing MRP firm planned orders.
Note: If you want to add firm planned orders using net change
replan, set the overwrite option to Outside planning time fence or None.
If the plan name has an existing MPS or MRP associated with it and you enter All as the overwrite option, the planning process deletes all previous planned entries and creates new planned orders based on the source master schedule. If the plan name has an existing MPS or MRP associated with it and you enter Outside planning time fence as the overwrite option, the planning process deletes all planned entries after the planning time fence and creates new planned orders after that date. In this case, since you are overwriting after the planning time fence, you are also appending new planned orders after that date. If the plan name has an existing MPS or MRP associated with it and you enter None as the overwrite option and do not check this, the planning process reports the instances where the plan is out of balance with the source master schedule. It does not recommend any new orders. Instead it lets you manually solve any problems in the process. This gives maximum control to the master scheduler and/or material planner.
5.
Check Demand Time Fence Control to indicate whether the planning process considers any demand from forecasts within the demand time fence. The planning process does not consider demand from forecasts within the demand time fence, but considers demand from sales orders.
6.
Check Net WIP to indicate whether the planning process considers standard discrete jobs, non-standard discrete jobs, or repetitive schedules when planning items during the last plan execution. Check Net Reservations to indicate whether the planning process considers stock designated for a specific order when planning the items during the last execution of
7.
4-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
the plan.
8.
Check Snapshot Lock Tables to indicate whether tables are locked during the snapshot process to guarantee consistent data. This option temporarily prevents other users from processing certain transactions.
9.
Check Planning Time Fence Control to indicate whether the planning process violates planning time fences for items. For discrete items, the planning process does not create planned orders or recommend to reschedule in existing orders within the planning time fence of the item. The planning process can still recommend to reschedule orders out. For repetitive items, the planning process can vary the suggested schedule from the optimal schedule, within the planning time fence, by the acceptable rate increase and/or decrease you specified for the item.
Note: For purchase requisitions and internal requisitions, the
10. Check Net Purchases to indicate whether the planning process considers approved
purchase requisitions when planning the items during the last execution of the plan
11. Check Plan Safety Stock to indicate whether the planning process calculates safety
and, optionally, a Simulation Set. See: Capacity Modifications and Simulation, Oracle Capacity User's Guide and Bills of Resources, Oracle Capacity User's Guide.
14. Check Pegging to calculate graphical pegging information. See: Overview of
Graphical Pegging. The planning process then traces supply information for an item to its corresponding end demand details, which you then can view in a graphical display.
15. If you are working in a project environment, set a Reservation Level and
(optionally) a Hard Pegging Level. See: Reviewing or Adding Project MRP Plan Options.
16. Select a Material Scheduling Method:
Operation start date: Schedule material to arrive in inventory for availability on the start date of a specific operation in the manufacturing process. Order start date: Schedule material to arrive in inventory for availability on the work in process order start date.
production schedule, you cannot edit or enter data in MDS/MPS components fields.
All planned items: Include all planned items in the planning process. You would chose this option to be certain that all item are planned, such as those you add to a job or schedule that are not components on any bill.
Note: You may want to plan using this option to avoid missing
items you want to plan. For items you do not want to plan, define them with an MRP planning method of Not planned when you define an item in Oracle Inventory. Demand schedule items only Supply schedule items only Demand and supply schedule items
See Also Planner Status: Planner Workbench Time Fence Planning Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Viewing Pegged Supply and Demand
Order Modifier
Order sizing is a set of item attributes that allow you to control the recommended order quantities for planned orders. The planning process creates planned orders using basic lot-for-lot sizing logic.
Note: The planning process ignores order modifiers for items that have
a phantom supply type. See: Supply Types, Oracle Work In Process User's Guide.
Lot-for-Lot Lot-for-lot generates planned orders in quantities equal to the net requirements for each day. To modify the lot size recommended by the planning process, you can use several
4-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
different order modifiers. Your company may have order policies for dependent demand items that differ from the lot-for-lot order sizing technique. You can express your company's order policies for these items using order modifiers. Order modifiers regulate the size and timing of planned orders, both discrete (quantity) and repetitive (rate). For a given inventory item, you can establish order quantities as fixed or variable. Fixed order quantity fixes the size of the order, but the time interval between orders depends on actual demand. Variable order quantity policies include: fixed lot multiple, minimum and maximum order quantity, and fixed days supply. Fixed Order Quantity The planning process places one or more orders for the user-defined quantity or repetitive rate. For discretely planned items, when the requirement for a given date exceeds the fixed order quantity, place multiple orders. For repetitively planned items, either recommend a rate equal to the fixed order quantity or a rate of zero.
Fixed Lot Multiple The planning process places single orders in quantities that are multiples of the user-defined quantity or rate. For example, when the fixed lot multiple quantity is 100 and the requirement equals 110 units, place a single order for 200 units. Minimum and Maximum Order Quantity The planning process places one or more orders for at least the minimum quantity, but no greater than the maximum quantity. For discretely planned items, when the requirement for a given date exceeds the maximum order quantity, the planning process places multiple orders. Fixed Days Supply The planning process places single orders for the quantity that covers the requirements for the user-defined number of days. When suggesting planned orders, the planning process looks forward this many days and accumulates all of the demand in that time period. It then suggests a planned order to satisfy the total quantity required for that time period. Rounding Order Quantities You can define, for each inventory item, whether the planning process should round order quantities when the actual order quantity is calculated as a fraction. If you choose to round, order quantities are rounded to the next highest whole number.
order for more than what is actually needed. This extra quantity is carried over into the next period as supply
Order Modifiers Logic The following diagram shows the logic that the planning process uses when planning with order modifiers.
4-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Manufactured or Purchased
Three item attributes are evaluated to determine if planned orders are generated and implemented into discrete jobs, repetitive schedules, or purchase requisitions. Supply Chain Planning users can supplement and refine this behavior with sourcing rules and bills of distribution. See: Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Make or Buy This item attribute determines how the item is planned. The planning process looks at the Make or Buy item attribute to determine whether to generate component requirements. The attribute can have a value of Make or Buy and is directly related to the Build in WIP and Purchasable item attributes. When implementing orders via the Planner Workbench, the make or buy attribute is used as the default for the type of planned order you can implement, either purchased or manufactured. Build in WIP
4-22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
This item attribute establishes if the item can be manufactured. Purchasable This item attribute allows you to establish whether the item can be placed on purchase orders or requisitions. The following table illustrates the impact of these item attributes on the planning process:
Make or Buy Make Build in WIP Yes Purchasable No Planning Recommendation Plan manufactured planned orders when needed and pass down component demand. You can only implement discrete jobs, flow schedules, or repetitive schedules for this item. Purchase orders or requistions cannot be created. Plan manufactured planned orders when necessary and pass down component demand. When implementing planning recommendations you have the option to implement a manufactured order (default) or a purchase requistion. Plan purchase requisitons when needed and do not pass down component demand. You can only implement purchase requistions for this item. Discrete jobs, flow schedules, or repetitive schedules cannot be created. Plan purchase requistions when needed and do not pass down component demand. When implementing planning recommendations you have the option to implement a purchase requistion (default) or a manufactured order.
Make
Yes
Yes
Buy
No
Yes
Buy
Yes
Yes
Bulk Items
Bulk items are those you issue in bulk to work in process, to cover a period of time, or to fill a fixed size container. Normally, you do not issue these items to specific discrete jobs, flow schedules, or repetitive schedules. You might designate an item as Bulk for many reasons. Perhaps it is not cost effective to transact these items for each individual job or schedule. Or, a bulk item might be easier to manage if you place a large quantity in a central floor stock location.
For example, bulk items might be nuts, bolts, and other hardware used in the manufacturing process. You issue quantities of 10,000, for instance, to a floor stock location using the account issue transaction provided by Oracle Inventory. Work in process obtains the hardware from floor stock when needed. By making this hardware available in floor stock, and not pushing or pulling it to each job or schedule, you can save the cost of performing additional transactions. The planning process creates planned demand for bulk items by exploding their usage on a bill of material. It creates recommendations to replenish bulk material based on these demands and considering any on-hand inventory for the item. Note that when you issue the material to the floor stock location, it is no longer seen as available supply. During the planning cycle, the need for bulk items according to the material plan rise and fall based on the timing of issues from nettable subinventories to the expense account. Suggestion: Designate a general ledger expense account as Floor stock. Periodically issue large quantities of bulk items to this account.
Shrinkage Rate
For a particular inventory item, you can define a shrinkage rate to describe expected scrap or other loss. Using this factor, the planning process creates additional demand for shrinkage requirements for the item to compensate for the loss and maintain supply. For example, if you have a demand of 100 and a discrete job for 60, the planning process would suggest a planned order for 40 to meet the net requirements, assuming no shrinkage rate exists. With a shrinkage rate of .2 (20%), Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning assumes you lose 20% of any current discrete jobs and 20% of any suggested planned orders. In this example, since you have a discrete job for 60, assume you lose 20% of that discrete job, or 60 times 20%, or 12 units. The net supply from the discrete job is 48. Since you have a total demand of 100 and supply of 48, you have a net requirement of 52 units. Instead of suggesting a planned order for 52, the planning process has to consider that 20% of that planned order is also lost to shrinkage. The planning process creates additional demand called shrinkage demand to create an increased suggested planned order to provide for the lost supply. The planning process inflates the planned order of 52 by dividing 52 by (1 - .2) = 65.
inflated planner order = demand / (1 - shrinkage rate) shrinkage demand = [demand / (1 - shrinkage rate)] x
shrinkage rate With the a shrinkage rate of .2, the planning process would result in:
total demand = original demand +
4-24 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Component Yield
Component yield is the percentage of a component on a bill of material that survives the manufacturing process. A yield factor of 0.90 indicates that only 90% of the usage quantity of the component on the bill actually survives to be incorporated into the finished assembly. To account for the loss, the planning process inflates the demand quantities for the component (similar in concept to shrink factor). To increase demand, the usage quantity is divided by the yield factor. For example, when you define the component usage quantity as 2 and the component yield as 0.90, the usage is recalculated as 2 divided by 0.90, or 2.22.
new component usage = usage / yield factor
The difference between a shrink rate and component yield is that Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning applies the same shrink rate to every use of an item on a bill, whereas you can vary the component yield factor you assign to each occurrence of an item on a bill. Another difference is that shrinkage demand is calculated at the parent assembly level and passed down to components. Component yield is calculated at the component level.
Safety Stock
Safety stock is a quantity of stock you plan to remain in inventory to protect against fluctuations in demand or supply. Safety stock is sometimes referred to as overplanning, forecast, or a market hedge. In the context of master scheduling, safety stock refers to additional inventory planned as protection against forecast errors or short term changes in the backlog. You can specify safety stock days together with safety stock percent as item attributes in Oracle Inventory. You establish the default use of safety stock calculation when you define your planning parameters. You can override this option for individual material plans when you
generate an MRP or MPS using the Launch window. See: Defining Planning Parameters and Launching the Planning Process When launching the planning process, you can choose whether to calculate safety stock when generating suggested planned orders and repetitive schedules in the Plan Options window. If you choose to run the planning process with the safety stock option, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP looks at each item to determine the method of safety stock calculation. You can define safety stock methods for each item using in Oracle Inventory. See: Entering and Reloading Item Safety Stocks, Oracle Inventory User's Guide . MRP Planned Percent If you choose a safety stock method of MRP planned percent for an item, safety stock is dynamically calculated during the planning process. For discretely manufactured items, the safety stock quantity is dynamically calculated by multiplying the safety stock percentage you define by the average of gross requirements for a period of time defined by the safety stock days. For repetitively manufactured items, the planning process multiplies the percentage you define by the average daily demand for a given repetitive planning period. The planning process recalculates the safety stock quantity for each repetitive period in the planning horizon. Inventory Methods Oracle Inventory provides several different methods for calculating safety stock. See: Entering and Reloading Item Safety Stocks, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. The following methods are available within Oracle Inventory for calculating safety stock and are used during the planning process if your safety stock method is Non-MRP planned: Mean absolute Calculate safety stock as the mean absolute deviation (MAD) deviation (MAD). User-defined Calculate safety stock using the percentage you percentage define times the average monthly demand. User-defined Use a fixed safety stock quantity you define. quantity Safety stock quantities generated in Oracle Inventory according to effectivity dates are included in planning. Instead of manually changing the user-defined safety stock quantity each time a change is needed, the user can now set effectivity dates for when a change in quantity takes place.
Lot Expirations
For items under lot control, you can define the shelf life of lots that controls when the lot expires. The planning process tracks lots and their expiration dates. If the expiration date for a lot occurs before the lot is used to satisfy gross requirements, the unused
4-26 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
portion of the lot as expired is considered. An expired lot gross requirement is created to offset any remaining portion of the expired inventory lot. For example, the following item has a quantity on hand of 300 that consists of 3 lots of 100 each, due to expire on days 5, 10, and 15 respectively. The item has gross requirements of 150 on day 4 and 50 on day 12. The plan would look as follows:
Lot Expiration MRP Plan Beginning QOH = 300 Day 4 Day 10 Day 12 Demand Type Quantity Projected QOH
150 50 50
150 100 50
Only 50 units from the second inventory lot were used before they were due to expire on Day 10. Therefore, a gross requirement with a type of lot expiration to offset the quantity of the inventory lot that is projected to expire is created. See Also Implementing Planned Orders Phantoms, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Creating a Bill of Material, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Overview of Material Control, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide
temporarily carry more inventory to reduce the nervousness of the material plan. For example, suppose you define 2 days as acceptable for early delivery, and the current date of an order is Day 2. If the planning process determines that the actual due date should be Day 3 or Day 4, the planning process does not suggest rescheduling of the order. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning suggests rescheduling only when the new need date is Day 5 or later.
Note: Acceptable early days delivery only has an effect
On orders that are due to arrive earlier than they are needed. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning always generates a reschedule in message if an order is scheduled to arrive later than it is required. Although the planning process may suggest rescheduling some scheduled receipts and may not suggest rescheduling others because of the acceptable early days limit, it does not violate the order of the current scheduled receipts. In other words, if one scheduled receipt is not rescheduled (because it falls within the acceptable early days delivery) and the planning process wants to suggest rescheduling another scheduled receipt out past the first scheduled receipt, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning does not suggest rescheduling either. For example, if the material plan for an item looks as follows:
Material Plan Day 2 Gross Requirements Scheduled Receipts 0 0 Day 3 0 100 Day 4 0 0 Day 5 0 100 Day 6 100 0 Day 7 100 0
Discrete job A is due on Day 3 and discrete job B is due on Day 5. If you have defined acceptable early days delivery to be zero, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning recommends that the discrete job B be rescheduled from Day 5 to Day 7, and that discrete job A be rescheduled from Day 3 to Day 6. If you have defined acceptable early days delivery to be 2 days, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning does not recommend either scheduled receipt to be rescheduled. Rescheduling the discrete job B to Day 7 does not occur because Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning would only be recommending a reschedule out message of 2 days, which is equal to the acceptable early days delivery. In the previous example, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning recommended that the discrete job A be rescheduled to Day 6. In this case, however, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning
4-28 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
would only recommend rescheduling discrete job A to Day 5 to preserve the original order of the scheduled receipts. However, rescheduling from Day 3 to Day 5 is a reschedule out recommendation of only 2 days, that equals the acceptable early days delivery. Therefore, in this scenario, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning would not recommend either job be rescheduled. See Also: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide
You can determine whether to consider the time fence when planning a material plan or a master schedule if you select Yes for Demand or Planning Time Fence Control on the Plan Options window, or (for the Release Time Fence) if you check Production on the DRP, MPS or MRP Names window. If you are using either the planning, demand, or release time fence, the planning process looks at the item attributes for each item in the Master Item window to determine the selected time fence for each item. The three time fences are calculated by adding one of the following to the plan date (or the next valid workday, if the plan was run on an invalid workday): total lead time, cumulative manufacturing lead time, cumulative total lead time or a user-defined time fence. For discrete items, you can recommend that an order be rescheduled out or cancelled, but cannot recommend reschedule in messages or create new planned orders within the planning time fence for an item. For repetitive items, you can limit the changes Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning can recommend within the planning time fence by the acceptable rate increase or decrease. The planning time fence does not apply to purchase requisitions or internal requisitions. If you specify demand time fence control when launching the planning process, the planning process only considers actual demand within the demand time fence specified for an item (such as forecasted demand is not considered).
Auto-release for WIP jobs is not applicable for repetitively planned items. No material availability check is performed before WIP jobs are released. See Also Repetitive Planning Time Fence Planning MPS/MRP Planning Attribute Group, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide
4-30 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
employee to the application user. See Entering a New Person: Oracle Human Resources. Define a planner or planning entity and associate this planner with items you want controlled by the auto-release function. See Defining Planners and Defining Items: Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Supply Chain Planning users must define a material planner, supply chain planner or planning entity for the current organization and assign them to inventory items at the organization level. See: Updating Organization Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide and General Planning Attribute Group, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Define Default Job Status and Job Class values for a user on the Planner Workbench Preferences window. These settings are in the Supply/Demand region and are used as defaults in the process of automatically releasing planned orders.
In addition, the planned orders must meet the following auto-release criteria: the new start date lies within the auto-release time fence the lead time is not compressed the orders are for standard items (will not release models, option classes, and planning items) the orders are not for Kanban items the orders are for DRP planned items in a DRP plan, MPS planned items in an MPS plan, or MRP planned items in an MRP plan See: .Implementing Planned Orders. the release time fence option is defined as anything other than Do not auto-release, Do not release (Kanban), or Null
Auto-release of repetitive schedules is not applicable to repetitively planned items. No material availability check is performed before WIP jobs are released. To enable the auto-release function
1. 2. 3.
Navigate to the DRP, MPS, or MRP Names window. Enter an alphanumeric name that identifies a unique material requirements. Check Feedback to monitor the quantity of the planned order that has been implemented as discrete jobs, flow schedules, purchase orders, or purchase requisitions. This provides the planner visibility of the status of the plan at any point in time.
4.
5.
Enter an inactive on date on which to disable the plan. As of this date, you can no longer update the plan, nor use the plan name in the planning process. You are still able to view information and run reports for disabled names.
6.
Save your work. See Also Time Fence Control: Release Time Fence
4-32 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
past due - the due date of the order is moved to the plan date.
See Also Time Fence Planning Profile Options Implementing Planned Orders Implementing Repetitive Schedules Creating Firm Planned Orders Creating Firm Implemented Orders Implementing Planned Orders Rescheduling Scheduled Receipts
Overwrite Options
Overwrite When you launch the planning process, you generate new planned orders and suggested repetitive schedules to meet your net requirements. Since you can firm a DRP, MPS, or MRP planned order, you may not want the planning process to overwrite any firm planned orders. You can use the Overwrite and Append plan level options to limit how the planning process reacts to firm planned orders and to stabilize the short term material plan. When you enter All in the Overwrite field, the planning process overwrites all entries, planned and firm planned, from the current material plan. When you enter None in the Overwrite field, the planning process does not overwrite any firm planned orders. It does, however, overwrite any suggested planned orders that are not firm. When you enter Outside planning time fence in the Overwrite field, the planning process overwrites all entries from the current plan, planned and firm planned, outside the planning time fence, and overwrites only planned orders inside the planning time fence. It does not overwrite any firm planned orders within the planning time fence. The planning time fence can be different for each item, so the planning process looks at the planning time fence for each item when choosing what to delete. Append Planned Orders When you enter No in the Append Planned Orders field, the planning process does not append any planned orders to the current plan. Additional demand does not cause
planned order recommendations. Instead, the projected quantity on hand may go negative in response to demand that was not met by a suggested planned order. When you enter Yes in the Append Planned Orders field, the planning process appends additional planned orders after the last entry on the current material plan to meet any additional demand. The overwrite and append options work in combinations, as described below. Overwrite All, Append Planned Orders This option allows you to create a new material requirements plan for the plan name you specify, deleting all previous planned and firm planned entries while regenerating new planned orders. You can use this combination the first time you run your plan or if you want your plan to reflect all sources of new demand. For example, if an existing material plan has the following orders for an item:
MRP Plan Schedule Date 01-FEB 08-FEB 15-FEB Quantity 100 200 300 Order Status Planned MRP firm planned Planned
And the following MDS is used to plan the material plan using All in the Overwrite field and Yes in the Append Planned Orders field:
MDS Schedule Schedule Date 02-FEB 09-FEB 16-FEB Quantity 110 220 330
4-34 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Resulting MRP Plan Schedule Date 02-FEB 09-FEB 16-FEB Quantity 110 220 330 Order Status Planned Planned Planned
The planning process always suggests planned orders. You can change planned orders to a firm status using the Items window in the Planner Workbench.
For example, if an existing MRP has the following orders for an item:
MRP Plan Schedule Date 01-FEB 08-FEB 15-FEB Quantity 100 200 300 Order Status Planned MRP firm planned Planned
And the following MDS is used to plan the MRP using Outside Planning Time Fence in the Overwrite field and Yes in the Append Planned Orders field:
MDS Schedule Schedule Date 02-FEB 09-FEB 16-FEB Quantity 110 220 330
Then the resulting material plan would have the following suggestions for planned orders, assuming the planning time fence is 05-FEB:
Resulting MRP Plan Schedule Date 05-FEB 09-FEB 16-FEB Quantity 110 220 330 Order Status Planned Planned Planned
Since the entry on 01-FEB is not firmed, the MRP planning process overwrites this entry. If it was firmed, the process would not overwrite the entry. The additional demand from the MDS of 110 on 02-FEB was appended on the planning time fence date of 05-FEB. The MRP firm planned order on 08-FEB was deleted because it falls outside the planning time fence of 05-FEB. The planning process always suggests planned orders. You can change planned orders to a MRP firm status using the Items window in the Planner Workbench.
4-36 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
MRP Plan ( Schedule Date 01-FEB 08-FEB 15-FEB Quantity 100 200 300 Order Status Planned MRP firm planned Planned
And the following MDS is used to plan the MRP using None in the Overwrite field and Yes in the Append Planned Orders field:
MDS Schedule Schedule Date 02-FEB 09-FEB 16-FEB Quantity 110 220 330
Resulting MRP Plan Schedule Date 05-FEB 08-FEB 09-FEB 16-FEB Quantity 110 200 20 330 Order Status Planned MRP firm planned Planned Planned
The firm order on 08-FEB remains on the MRP since the overwrite is None. However, the planned entries are deleted. Although additional demand exists on the MDS, no planned orders are suggested until the planning time fence (on 05-FEB). The MDS demand of 110 on 02-FEB was satisfied by a new planned order for 110 on 05-FEB. The demand for 220 on 09-FEB was partially met by the firm MRP planned order on 08-FEB.
Thus an additional planned order was suggested on 09-FEB for 20 to meet the MDS demand of 220. A suggested planned order was created on 16-FEB for 330 to meet the demand from the MDS on 16-FEB.
And the following MDS is used to plan the MRP using None in the Overwrite field and No in the Append Planned Orders field:
MDS Schedule Schedule Date 02-FEB 09-FEB 16-FEB Quantity 110 220 330
4-38 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Resulting MRP Plan Schedule Date 08-Feb Quantity 200 Order Status MRP firm Planned
The reason the additional demand from 02-FEB, 09-FEB, and 16-FEB was not planned for is because with the Overwrite None and Do Not Append Planned Orders, you choose not to overwrite firm planned orders nor create new planned orders to meet additional demand. In this case, the projected quantity on hand would go negative since no planned orders were suggested to meet the additional demand. The material planner can use on-line inquiries and reports with exception messages to identify material shortages.
Gross to Net Explosion Example In the following diagram, the suggested planned orders for the end assembly are offset by the lead time, one period, and passed down to the component during the planning process. The planned order for the end assembly in period 2 becomes the gross requirements for the component in period 1. In period 1, the gross requirements (100) and the safety stock level (50) represent the total demand. The scheduled receipts (110) and quantity on hand (20) represent the total supply. The net requirements, total demand (150) minus total supply (130), equals 20. The planning process suggests a planned order in period 1 of 20 to meet the net
requirements. There is no recommendation for safety stock in each period unless the demand in that period is driven less than the safety stock level.
Note: Planned orders in period 4 are not suggested since the projected
Maintain Repetitive Planning Periods Phase When you specify a new anchor date, the maintain repetitive planning periods phase uses that date as its new starting point for calculating repetitive planning periods. Snapshot Phase The snapshot phase:
4-40 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
determines the component usages of the assemblies included in the planning process, beginning at the top level of the assemblies and working down through the product structure calculates low-level codes and checks for loops in your bill of material structures collects inventory on-hand quantities and scheduled receipts stores this information for further use captures sourcing rules, bills of distribution, and master demand schedules for supply chain planning captures resource information that is used for capacity planning
Planner Phase The planner phase: performs the gross-to-net explosion, calculating net requirements from gross requirements, using on-hand inventory and scheduled receipts, exploding the requirements down through the bill of material suggests the rescheduling of existing orders and the planning of new orders based on the net requirements calculates the resource requirements for supply orders Note: This step is performed if Capacity Plan is enabled. Auto-Release Phase The auto-release phase: releases planned orders for items whose order date falls within their release time fence
Note: This step is performed for plans that have the Production flag
enabled. The recommendations generated by the planning process feed the capacity requirements planning, shop floor control, and purchasing activities of the organization.
See Also Overview of the Memory-based Planning Engine Planner Snapshot Locking Tables within the Snapshot Locking Tables within the Snapshot Example
Available to Promise Overview of Supply Chain Planning Overview of Capacity Planning, Oracle Capacity User's Guide
4-42 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Time-Phasing Requirements The planning process time-phases material requirements and expresses future demand, supply, and inventories by time period. Time-phasing delays release of orders for components until they are needed and offsets the requirements by item lead time (lead time offset). Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning plans to the exact date of demand, although some reports and inquiries show requirements bucketed by weeks or months. If you execute the planning process on a non-valid workday, the planning process considers the next valid workday as the day the plan is generated. For example, if you execute the planning process on a Saturday, the planning process would generate planned orders at the earliest for the following Monday. Past Due Supply and Demand The planning process considers past due supply and demand as if it were due today (in other words, the start date of the plan). Reports and on-line inquiries that bucket demand in weeks or periods show past due demand in the first bucket. Material Scheduling Method The material scheduling method controls how the planning process calculates the exact date of demand: the start date of the operation generating the demand, or the start date of the order generating the demand. For each material requirement, the planning process schedules material to arrive in inventory on the day that corresponds to the method you choose. This affects time-phasing of requirements for discrete jobs, flow schedules, repetitive schedules and planned orders. See: Material Scheduling Method Example. Lead Time Percent Lead time percent is used when you choose a material scheduling method of Operation start date when launching the planning process. For a particular operation, the lead time percent is the percent of total lead time from the start of the first operation on the routing to the start of the current operation. For example, if the lead time of the assembly equals 10 days and this operation starts after 2 days (on day 3) the lead time percent is 20%. Oracle Bills of Material calculates lead time percent values when you calculate manufacturing lead times. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning uses the lead time percent to schedule material requirements at a particular operation. Oracle Capacity uses the lead time percentage to plan capacity requirements at a particular operation.
You calculate the processing lead times for assemblies in Oracle Bills of Material. For a particular assembly, the processing lead time is the sum of the operation lead times for the standard routing of the assembly. See: Calculating Manufacturing Lead Times, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide. Dynamic Lead Time Calculations Oracle Bills of Material calculates fixed and variable portions of lead time for your manufactured items. You can use dynamic lead times to accurately compute start dates for planned orders generated by Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning. Dynamic lead times are more accurate than fixed lead times because lead time can vary based on order quantity. Lead time for planned orders is computed as: planned order lead time = fixed lead time + (order quantity x variable leadtime) See Also Defining Planning Parameters Launch Planning Process Item Lead Time Attributes, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Manufacturing Lead Time Computation, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Overview of Lead Time Management, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Dynamic Lead Time Offsetting, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide
See: Specifying Items for the Supply Chain Planning Process To specify items that are included in the planning process
1. 2.
Navigate to the Planning Parameters window. Select one of the following options from the Planned Items poplist:
4-44 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
All planned items Demand schedule items only Supply schedule items only Demand and supply schedule items only Suggestion: It is recommended that you use the All planned items option, to avoid missing items you want to plan and to guarantee that all sources of demand are considered by the planning process. Under certain circumstances, including demand schedule item components or supply schedule item components only may mean that not all demand for an item appears in the material plan. For items you do not want to plan, assign an MRP Planning Method item attribute of Not planned when you define an item in Oracle Inventory.
3.
Save your work. See Also MRP Planning Methods Defining Planning Parameters
on day 5, and you choose the material scheduling method to be Operation start date, the planning process schedules the component requirements for the label to be required on day 4. If you choose a material scheduling method to be Order start date, the planning process schedules the component requirements for the label to be required on day 1 (i.e. the start date of the order). Suggestion: You might choose scheduling to Order start date so that all the components are issued at the start of the job. This can save time and paperwork, especially for items with short lead times. You might choose scheduling to Operation start date if your lead times are long or have expensive inventory carrying costs for your components. This method plans the demand for the component based on the start date of the operation where it is required. You can set this method for all material plans in the Define Planning Parameters window, and override your choice for individual material plans. See Also Defining Planning Parameters
4-46 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
2.
Check Net Purchases, Net WIP, and Net Reservations to net supply and demand for these items. Save your work. You can also override these default options for individual plans, from the Plan Options window, when you generate a plan.
3.
To net Subinventories
1.
Navigate to the Subinventory Netting window from the Plan Options window.
2.
Check Net to indicate that you want to net supply and demand for these subinventories.
Note: You assign a netting type when you define a subinventory in
Oracle Inventory. The planning process considers the inventory in a nettable subinventory as supply. You can override the netting type for a specific subinventory when you launch the planning process.
3.
Save your work. See Also Net Purchases Net Work in Process Net Reservations
Net Purchases
When you choose to net purchases, the planning process considers approved purchase requisitions and approved purchase orders as scheduled receipts (supply). If you do not choose to net purchases, the planning process ignores this purchasing information.
4-48 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
the impact on the material plan if scheduled purchase receipts are not available as supply.
The planning process ignores unapproved purchase requisitions, but plans using approved requisitions and both approved and unapproved purchase orders as valid scheduled receipts.
Note: The planning process only nets purchase requisitions and
purchase orders that have a purchasing location that is associated to the inventory organization launching the MPS, MRP, or DRP
Planning Dates
Oracle Purchasing requires a promised-by date or need-by date on a purchase order for planned items. If only one of these dates is defined, the planning process considers the date specified (either the promised-by date or need-by date) to be the dock date for the purchase order. If you have defined both dates on the purchase order, the planning process considers the promised-by date to be the dock date when calculating order dates. Purchase requisitions and purchase orders are planned based on several key dates: Promised-by DateOn a purchase order, this is the date the supplier promises to deliver. Need-by date:On a purchase requisition and purchase order, this is the internal date of need. Dock date vs.order due date: If the promised-by date exists, the planning process designates it as the dock date (the date you expect the order to arrive on the receiving dock). Otherwise, the need-by date is the dock date. To the dock date, the planning process adds post-processing lead time to arrive at the order planning date: the date that the planning process plans the supply as available for use.
Internal Requisitions
The planning process plans internally sourced requisitions in the same manner as it plans externally sourced requisitions. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply
Chain Planning recommends that you set up a separate Planner Code and associate it to your internally sourced items. This lets you manage your planned internal requisitions by requesting key reports and windows using the Planner Code associated to your internally sourced items. See Also Site Locations, Oracle Human Resource Management Systems User's Guide Overview of Internal Requisitions, Oracle Purchasing User's Guide Net Work in Process Net Reservations Netting Supply and Demand
past due - the due date of the order is moved to the plan date.
4-50 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Repetitive Schedules
Since Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning uses different planning algorithms for repetitive manufacturing, repetitive schedule statuses do not impact how repetitive schedule supplies and demands are viewed. MRP Net Quantity MRP Net Component Assembly supplies and component demands from non-standard discrete jobs with the following statuses are included: Unreleased Released Complete Hold
Since a non-standard discrete job is created manually and does not explode a bill of material, it does not automatically create material requirements. However, you can manually create material requirements with the WIP Material Transactions window. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning recognizes only these requirements.
Note: The planning process does not recommend rescheduling of
In Oracle Work in Process, you can specify an MRP net quantity for the standard and non-standard discrete jobs. The net quantity may differ from the job quantity for many reasons. For example, you would set the net quantity to zero if you receive the discrete job quantity into a non-nettable completion subinventory. When you choose to net WIP, the planning process uses the MRP net quantity on the
order header to calculate available supply. See: Defining Discrete Jobs Manually, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide. At the component level, you can enter a value for the MRP Net field to establish if the planning process should net the requirement when calculating component demand. You may choose to enter No for a particular component if it is issued from a non-nettable subinventory. When you choose to net WIP, the planning process uses the MRP net value at the component level to determine if the component requirement is included as demand. Supplier Components Negative Requirements If you specify a WIP supply type of supplier for an item or component, the planning process ignores the requirement. You can define negative usages for component items on a bill of material in Oracle Bills of Material. You can add negative requirements (byproducts) to discrete jobs using Oracle Work in Process. See: By-Product Recovery, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning includes negative requirements on standard and non-standard discrete jobs and components with a negative usage on a bill of material when netting supply and demand. This type of component requirement is considered as supply available on the job completion date. The MRP Net field on the Discrete Jobs window, in Oracle Work in Process, must have a value in order for negative requirements to be treated as supply.
Note: You can manually add a negative requirement to a non-standard
job in Oracle Work in Process to manage components that result in disassembly. You could use this option for repairing assembly units. It allows you to track the item that is issued to the job as available supply on completion of the repair job. See: Component Issues and Returns, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide and WIP Material Transaction Types, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide.
Byproduct planning information is included in the following reports: Current Projected On Hand vs. Projected Available Report Demand vs. Replenishment Graphical Report Planning Detail Report
See Also Discrete Job Statuses, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide Repetitive Schedule Statuses, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide
4-52 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Net Reservations
When you choose to net reservations, the planning process recognizes hard reservations that represent sales order demand. If you do not choose to net reservations, the planning process recognizes all sales order demand as soft reservations only. The planning process always plans to satisfy hard reservations before soft reservations.
Note: By definition, sales order demand is a soft reservation. A hard
reservation is sales order demand that you firm by reserving selected inventory for the purposes of material planning, available to promise calculations and customer service issues
See Also Viewing Item Reservations, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Net Purchases Net Work in Process Netting Supply and Demand
change orders when the start date of the planned order is later than the effective date. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning does not suggest a planned order using an ECO if the planned order needs to start before the effective date of the ECO.
For a pending ECO, you can specify whether to include the engineering changes during the planning process. Set the MRP Active Flag to Yes in the Engineering Change Order window if you want the planning process to consider the engineering changes on the ECO. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning considers engineering changes when generating component requirements for planned orders and suggested repetitive schedules. The quantity specified by an engineering change order is considered if the scheduled effective date of the ECO is before the suggested start date of the order. For example, if you have defined the following bill of material:
Assembly A has a lead time of 2 days. Component B has a usage of 2. You defined an engineering change order that changes the usage of B to 3. The ECO has a scheduled effective date of Day 4. If the material plan for Assembly A is:
Material Plan for Assembly A Day 2 Gross Requirements Planned Orders 0 0 Day 3 0 0 Day 4 100 100 Day 5 100 100 Day 6 100 100 Day 7 100 100
The planned orders for Assembly A with due dates of Day 4 and Day 5 have start days of Day 2 and Day 3 respectively when offset by the lead time of 2 days. Since neither planned order has a start date that is on or after the scheduled effective date of the engineering change order, the component requirements are generated based on the current bill of material that specifies a usage of 2 Bs. The planned orders for Assembly A with due dates of Day 6 and Day 7 have start dates of Day 4 and Day 5 respectively when offset by the lead time of 2 days. Since both
4-54 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
planned orders have a start date that is on or after the scheduled effective date of the engineering change order, the component requirements are generated based on the revised usage of 3 Bs. The material plan for component B is:
Material Plan for Component B Day 2 Gross Requirements Planned Orders 200 200 Day 3 200 200 Day 4 300 300 Day 5 300 300 Day 6 0 0 Day 7 0 0
See Also Defining Engineering Change Orders, Oracle Engineering User's Guide Use-Up Date
The use-up date determines when the current on-hand quantity for an item is exhausted based on projected gross requirements. This date is calculated for all items during the planning process. The use-up date is calculated by applying on-hand quantity in inventory (supply) against any gross requirements (demand), and adding the next work date to the day it is depleted. The planning process does not consider repetitive schedules as supply when calculating the use-up date. It does consider schedule receipts if the profile option, MRP:Include Scheduled Receipts in Use-up Calculation, is set to yes. For example, if the material plan for an item is as follows:
Material Plan for Item Beginning QOH = 600 Gross Requirements Day 2 200 Day 3 200 Day 4 300 Day 5 300 Day 6 0
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning calculates, based on the projected gross requirements for this item, that the current quantity on hand is exhausted on Day 4. Therefore, the planning process sets the use-up date for this item to be Day 5. When you define a revised item for an ECO, you can specify whether the planning process should recommend a suggested effective date for the revised item. If you indicate that the planning process should calculate the suggested effective date, you
also specify a use-up item. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning recommends a suggested effective date based on the use-up date of the use-up item. For example, you may want to change how you build an assembly. You manufacture a board, that has Chip A as a component:
You have decided to change the Assembly Board to use a new and improved Chip B instead of Chip A.
You define an ECO with the Board assembly as the revised item. You specify Chip A as a revised component with a usage quantity of 0, and Chip B as a revised component with a usage quantity of 1. You'd like to use up the Chip A's you have in stock before beginning to use the Chip B's. Therefore, you would define the ECO as use-up and set the use-up item to be Chip A. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning suggests an effective date based on the use-up date of Chip A.
Note: While Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain
Planning calculates the use-up date as the basis for suggesting an effective date for the ECO, the planning process uses the current
4-56 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
effective date instead of the suggested effective date when generating component requirements. The only case where Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning considers the suggested effective date of the ECO when generating component demand is when the use-up item is the assembly (in our example, the Board assembly) instead of one of the components.
See Also Defining Engineering Change Orders, Oracle Engineering User's Guide Bill of Material Changes In addition to engineering change orders, you can also make manual modifications to a bill directly, using the Bill of Material window. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning plans for component items as of their effective date for a given revision. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning plans bill of material changes and ECS's similarly. The planning process creates planned orders that incorporate all bill of material changes that are effective as of the start date of the planned order. See: Creating a Bill of Material, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide. Engineering Items An engineering item is primarily used for prototypes and research. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning plans engineering items exactly as it does manufacturing items. All engineering components are planned for accordingly and are visible on inquiries and reports.
Note: You must set up all appropriate planning attributes when you
5
Supply Chain Planning
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview The Multiple Organization Model Supply Chain Supply and Demand Schedules Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Defining Sourcing Rules Defining Bills of Distribution Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Assignments Hierarchy Viewing Sourcing Rules Viewing Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Displaying an Indented Where Used Displaying an Indented Bill Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Overview of Supply Chain Planning Logic Defining MRP/DRP Names in Supply Chain Planning Launching the Supply Chain Planning Process Reviewing or Adding Supply Chain Plan Options Overview of Plan Generation in Supply Chain Planning MPS Plan Generation in Supply Chain Planning MRP and DRP Generation in Supply Chain Planning
Planning Organizations Netting Supply and Demand in Supply Chain Planning Overview of the Supply Chain Planner Workbench Reviewing Source and Destination Organizations Supply Chain Master Schedule Types Defining a Supply Chain MPS Name Defining Supply Chain MPS Entries Manually Loading a Supply Chain MPS from an Internal Source
Overview
Oracle Supply Chain Planning is a powerful tool that integrates manufacturing and distribution into a single planning process. With Oracle Supply Chain Planning, you can generate plans that include the entire supply chain. In a single step you can schedule and plan material and distribution requirements for multiple organizations, or centrally plan the entire enterprise. You can also include customer and supplier inventories in the supply chain planning process. Oracle Supply Chain Planning lets you plan finished products, as well as intermediate assemblies and purchased items, for all facilities in your supply chain. Material plans for feeder plants and distribution centers automatically consider requirements originating from any number of other facilities. You can load planned order demand from multiple using-organizations into the master schedule of supplying organizations. In addition to planning the material requirements of your supply chain, you can plan the requirements for your distribution network. This includes all warehouses, distribution centers, and any location that ships products. You can use these distribution requirements plans (DRPs) as input for your material plans. You can combine centralized distribution and material planning, for items with significant interorganization supply or demand, with decentralized planning, where you prefer autonomous, local planning. Output from the central plan can go into plant level material plans and vice versa. Oracle Supply Chain Planning gives you a transparent view of the virtual enterprise, where all inventory locations participate in the planning process.
Note: All help on Supply Chain Planning assumes a knowledge of
Master Scheduling/MRP and will refer users to MRP topics when they compliment Supply Chain functionality
Main Features of Oracle Supply Chain Planning With Oracle Supply Chain Planning, you can:
5-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Configure your supply chain Determine a sourcing strategy for your supply chain Apply the sourcing strategy to all your items Use a graphical pegging display to directly identify the end customer orders affected by shortages of items at any level in the supply chain Consolidate demand statements across many organizations Consider supply and demand from customer and supplier inventories in plans Use supply statements from many organizations in your overall supply chain Simultaneously plan for the material requirements of multiple organizations in your supply chain View exception messages for a consolidated supply chain material plan See: Reviewing Planning Exceptions Simulate and replan changes (e.g., quantity and date) to supply and demand records See: Replanning Net Changes Review updated exception messages to verify that your simulated changes resolve supply or demand problems Use a graphical display to visualize your supply chain Analyze supply and demand records across multiple organizations in the Supply Chain Planner Workbench Receive support to create internal requisitions
See Also The Multiple Organization Model Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Supply Chain Planner Workbench
The disadvantage is that this model requires at least two planning runs, as each organization plans its own specific requirements. It also requires significant human intervention to ensure that information generated by one organization is passed to the other. If, for instance, SAC wanted to replenish its workstations from an additional organization (NYC), SAC would have to maintain a separate set of plans, and manually coordinate the supply coming from both. Oracle Supply Chain Planning makes it possible to support a much more diverse and flexible enterprise. Demand for an item may be met through one or more networks of replenishment organizations. These organizations may be geographically remote, clustered into interdependent groups, but remain semiautonomous within the enterprise; they may also be members of a supplier's or customer's enterprise. In the supply chain model, SAC produces final assemblies, which it distributes through SFD and NYD. SAC is replenished by AUS, which supplies one purchased component and one assembled component.
5-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
The advantage is that all this planning occurs with a single planning run, with attendant gains in runtime and consistency. Requirements of different organizations are planned transparently and seamlessly. You no longer need to load interorg planned orders separately. The enterprise-wide distribution requirements have been incorporated into the planning process. Sourcing strategies, formerly controlled manually by a planner implementing planned orders, can now be automatically assigned to the correct source, whether that is an internal organization or a supplier. Oracle Supply Chain Planning also allows you to expand your planning capability as your enterprise expands. SAC can easily incorporate NYC and Supplier 3 into the global plan. See Also Overview of Supply Chain Planning Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning Material and Distribution Requirements Planning
Supply Chain Planner Workbench Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies Supply Chain Supply and Demand Schedules Managing Supply and Demand Sourcing and Replenishment Network
Demand Schedules Demand schedules in Supply Chain Planning includes the master demand schedules, and by extension all valid sources of demand. See: Master Schedule Typesfor a list of valid sources. Supply Schedules Supply schedules can include MPS/MRP/DRP plans. If you include one of these supply schedules in your supply chain plan, firm planned orders (along with orders for their components) from the supply schedule will be treated as supply in the plan. Material plans generated by the controlling organization can produce net requirements for all organizations controlled by the plan. Distribution plans include distribution
5-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
requirements for all included items across multiple organizations. Included items can be DRP planned, DRP/MPS planned, or DRP/MRP planned. See Also Overview of Supply Chain Planning Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Supply Chain Planner Workbench Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies
Managing Supply and Demand In the multiple organization environment, the Planner Workbench combines supply and demand information on all items in all organizations across the planning horizon. With Graphical Pegging, you can quickly trace component demand back to its source item or order, or you can follow supply from the end item down to the lowest level. With the Planner Workbench, you can simulate changes in the current plan, checking the possible effects (across the entire enterprise) of firming planned orders, canceling orders, changing dates, and adding new demand.
Note: The supply chain planning process does not recognize firmed
planned orders in a net change simulation under the following conditions. The planned order was not firmed in the organization that generated the supply chain plan. The planned order was firmed after last planning run See: Overview of Net Change Replan for more information.
See Also Overview of Supply Chain Planning Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Supply Chain Planner Workbench Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies Sourcing and Replenishment Network
With supplier planned inventories you can integrate external supplier and customer inventory information with that of manufacturing and distribution organizations. Such information gives you an overall picture of the supply chain, including advanced warning of stock outs, abnormal swings in demand, and capacity problems. Once you model customers and suppliers as organizations, all relevant supply/demand information for an item can be exchanged between your enterprise and supplier or customer organizations. You can also net supply and demand of external organizations, covert material needs of consuming organizations into demand at the replenishing organization, and maintain capacity information (for the supplier organization). Prerequisites To model customers as organizations
1. 2.
Define a customer name. See: Entering Customers, Oracle Receivables User's Guide. Use your customer name to define an organization. See: Creating an Organization, Oracle Human Resource Management Systems User's Guide. Associate an inventory organization with a customer. See: Creating an Organization, Oracle Human Resource Management Systems User's Guide.
3.
Define a supplier name. See: Entering Suppliers, Oracle Payables User's Guide. Use your supplier name to define an organization. See: Creating an Organization, Oracle Human Resource Management Systems User's Guide. Associate an inventory organization with a supplier. See: Creating an Organization, Oracle Human Resource Management Systems User's Guide.
Note: You cannot implement planned orders in customer or supplier
3.
organizations
See Also Supply Chain Planner Workbench Defining Sourcing Rules Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution
Sourcing and Replenishment Network You can define the rules that govern the movement of goods throughout your supply chain. This network is the backbone of your material flow, but you can further control its behavior by defining a time-phased replenishment strategy. Oracle Supply Chain Planning does this with sourcing rules and bills of distribution. Sourcing rules and bills
5-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
of distribution both describe sourcing supply; i.e., for any organization, they answer the question "where do I get part A from?". (They never say "where do I send part A to".) Sourcing rules apply the answer to one organization or all the organizations in your enterprise. Bills of distribution define this behavior across multiple organizations (not just one or all). See Also Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Supply Chain Planner Workbench Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies Managing Supply and Demand
Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies A sourcing strategy allows a supply chain planner to gather all possible replenishment scenarios and apply them globally, or to any item, category of items, or organization. This allows the enterprise, or an individual organization, to adopt the most efficient method of fulfilling net requirements. Oracle Supply Chain Planning minimizes the effort required to set up, implement, and maintain this strategy with sourcing rules and bills of distribution.
In a sourcing rule, time-phasing applies only to the shipping organizations; the receiving organization remains static for the life of the sourcing rule. In a bill of distribution, time-phasing applies both to shipping and receiving organizations. For each item in a rule or bill, you can define effectivity dates to switch sourcing between make and buy, and set intransit lead times. If an item does not appear in a rule
or bill, the item attribute determines the status; when these attributes conflict with a sourcing rule or bill of distribution, the rule or bill takes precedence. (See: Item and Bill of Material Attributes, and Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide.) The following features are provided in Oracle Supply Chain Planning sourcing logic: Alternate source search if allocation exceeds supplier capacity Control over Make/Buy attributes Delivery frequency calendars Historical information used in allocations Ranking sources and defining allocation percentages Splitting demand according to sourcing percentages Supplier capacity constraints Supplier specific lead times Supplier specific order modifiers Tolerance fences
See Also Overview of Supply Chain Planning Logic Sourcing Rules Sourcing rules define inventory replenishment methods for either a single organization or all organizations in your enterprise. Time-phasing in a sourcing rule determines when each group of shipping method - ship org combinations is in effect, as in this example:
5-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
In the first phase of SR-C01, SAC is replenished equally by AUS and NYC. From 01-JUL-1997, AUS no longer supplies SAC, which receives all transfers from NYC: (mrp_suprulex.if)
This sourcing rule can apply to one org (SAC, in this example), or to all your organizations. However, you cannot choose a single organization in one phase and all organizations in another phase. That would require two sourcing rules, with consecutive effectivity dates. If you assign the sourcing rule to one receiving organization (SAC in this example), it is a local sourcing rule; if you assign it to multiple organizations, it is a global sourcing rule. You cannot apply sourcing rules and bills of distribution (make them Planning Active) until the sum of the allocation percentages equals 100. Secondly, sourcing rules and bills of distribution do not take effect until they are assigned to a part or a range of parts. (See: Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution.) Bills of Distribution Bills of distribution define the sourcing strategies of several organizations. In other words, a bill of distribution is library of sourcing strategies. For instance, the sourcing strategy described in SRC01 could apply to different organizations at different periods. You cannot do this with sourcing rules because you have to apply the strategy to one organization or all organizations. In another example, an item is made in a manufacturing center and supplied to a distribution center, which in turn supplies three sales offices. Instead of using five different local sourcing rules, you could set up a three-level replenishment hierarchy with a bill of distribution for the item. This bill would specify how the item is sourced at each level. Both sourcing rules and bills of distribution have effective dates, periods during which the scheme is valid. For each period, you can specify a list of sources, type, allocation
5-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
percentage, rank, shipping method, and intransit time. You cannot apply sourcing rules and bills of distribution (make them Planning Active) until the sum of the allocation percentages equals 100. Secondly, sourcing rules and bills of distribution do not take effect until they are assigned to a part or a range of parts. (See: Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution.) Example - Sourcing Rule/Bills of Distribution In the following scenario, distribution centers SFD and NYD receive finished goods from manufacturing plan SAC:
Sourcing rule SR-C02 describes the replenishment of SFD by SAC. Since no other plants supply the part (which is assigned to this rule separately), the allocation is 100%. SR-C02 is a local sourcing rule because it applies to SFD only. Similarly, SR-C03 describes the replenishment of NYD by SAC. The bill of distribution (BRE01 in this example) can define a specific set of receiving organizations, and for each organization it can define any number of shipping organizations - each with its own allocation percentage, ranking, and shipping method. Bills of distribution are more flexible than sourcing rules because, for each organization you list in the bill, you define a range of dates and a sourcing strategy to apply within those dates. Sourcing rules can only define the dates and strategy for one organization
or all the organizations in your enterprise. The following scenario illustrates this flexibility:
As the demand from NYD expands and exceeds SAC's capacity to meet the demand, the enterprise decides to build a new plant, called NYC. While NYC is brought online, SAC continues to meet 100% of demand from NYD. From 1-JUL, however, NYC begins to supply a small percentage of this demand, taking some of the burden away from SAC. The planning process can quickly and easily support this transition. Sourcing rule SR-C04 can define the dates during which the transition will occur, include NYC, and split the demand replenishment between it and SAC. Bill of distribution BR-E01 can accomplish this as well, but the bill can incorporate it into an enterprisewide sourcing strategy. See Also Defining Sourcing Rules Defining Bills of Distribution Reviewing Source and Destination Organizations Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rules
5-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Viewing Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Where Used Displaying an Indented Bill
2. 3.
Enter a unique sourcing rule name. Indicate whether this sourcing rule is used for all organizations (global) or a single organization (local). If the sourcing rule is local, you must enter an organization name; otherwise, your current organization will be the receiving organization. Choose Copy From to copy the effectivity dates and shipping organization from another sourcing rule into this one. Enter effectivity dates. You must enter a start date, but entering an end date is optional. For each range of effectivity dates, you can include multiple shipping organizations. For each shipping organization you want to include, select a sourcing type to specify whether you make, buy, or internally transfer the item. You can also copy a list of shipping organizations from an existing sourcing rule. If you enter a customer organization as the receiving organization, then you cannot select a supplier organization as the shipping organization. Enter an allocation percentage for each shipping organization. Allocation percentage includes the number of planned orders issued to the part for the entire the planning horizon. Your total allocation may not exceed 100. If the allocation percentage for all the shipping organizations included within a range of effectivity dates equals 100, Planning Active is checked. If the sourcing rule is not planning active, the planning process will not use the rule to assign planned orders.
4.
5.
6.
7.
5-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
8.
Enter a numeric rank value to prioritize each sourcing type. If you have two sources with the same allocation percentage, planned orders are sourced from the highest rank first. Select a shipping method, such as FEDEX, UPS, or rail. (See: Defining Shipping Methods, Oracle Inventory User's Guide.
9.
Select a sourcing type to specify whether you make, buy, or internally transfer the item. Choose Copy Shipping Orgs From. In the Find window, select a sourcing rule that includes the shipping organizations you want to duplicate in this new sourcing rule. Choose OK.
2. 3.
4.
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Defining Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rules Viewing Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Where Used Displaying an Indented Bill
Defining Inter-Organization Shipping Networks, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Defining Shipping Methods, Oracle Inventory User's Guide
2. 3.
Enter a unique bill of distribution name. If the allocation percentage for this bill of distribution equals 100, Planning Active is checked. (See Step 7.)
Note: You cannot set the allocation percentage to less than or
greater than 100 for sourcing rules that are already assigned in assignment sets
4.
Choose Copy From to copy the receiving and shipping organization information from another bill of distribution into this one.
5-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
5. 6.
Enter the effectivity dates for each receiving organization in this bill of distribution. For each receiving organization, you can enter a number of shipping organizations. For each shipping organization, select a sourcing type to specify whether you make, buy, or internally transfer the item. You can also copy a list of shipping organizations from an existing bill of distribution.
Note: Suppliers and supplier sites must be predefined in Oracle
7.
Enter an allocation percentage for each shipping organization. Allocation percentage includes the number of planned orders issued to the part for the entire the planning horizon. Your total allocation may not exceed 100. If the allocation percentage for all the shipping organizations included within a range of effectivity dates equals 100, Planning Active is checked. If the sourcing rule is not planning active, the planning process will use the rule to assign planned orders.
Note: For bills of distribution that are already named in assignment
sets, you cannot set the allocation percentage to less than or greater than 10
8.
Enter a numeric rank value to prioritize each sourcing type. If you have two sources with the same allocation percentage, planned orders are sourced in rank order. Select a shipping method, such as FEDEX, UPS, or rail. See: Defining Shipping Methods, Oracle Inventory User's Guide.
9.
Select a sourcing type to specify whether you make, buy, or internally transfer the item. Choose Copy Shipping Orgs From. In the Find window, select a bill of distribution that includes the shipping organizations you want to duplicate in this new bill of distribution. Choose OK.
2. 3.
4.
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rules Viewing Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Where Used Displaying an Indented Bill Defining Inter-Organization Shipping Networks, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Defining Shipping Methods, Oracle Inventory User's Guide
5-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
All organizations
These levels allow you to assign a replenishment rule to as many or as few items as possible. For example, a category of items could be defined as packaging material, and a sourcing rule that identifies the suppliers could be assigned.
Navigate to the Sourcing Rule/Bill of Distribution Assignments window. Enter an assignment set name and description.
Note: The assignment specified in profile option MRP: Default
Sourcing Assignment Set is the only one used by Oracle Purchasing for its processing
3.
category only if you have updated the profile option MRP:Sourcing Rule Category Set. See: MRP:Sourcing Rule Category Set
4.
5.
Enter the name of the customer to which you want to assign a sourcing rule or bill of distribution. Enter the specific site to which you want to assign a sourcing rule or bill of distribution. Enter an Item/Category if you selected Item or Item-Org as the Assign To type. Enter the sourcing rule or bill of distribution as the Type. Enter the name of the sourcing rule or bill of distribution.
6.
7. 8. 9.
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Reviewing Source and Destination Organizations Viewing Sourcing Rules Viewing Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Where Used Displaying an Indented Bill
Assignments Hierarchy
In the following table, rows below override rows above them. Columns on the right override columns on the left.
Sourcing Rules vs. Bill of Distribution Assignments Assignment Scope Global Sourcing Rule* Yes No Yes No Local Sourcing Rule No Yes No Yes Bill of Distribution Yes No Yes No
Yes
No
Yes
5-22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Assignment Scope
Bill of Distribution No
Items in an Organization
*A global sourcing rule has an unspecified receiving organization. Since not all assignment types are valid for both sourcing rules and bills of distribution, the effect of the Sourcing Rules vs. Bill of Distribution Assignments table is illustrated in a linear hierarchy in the following table. The rows below override rows above them.
Assignment to Levels Assignment Scope Global Global Organization Category of Item Category of Item Category of Items in an Organization Item Item Items in an Organization Sourcing Mechanism Global Sourcing Rule Bill of Distribution Local Sourcing Rule Global Sourcing Rule Bill of Distribution Local Sourcing Rule
Navigate to the View Sourcing Rule or Sourcing Rule window. Place your cursor in the Name or Description field and select Find or Find All from the query menu. Choose View to launch the Object Navigator and display the graphical view of your sourcing rule. With the Object Navigator, you can display your sourcing rule in a visual hierarchy. Each element in the sourcing rule is displayed in a rectangular node, with connecting lines that depict the nodes' relationships to each another (known as the data flow). The nodes are also color-coded for easy identification, and other aspects of the data flow can be changed to meet specific requirements.
3.
Navigate to the View Sourcing Rule or Sourcing Rule window. Place your cursor in the Name or Description field and select Find or Find All from the Query menu. Choose Assignment Set. The list that appears includes all sets in which the current rule participates.
3.
For each Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution in the Assignment Set, you can review the following information: Assigned to: Each Sourcing and Bill of Distribution can be assigned: A single item (across all organizations) An item in a specific organization All items in a specific organization
5-24 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
A category of items A category of items in an organization All items in all organizations (globally)
Note: You can assign a sourcing rule to a category only if you have
updated the profile option MRP:Sourcing Rule Category Set. See: MRP:Sourcing Rule Category Set
Organization: Rules or bills assigned to an organization, a category of items in an organization, or an item in an organization will also display the name of that organization. Customer and Customer Site: Rules or bills associated with a customer will also display this information. Item/Category: Rules or bills assigned to an item or an item in an organization will display with the associated item or category of items (if the profile option has been updated to include categories).
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Viewing Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Where Used Displaying an Indented Bill
Navigate to the View Bill of Distribution or Bill of Distribution window Place your cursor in the Name or Description field and select Find or Find All from the Query menu. Choose View to launch the Object Navigator and display the graphical view of your bill of distribution. With the Object Navigator, you can display your bill of distribution in a visual hierarchy. Each element in the bill is displayed in a rectangular node, with connecting lines that depict the nodes' relationships to each another (known as the data flow). The nodes are also colorcoded for easy identification, and other aspects of the data flow can be changed to meet specific requirements.
3.
Navigate to the View Bills of Distribution or Bill of Distribution window Place your cursor in the Name or Description field and select Find or Find All from the Query menu. Choose Assignment Set. The list that appears includes all sets in which the current bill participates.
3.
For each Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution in the Assignment Set, you can review the following information: Assigned to: Each Sourcing and Bill of Distribution can be assigned: A single item (across all organizations) An item in a specific organization All items in a specific organization A category of items
5-26 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
have updated the profile option MRP:Sourcing Rule Category Set. See: MRP:Sourcing Rule Category Set
Organization: Rules or bills assigned to an organization, a category of items in an organization, or an item in an organization will also display the name of that organization. Customer and Customer Site: Rules or bills associated with a customer will also display this information. Item/Category: Rules or bills assigned to an item or an item in an organization will display with the associated item or category of items (if the profile option has been updated to include categories).
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rules Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Where Used Displaying an Indented Bill
Navigate to the Sourcing Rule/Bill of Distribution Assignments window. Place your cursor in the Assignment Set or Description field and select Find or Find All from the Query menu. Select an assignment set from the list.
3.
For each Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution in the Assignment Set, you can review the following information: Assigned to: Each Sourcing and Bill of Distribution can be assigned: A single item (across all organizations) An item in a specific organization All items in a specific organization A category of items A category of items in an organization All items in all organizations (globally)
Note: You can assign a sourcing rule to a category only if you
have updated the profile option MRP:Sourcing Rule Category Set. See: MRP:Sourcing Rule Category Set.
Organization: Rules or bills assigned to an organization, a category of items in an organization, or an item in an organization will also display the name of that organization. Item/Category: Rules or bills assigned to an item or an item in an organization will display with the associated item or category of items (if the profile option has been updated to include categories).
In the Assignments region, place your cursor in any field on the row containing the rule or bill you want.
5-28 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
2.
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rules Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Where Used Displaying an Indented Bill
Navigate to the View Supply Chain Bill window. Enter the name of an assignment set. Enter an organization. Enter an item and date. Choose View Indented Where Used to launch the Object Navigator and display the graphical view of item's indented where used information. With the Object Navigator, you can display your data in a visual hierarchy. Each element in the sourcing rule is displayed in a rectangular node, with connecting lines that depict the nodes' relationships to each another (known as the data flow). The nodes are also colorcoded for easy identification, and other aspects of the data flow can be changed to meet specific requirements.
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rules
Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Bill
Navigate to the View Supply Chain Bill window. Enter the name of an assignment set. Enter an organization. Enter an item and date. Choose View Indented Bill to launch the Object Navigator and display the graphical view of item's indented where bill information. With the Object Navigator, you can display your data in a visual hierarchy. Each element in the sourcing rule is displayed in a rectangular node, with connecting lines that depict the nodes' relationships to each another (known as the data flow). The nodes are also color-coded for easy identification, and other aspects of the data flow can be changed to meet specific requirements.
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rules Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Where Used
5-30 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the View Supply Chain Bill window. Enter the name of an assignment set. Enter an organization. Enter an item and date. Choose View Sourcing Hierarchy.
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Viewing Sourcing Rules Viewing Sourcing Rule and Bill of Distribution Assignments Viewing the Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy Displaying an Indented Where Used Displaying an Indented Bill
Order modifiers
It then plans replenishments by creating a set of recommendations to release or reschedule orders for material based on net material requirements. These planned orders are assigned to a predefined replenishment structure, stated in: Discrete quantities with due dates Repetitive build rates with first/last unit start dates
Note: All help on Supply Chain Planning assumes a knowledge of
Master Scheduling/MRP and will refer users to MRP topics when they compliment Supply Chain functionality
See Also Overview of Material Requirements Planning Overview of Supply Chain Planning Logic Supply Chain Planning Methods Overview of Plan Generation in Supply Chain Planning MPS Plan Generation in Supply Chain Planning MRP and DRP Generation in Supply Chain Planning Defining MRP/DRP Names in Supply Chain Planning Launching the Supply Chain Planning Process Reviewing or Adding Supply Chain Plan Options Planning Organizations Netting Supply and Demand in Supply Chain Planning
5-32 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Sourcing strategies Bills of material Scheduled receipts On-hand inventory balances Production and transportation lead times Order modifiers
The purpose of the planning process is to derive an MPS, DRP or MRP that meets schedule dates while maintaining inventory replenishment policies. The netting process: Creates and reschedules planned orders Assigns sources to the planned orders, according to rank and sourcing percentages Generates dependent demand across multiple organizations See: Netting Supply and Demand.
When assigning sources to planned orders (according to the percentage splits defined by the sourcing rules and bills of distribution), planning begins with the organization that is immediately below its shipping percentage target. See: Assigning Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution and Assignments Hierarchy. When generating dependent demand for an organization different from the one in the planned order, planning creates demand for the same item in the other organization and offsets the demand by the transportation lead time. Sourcing Assignment Logic Oracle Supply Chain Planning uses the following components in sourcing assignment logic in order to allocate planned orders.
Note: Ranking information for suppliers is set in the Sourcing Rule
window or Bill of Distribution window. Planning capacity information is set in Oracle Purchasing - in the Planning Constraints region of the Supplier - Item Attributes window.
Alternate Sources If the primary supplier does not have the capacity to meet demand, alternate suppliers can be specified according to your priority. The supplier capacity defined in Oracle Purchasing is used to determine if the primary source can fulfill the order. The ranking order specified in in the rules and bills determines which sources can be used as alternates.
Delivery Frequency Calendars You can specify delivery dates for each supplier or supplier/item combinations and create a schedule to define the dates an organization is able to receive items. The planning engine adjusts planned orders so deliveries are scheduled for the dates the receiving organization is available. You enter processing lead times in Oracle Purchasing, and then choose a Delivery Calendar pattern. The Delivery Calendar is independent of your workday calendar. Historical Allocations Planning recognizes the historical allocation assigned to each source, organization, or supplier in recommending sources to new planned orders. Historical allocation includes all requisitions, purchase orders, and receipts in the case of suppliers. And all discrete jobs, repetitive schedules, flow schedules, and organization transfers in the case of Make At organizations. Rank and Allocation You can define a rank for each source of supply named in the rules and bills, and then define a sourcing percentage for each source within a rank. You can also assign sourcing percentages to these sources allowing you to allocate a portion of the total orders to each source. Splitting Of Demand According To Sourcing Percentages Demand can be divided and allocated to multiple sources according to target sourcing percentages set in the rules and bills. The data in these tables demonstrate how allocation percentages for planned orders are divided according to ranking information. The demand for Item A on the date of 06/10 is:
Demand 1 Due Date 07/15 Quantity 300
Item
Source
Rank
Percentage
Effective To
A A A
S1 S2 S3
1 1 1
40 30 30
Demand is assigned using the ranking information and calculating the percentages
5-34 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
assigned to each source to calculate the planned orders. S1: 300 x 0.40 = 120 S2: 300 x 0.30 = 90 S3: 300 x 0.30 = 90
Three planned orders are created for the quantities of 120, 90, and 90 respectively.
Note: All planned orders generated in this process are subject to item
order modifiers
Supplier Capacity Constraints You can specify the time-phased capacity of individual suppliers to specific items in Oracle Purchasing. You can allocate planned orders using the constraints of the suppliers-planned orders are assigned supplier sources in respect to their capacity. Planning uses the ranking information you specify and first attempts to source the planned orders with the primary sources. If the capacity to fulfill the demand is not available, alternative sources are used. Supplier Specific Lead Times Processing lead time for each source of an item can be specified so that orders are placed in time. The lead time information entered on the Supplier - Item Attributes window in Oracle Purchasing overrides the item master information defined in Oracle Inventory. Supplier Specific Order Modifiers Order modifiers can be specified at the supplier site level, this overrides item level order modifiers. Tolerance Fence You can define capacity tolerance percentages that can vary for each of your items. The tolerance fence data in Oracle Purchasing is used to adjust production according to capacity changes for item/supplier combinations when the order is placed. Tolerance fence values can be specified for the capacity fluctuation allowed for available to promise; and used to determine demand based on the amount of advanced notice given to the supplier. See Also View Approved Suppliers, Oracle Purchasing User's Guide Defining Sourcing Rules Defining Bills of Distribution Resource Authorizations, Oracle Supplier Scheduling User's Guide
Defining the Supplier and Commodity/Item Combination, Oracle Purchasing User's Guide
Supply Chain Planning Methods in Oracle Inventory You can define an MRP planning method for an item when you define an item in Oracle Inventory. Items that are considered by the planning process must have one of the following MRP planning methods: MPS planning MRP planning
Oracle Supply Chain Planning users can define three additional attributes: DRP planning MPS and DRP planning MRP and DRP planning
DRP Planning Select DRP planning for items that appear in a distribution requirements plan. MPS and DRP Planning Select MPS and DRP planning for items that appear in DRP and MPS plans that are primarily planned in MPS plans. MRP and DRP Planning Select MRP and DRP planning for items that appear in MRP and DRP plans, but are planned in MRP plans.
Note: You can set the MRP Planning method item attribute to MPS and
DRP planning so that the longterm material requirements for an item are generated
Review Planning Methods for information on planning methods in Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP.
5-36 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the MRP Names or DRP Names window. Enter an alphanumeric name that identifies a unique material requirements or distribution requirements plan. Select an organization selection to indicate if the plan is planning for all organizations (All) or a list of organizations (Multiple). Check Feedback to monitor the quantity of the planned order that has been implemented as discrete jobs, purchase orders, or purchase requisitions. This provides the planner visibility of the status of the plan at any point in time. Check Production to enable a plan to autorelease planned orders. See: Auto release Planned Orders. Follow the standard procedure in Defining MRP Names to complete this task.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2. 3.
In the Parameters window, select a plan name and launch options. Follow the standard procedure in Launching the Planning Process to complete this task.
See Also Overview of the Memorybased Planning Engine Phases of the Planning Process Overview of Material Requirements Planning Overview of Capacity Planning, Oracle Capacity User's Guide Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
the first time, the plan options you defined in the setup parameters are displayed. Otherwise, the plan options you chose for the last launch of the planning process are displayed. If you are launching a plan for simulation purposes, do not check these plan options.
Navigate to the Plan Options window. Query a plan name. Enter the Assignment Set name. Select an overwrite option: All: For an MPS plan, overwrite all entries and regenerate new MPS entries based on the source master demand schedule. For an MRP or DRP, overwrite all planned orders and firm planned orders for MRP or MRP/DRP items. This option is displayed when you generate a plan for the first time.
Caution: Be very cautious when using this option since it
5-38 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
overwrites firm planned orders and/or master schedule entries. If you do not want to overwrite MRP or DRP firm planned orders, select None.
Outside planning time fence: For an MPS plan, overwrite all MPS entries outside the planning time fence. For an MRP or DRP, overwrite all planned orders and firm planned orders outside the planning time fence.
Caution: Be very cautious when using this option since it
overwrites MRP firm planned orders and master schedule entries outside the planning time fence. If you do not want to overwrite MRP or DRP firm planned orders, select None.
None: Do not overwrite any firm planned orders for MPS, MRP, or DRP plans and net change simulation.
5.
Check Append Planned Orders to append new planned orders in the following situations: If the MPS plan name has an existing schedule associated with it and you enter None as the overwrite option, the planning process does not recommend rescheduling or suggest new planned orders before the end of the existing MPS (the last planned order) - even if so indicated by new demand from the master demand schedule. This is analogous to firming your master production schedule. By not overwriting, the master scheduler is taking responsibility for manually planning items. For an MRP plan name, this option creates planned orders where needed, considering existing MRP firm planned orders.
Note: If you want to simulate the addition of new planned orders
using net change replan, set overwrite to Outside planning time fence or None
If the plan name has an existing MPS, MRP, or DRP associated with it and you enter All as the overwrite option, the planning process deletes all previous planned entries and creates new planned orders based on the source master schedule. If the plan name has an existing MPS, MRP, or DRP associated with it and you enter Outside planning time fence as the overwrite option, the planning process deletes all planned entries after the planning time fence and creates new planned orders after that date. In this case, since you are overwriting after the planning time fence, you are also appending new planned orders after that date. If the plan name has an existing MPS, MRP, or DRP associated with it and you enter
None as the overwrite option and do not check this, the planning process reports the instances where the plan is out of balance with the source master schedule. It does not recommend any new orders. Instead it lets you manually solve any problems in the process. This gives maximum control to the master scheduler and/or material planner.
6.
Check Demand Time Fence Control to indicate whether the planning process considers any demand from forecasts within the demand time fence. The planning process does not consider any demand from forecasts within the demand time fence, but considers demand from sales orders.
7.
Check Snapshot Lock Tables to indicate whether tables are locked during the snapshot process to guarantee consistent data. This option temporarily prevents other users from processing certain transactions.
8.
Check Planning Time Fence Control to indicate whether the planning process violates planning time fences for items. For discrete items, the planning process does not create planned orders or recommend to reschedule in existing orders within the planning time fence of the item. The planning process can still recommend to reschedule orders out. For repetitive items, the planning process can vary the suggested schedule from the optimal schedule, within the planning time fence, by the acceptable rate increase and/or decrease you specified for the item.
9.
Check Plan Capacity to indicate whether you want to generate a capacity plan.
Graphical Pegging. The planning process then traces supply information for an item to its corresponding end demand details, which you then can view in a diagrammatic display.
11. If you are working in a project manufacturing environment, set a Reservation Level
and a Hard Pegging Level. This option supports functionality planned for a future release. Reservation Level: Set the level at which the planning process will reserve supply against demand. Planning Group: Reserve project - specific supply and demand at the planning group level. Supply for one project can be reserved against demand from another project, if both projects belong to the same planning group. Project: Reserve supply for a project against demand from the same project. Supply for one project-task can be reserved for demand for another project-task, if both project-tasks belong to the same project.
5-40 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Task: Reserve supply for a project-task against demand for the same project-tasks only. None: The planning process does not operate in a project manufacturing environment.
Hard Pegging Level: Set the granularity of planned orders in a project manufacturing environment. Project: Create planned orders at the project level. The planning process will generate planned orders with a project reference and associate it to demand at the project level. Project-task: Create planned orders at the project-task level. The planning process will generate planned orders with a project and task reference and associate them to demand at the project-task level. None: Create soft-pegging information for the item. This option is valid only when the item attribute is soft pegging or hard pegging.
Operation Start Date: Schedule material to arrive in inventory for availability on the start date of a specific operation in the manufacturing process. Order Start Date: Schedule material to arrive in inventory for availability on the work in process order start date.
13. Specify which planned items or components you want included:
production schedule, you cannot edit or enter data in MDS/MPS components fields
All Planned Items: Include all planned items in the planning process. You would chose this option to be certain that all items are planned, such as those you add to a job or schedule that are not components on any bill.
Note: You may want to plan using this option to avoid missing
items you want to plan. For items you do not want to plan, define them with an MRP Planning Method of Not planned when you define an item in Oracle Inventory
Demand schedule items only: Include all the items specified in your demand schedule(s). You can specify more than one MDS per organization. Supply schedule items only: Include the items with Firm Planned Orders within the
specified supply schedule(s) only. Supply schedules could be MPS (where all planned orders are firmed automatically), DRP, or MRP schedules. Supply and demand schedule items only: Include items from both the specified demand schedule(s) and the Firmed Planned Orders from any specified supply schedule(s).
14. Save your work.
See Also Planner Workbench Time Fence Planning Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Viewing Pegged Supply and Demand Planning Organizations
It then calculates time-phased material requirements. Each item may have different attributes that affect the recommendations generated by the planning process. Review Plan Generation for information on plan generation in Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP. Specifying Items for the Supply Chain Planning Process The items included the planning process depends on the planning method set for them (in their item attributes) and on whether you allow the planning process to include them. In Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP, you select the type of item subject to the planning process in the Planning Parameters window. In Oracle Supply Chain Planning, you make this selection in the Plan Options window.
5-42 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
You can include: All planned items Demand schedule items only Supply schedule items only Demand and supply schedule items only
The planning process interprets these options differently, depending on the type of plan you choose to run. The following table compares the effect of the Planned Items option on an MPS, MRP, and a DRP:
Comparison of Planned Items options in DRP, MPS, and MRP plans Plan Option Include all items DRP includes... All items in the planned organizations having an MRP planning code of: DRP planning MRP and DRP planning MPS and DRP planning MRP planned and MPS planned items that are in between the above items in the bill structure. All items in the input schedules. MPS includes... All items in the planned organizations having an MRP planning code of: MPS planning MPS and DRP planning MRP planned and MRP/DRP planned items that are in between the above items in the bill structure. All items in the input schedules. MRP includes... All items in the planned organizations except ones having MRP planning code of Not Planned.
DRP includes... All items in the input demand schedules, and all components of these items that have an MRP planning code of: DRP planning MRP and DRP planning MPS and DRP planning MPS and MRP planned items that are in between the above items in the bill structure.
MPS includes... All items in the input demand schedules, and all components of these items that have an MRP planning code of: MPS planning MPS and DRP planning
MRP includes... All items in the input demand schedules, and all components of these items that have an MRP planning code of: MRP planning MRP and DRP planning
All items in the input supply schedules, and all components of these items that have an MRP planning code: DRP planning MRP and DRP planning MPS and DRP planning MRP planned and MPS planned items that are in between the above items in the bill structure.
All items in the input supply schedules, and all components of these items that have an MRP planning code of: MPS planning MPS and DRP planning
All items in the input supply schedules, and all components of these items that have an MRP planning code of: MRP planning MRP and DRP planning
5-44 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
DRP includes... All items in the input demand and supply schedules, and all components of these items that have an MRP planning code of: DRP planning MRP and DRP planning MPS and DRP planning MRP planned and MPS planned items that are in between the above items in the bill structure.
MPS includes... All items in the input demand and supply schedules, and all components of these items that have an MRP planning code of: DRP planning MRP and DRP planning MPS and DRP planning MRP planned and MPS planned items that are in between the above items in the bill structure.
MRP includes... All items in the input demand and supply schedules, and all components of these items that have an MRP planning code of: MRP planning MRP and DRP planning
Planned Items options in a DRP and MRP plan Plan Type DRP Plan Option Include all items Included Items All items in planned organizations having an MRP planning code of: DRP planning MRP and DRP planning MPS and DRP planning Also, MRP planned and MPS planned items that are in between above items in the bill structure. Also, all items in the input schedules.
All items in the input demand schedules. All components of the above items that have an MRP planning code of: DRP planning MRP and DRP planning MPS a nd DRP planning Also, MPS and MRP planned items that are in between the above items in the bill structure.
All items in the input supply schedules. All components of the above items that have MRP planning code: DRP planning MRP and DRP planning MPS and DRP planning Also, MRP planned and MPS planned items that are in between the above items in the bill structure.
5-46 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Planned Items options in a DRP and MRP plan Plan Type Plan Option Include demand and supply schedule items only Included Items All items in the input demand and supply schedules. All components of the above items that have MRP planning code of: DRP planning MRP and DRP planning MPS and DRP planning Also, MRP planned and MPS planned items that are in between the above items in the bill structure. MRP Include all items All items in the planned organizations except ones having MRP planning code of Not Planned. All items in the input demand schedules. All components of the above items that have MRP planning code of: MRP planning MRP and DRP planning Include supply schedule items only All items in the input supply schedules. All components of the above items that have MRP planning code of: MRP planning MRP and DRP planning
Plan Type
Included Items All items in the input demand and supply schedules. All components of the above items that have MRP planning code of: MRP planning: MRP and DRP planning
From a Master Demand Schedule If you do not need to smooth production or otherwise manually manipulate a master production schedule, you can generate an MRP or DRP plan directly from a master demand schedule. The planning process overrides the MRP planning method and treats MPS planned items as MRP or MRP/DRP planned items. As a result, the planning process generates planned orders and reschedules recommendations for your MPS/DRP and MRP/DRP planned items planned items. From Supply You can also generate an MRP, DRP, or MPS plan from an MPS, MRP, or DRP plan. For plants that are planned in the source supply schedules, the planning process considers projected gross requirements, current orders for the item, the master production schedule, and on-hand quantities over time. The planning process calculates the projected quantity on hand and generates exception messages to signal any potential imbalances in the material plan. The planning process does not make any recommendations to change the master production schedule or existing orders for items based on higher level demand. These parts are maintained and planned in the source supply schedule. See Also MPS Plan Generation Launching the Planning Process
Planning Organizations
Planning organizations allows you to set plan options specific to each organization, and to specify different demand and supply schedules.
Note: If you're using the Drop Shipment feature of Order Entry and
Purchasing, you don't need to add the logical org used for P.O. receipts
5-48 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
to the plan
Navigate to the Plan Organizations window. Query a plan name. In the Organizations region, select an organization. For each organization you include, check the following items: Net WIP: Consider standard discrete jobs, non-standard discrete jobs, firm repetitive schedules, or flow schedules when planning the items during the last execution of the plan. Net Reservations: Consider stock designated for a specific order when planning the items during the last execution of the plan. Net Purchases: Consider approved purchase requisitions and approved purchase orders when planning the items during the last execution of the plan. Plan Safety Stock: Calculate safety stock for each item during the last execution of the plan.
5.
If you have chosen to plan capacity (in the Plan Options window), enter values for the following fields: Bill of Resource: See: Bills of Resources, Oracle Capacity User's Guide. Simulation Set: See: Capacity Modifications and Simulation, Oracle Capacity User's Guide.
6. 7.
In the Demand Schedules region, enter an MDS for each organization you include. In the Supply Schedules region, enter an MPS, MRP, or DRP for each organization you include.
Navigate to the Plan Options window. Check Net Purchases, Net WIP, and Net Reservations to net supply and demand for each. Net WIP: Consider standard discrete jobs, non-standard discrete jobs, repetitive schedules, or flow schedules when planning the items during the last execution of the plan. Net Reservations: Consider stock designated for a specific order when planning the items during the last execution of the plan. Net Purchases: Consider approved purchase requisitions and approved purchase orders when planning the items during the last execution of the plan.
3.
and organizations when you generate an MPS, MRP or DRP plan from the Launch MPS, Launch MRP, or Launch DRP windows. Choose Plan Organizations in the Launch MPS Launch MRP, or Launch DRP window
To net subinventories
1. 2. 3.
Navigate to the Plan Organizations window. Enter a name in the Organizations region and choose Subinventory Netting. For each item, check Net to indicate that you want to net supply and demand for these subinventories.
Note: You assign a netting type when you define a subinventory in
Oracle Inventory. The planning process considers the inventory in a nettable subinventory as supply. You can override the netting type for a specific subinventory when you launch the planning process.
4.
Check the unlabeled, coordination check box (next to the Type field) if you want to constantly update the coordination of records between the Plan Options and Subinventory Netting windows. See: Masterdetail Relationships. See: Master-detail Relationships, Getting Started and Using Oracle Applications.
5-50 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
5.
If you are using supplier planned inventories, the following restrictions apply to implementing planned orders: You cannot implement planned orders in supplier organizations. Planned orders in customer organizations must be implemented as sales orders rather than internal requisitions. Planned orders sourced from supplier organizations must be implemented as purchase requisitions, rather than internal requisitions.
Master Scheduling/MRP and will refer users to MRP topics when they ompliment Supply Chain functionality
Navigate to the Items window. Check the Item. Choose Sources to display the Sources window. Choose a tabbed region: Sourcing: you can review the source organization, supplier, allocation percent, and ship method. Effective Dates Assignment Information: you can review the sourcing rule and assignment type.
Navigate to the Items window. Check the Item. Choose Destinations to display the Destinations window. Choose a tabbed region: Sourcing: you can review the source organization, supplier, allocation percent, and ship method. Effective Dates Assignment Information: you can review the sourcing rule and assignment type.
See Also Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution Defining Sourcing Rules
5-52 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning Master scheduling in Supply Chain Planning is used for: Enterprise-wide demand management Scheduling production throughout the supply chain Validating the production schedule Managing the production schedule
You use the schedules generated by master scheduling as input to other manufacturing functions, such as material requirements planning, distribution requirements planning, and rough-cut capacity planning.
Note: All help on Supply Chain Planning assumes a knowledge of
Master Scheduling/MRP and will refer users to MRP topics when they compliment Supply Chain functionality
See Also Supply Chain Master Schedule Types Defining a Supply Chain MPS Name Defining a Supply Chain MPS Entry Manually Loading a Supply Chain MPS from an Internal Source Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Supply Chain Planner Workbench Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies
Some of the demand types that the Supply Chain MDS considers are: Item forecasts Spares demand Sales orders Internal requisitions New products Internal material transfers
Master Production Schedule (MPS) The Supply Chain MPS is a statement of supply required to meet the demand for the items contained in an MDS or another MPS. You can use the Supply Chain MPS to level or smooth production so that you effectively utilize capacity to drive the material requirements plan or distribution requirements plan Loading the Supply Chain Master Schedule from Multiple Sources In addition to standard sources, Supply Chain Planning users can derive the master schedule from DRP Planned orders. You can manually define your supply chain master schedule or modify entries loaded from other sources. Review the section Loading the Master Schedule from Multiple Sources for further information. Interorganization Orders Supply Chain Planning users can load planned order demand from a requesting organization into the master demand schedule of the supplying organization. See Also Master Schedule Types Defining a Supply Chain MPS Name Defining a Supply Chain MPS Manually Loading a Supply Chain MPS from an Internal Source Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Supply Chain Planner Workbench Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies
5-54 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the Master Production Schedules window (called MPS Names in the navigator). Master demand schedules are always associated with a single organization. Enter a name and description. Select an organization selection to indicate if the plan is planning for all organizations (All) or a list of organizations (Multiple). Optionally, select a demand class. Optionally, select Yes in the flexfield to enable the Memory-based Planning Engine.
Note: You must use the Memorybased Planning Engine to use
2. 3.
4. 5.
6.
Follow the standard procedure in Defining a Schedule Name: to complete this task.
See Also Defining a Schedule Name Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning Supply Chain Master Schedule Types Defining a Supply Chain MPS Manually Loading a Supply Chain MPS from an Internal Source Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Supply Chain Planner Workbench Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies
Navigate to the Master Production Schedules window (called MPS Names in the navigator). Select a schedule name. Choose Items to open the Master Production Schedule Items window. If you are creating entries for a demand schedule, enter an item with the following MRP planning methods (see: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide): MPS DRP and MPS
2. 3. 4.
5.
Follow the standard procedure in Defining Schedule Entries Manually to complete this task.
See Also Defining Schedule Entries Manually Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning Supply Chain Master Schedule Types Defining a Supply Chain MPS Name Loading a Supply Chain MPS from an Internal Source Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Supply Chain Planner Workbench Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies
5-56 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
DRP planned orders and include specific sourcing and replenishment schemes. Review the task Loading the Master Schedule from an Internal Source for further information. Source Type Field You can load a master schedule from any of the following internal sources: Specific Forecast Interorg Planned Orders Sales Orders Only Specific MDS or Specific MPS Source Lists
Interorg Planned Orders You can load planned order demand from one or more requesting organizations into the master schedule of a supplying organization. See Also Loading a Master Schedule from an Internal Master Scheduling in Supply Chain Planning Supply Chain Master Schedule Types Defining a Supply Chain MPS Name Defining a Supply Chain MPS Manually Material and Distribution Requirements Planning Supply Chain Planner Workbench Setting Up and Implementing Sourcing Strategies
6
Planner Workbench
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview of Planner Workbench Quick Access to Particular Documents Reviewing Planning Information Reviewing Item Planning Information Viewing On-hand Quantities Reviewing Supply and Demand Supply and Demand Fields Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Displaying the Enterprise View Reviewing Current Data Generating a Graphical Display of Planning Data Reviewing Planning Exceptions Planning Exception Sets Overview of Net Change Replan Batch Mode Planner Replanning Net Changes - Batch Mode Planner Replanning Net Changes-Online Planner Overview of Graphical Pegging Available to Promise (ATP) Calculating ATP Calculating ATP for Product Family Items Negative ATP
Inventory Snapshot Supply Chain ATP Capable to Promise (CTP) Implementing Planning Recommendations Creating Firm Planned Orders Implementing Planned Orders Error Message Processing Implementing Repetitive Schedules Implementing Planned Orders as Firm Jobs How Purchase Requisitions are Created Rescheduling Scheduled Receipts Walking Up and Down a Bill of Material Reviewing Assembly Components End Assembly Pegging Reviewing Using Assemblies Reviewing End Assemblies Capacity Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (CRP) Viewing Capacity Information from the Planner Workbench Identifying Capacity Problems Testing What-if Scenarios Plan Status
6-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
You can: review your resources review item details review of supply/demand details review components, using assemblies, and end assemblies review the horizontal, material, and capacity plan display a summary supply and demand implement and maintain planned orders create planned orders manually implement repetitive schedules release implemented orders create firm planned orders and firm implemented orders review material and capacity exceptions display a summary of resource requirements
You can select a predefined set of criteria or any combination of criteria when querying on the recommendations generated by the DRP, MRP or MPS planning process. The
planner can then: change parts of the plan, then replan changes and all items affected by them using either a batch or an online process load any combination of the selected recommendations into work in process or purchasing, or firm an implemented order, prior to loading, to create a firm scheduled receipt view a plan's resources including items, availability, requirements, and horizontal plan
firm a planned order or change its quantity and date to stabilize portions of the plan assign a supplier or transfer source to firm planned order change the alternate BOM designator or alternate routing designator on planned orders or discrete jobs, and import into WIP reschedule current scheduled receipts from work in process or purchasing change repetitive schedule lines, status, dates, and quantities view graphical horizontal plan generate a graphical view of the relationship between item supply and end demand
Supply Chain Planning users can also review and implement recommendations across multiple, interdependent organization. See: Overview of the Supply Chain Planner Workbench.
6-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
model/unit effectivity. The fields of Unit Number, Effectivity Control, From Unit Number, and To Unit Number are visible if this featured is enabled. They are displayed in the following windows: Supply/Demand, Items, End Assemblies, Where Used, and Pegging.
See Also Reviewing Item Planning Information Reviewing Resources Information Reviewing Supply and Demand Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Displaying the Enterprise View Reviewing Current Data Generating a Graphical Display of Planning Data Reviewing Planning Exceptions Online Planner
Net Change Replan Available to Promise (ATP) Model/Unit Effectivity, Oracle Project Manufacturing Implementation Manual
Navigate to the Planner Workbench window. Select a plan name. Choose Resources to display planning information in the Resources window. In the Find Items folder window, enter your search conditions. See: Customized Find Windows. Choose Find. This window specifies a plan's resources by department or line. In this window you can also choose buttons to review a resource's items, availability, requirements, and horizontal plans.
5.
Navigate to the Planner Workbench window. Select a plan name. Choose Items to display planning information in the Items window. See: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. In the Find Items folder window, enter your search conditions. See: Customized Find Windows Choose Find. Select an item.
4.
5. 6.
6-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
You can use this to highlight or drill down into other windows for selected items. Choose the Attachments toolbar icon to use the Attachments feature. See Working with Attachments, Oracle Applications User's Guide.
Note: BOM calendar periods are used, not accounting periods.
See Also Items Find Window Viewing Onhand Quantities Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Displaying the Enterprise View Reviewing Assembly Components Reviewing Using Assemblies Reviewing End Assemblies Navigating through a Find Window Searching for Information, Oracle Applications User's Guide Performing Query-by-Example and Query Count, Oracle Applications User's Guide
inventory.
Navigate to the Items window. Select one or more items. From the Tools menu, select On Hand to display the View On Hand Quantities window.
For an item in an organization, the View On Hand Quantities window displays quantities for each subinventory, whether the subinventory is nettable. This gives you a more detailed picture of nettable and non-nettable quantities than the Items window, which displays the sum of these quantities across all subinventories. In addition, the View On Hand Quantities window displays project information, if an item has a project/task on hand.
6-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
See Also Overview of Project MRP Reviewing or Adding Plan Options Netting Supply and Demand Planning Organizations
Navigate to the Planner Workbench window. Select a plan name. Choose one of the following buttons to display the Supply/Demand window: In the Find Supply/Demand folder window, enter your search conditions. Choose Find.
6. 7.
Review your supply/demand details. See: Supply and Demand Fields. Choose the Attachments toolbar icon to use the Attachments feature. See Working with Attachments, Oracle Applications User's Guide. Save your work.
8.
See Also Navigating through a Find Window Supply/Demand Find Window Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Displaying the Enterprise View Defining Your Display Preferences Online Planner Net Change Replan Searching for Information, Oracle Applications User's Guide Performing Query-by-Example and Query Count, Oracle Applications User's Guide Tools Menu
6-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Line Used for net change replanning. New Date The due date of a firmed supply order. This defaults to the suggested due date of the order; however, you can manually override this value. New Quantity The order quantity of a firmed order. This defaults to the suggested quantity of the order; however, you can manually override this value. Old Due Date The original due date of a rescheduled order. Old Order Quantity The original order quantity of a discrete job, repetitive schedule, or flow schedule. Order Number The order number of a purchase order, purchase requisition, discrete job, flow schedule, or sales order. Order Type The order type of the supply or demand entry. The supply types are: Purchase order, Purchase requisition, Discrete job, Suggested aggregate repetitive schedule, Flow Schedule, Planned order, Non-standard job, PO in receiving, Intransit shipment, Intransit receipt, Suggested repetitive schedule, Discrete job by-product, Nonstandard job by-product, Repetitive schedule by-product, Planned order by-product, and Payback Supply. The demand types are: Planned order, Non-standard job, Discrete job, Flow Schedule, Repetitive schedule, Expired lot, Sales Order,, Forecast MDS, Manual MDS, Other independent demand, Hard reservation, MDS independent demand, MPS compiled demand, Copied schedule demand, Planned order scrap, Discrete job scrap, Purchase order scrap, Purchase requisition scrap, PO in receiving scrap, Repetitive schedule scrap, Model/option class/product family demand, Intransit shipment scrap, Interorganization order, and Payback Demand. Organization The organization short code. Use this criteria to display supply or demand entries within the specified organization. Planner The planner associated with an item. This criteria displays items or supply/demand entries for items that belong to the specified planner. Project Number The project number associated with an order. Use this criteria to display supply/demand associated with the specified project.
6-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Quantity/Rate The required quantity of a demand entry or the order quantity of a supply entry. For repetitive demand, this field displays the daily demand quantity. For repetitive supply, it displays the daily production rate. Release Errors Error messages associated with specific records not selected in the Select All for Release processing. Repetitive Indicates if an item is repetitively planned. Use this criteria to display repetitive supply or demand entries. Rescheduled Indicates if a supply order has been rescheduled. Schedule Group You can select a schedule group for a planned order and release. Selected for Release Indicates if a supply order has been selected for release. Source Organization Organization from which a specified supply order is sourced. Source Supplier The supplier associated with an item, used as the default for an order. Source Supplier Site The location of the source supplier. Suggested Dock Date Date that the planning process suggests the supply order is received. Suggested Due Date Supply: The date the planning process recommends the item should be available to use in manufacturing. This is typically when you deliver the item to inventory. This is calculated by adding any postprocessing lead times for the item to the new dock date. Demand: The date the using assembly requires the item. If the demand is rate-based, the start date of the rate of the demand is displayed. Suggested Order Date The date the planning process recommends to begin an order so it is completed by the suggested due date, based on fixed and variable lead time. Suggested Start Date Start date of the supply order.
Task The task number of an order. Use this criteria to display supply/demand associated with the specified task. Using Assembly The parent assembly of an item. Supplier The supplier of a purchase order. See Also Creating Firm Planned Orders Implementing Planned Orders
Navigate to the Items window. Check the item(s). Choose Horizontal Plan to display your Horizontal Plan window. Choose All Dates to specify the entire date range used to review supply/demand detail information. Choose the Current button to view current supply/demand information; choose the Snapshot button to view supply/demand information from the latest planning run. Optionally, choose one of the following buttons to display the Supply/Demand window:
5.
6.
6-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
7.
Review your supply/demand details. See: Supply and Demand Fields See Also Available to Promise Defining Your Display Preferences Displaying the Enterprise View Reviewing Supply and Demand Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder, Oracle Applications User's Guide Tools Menu
demand. Supply Chain Planning users can display this information by organization. If you are in an owning organization, you have access to all planned items across all planned organizations in your specific plan. If you are in one of the planned organizations, you have access to planned items in your own organization. Enterprise View provides two different views of this data: current and snapshot. The snapshot data is the data produced by your original planning run; the current data includes all modifications made following the original run. To review the enterprise view
1. 2. 3.
Navigate to the Items window. Check the item(s). Choose Enterprise View to display your Enterprise View window.
Note: When you choose the Enterprise View button, the Enterprise
View window displays snapshot data; when you choose the Current button, the window displays current data. You may toggle between current and snapshot data.
4.
Choose the Current button to view current supply/demand information; choose the Snapshot option button to view supply/demand information from the latest planning run. See Also
6-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Reviewing Current Data Available to Promise Defining Your Display Preferences Reviewing Supply and Demand Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder, Oracle Applications User's Guide Tools Menu
plans. Supply Chain Planning users can also compare snapshot and current data from the Enterprise View window.
Navigate to the Items window. Check the item(s). Choose Horizontal Plan. You can also choose Enterprise View. Choose the Current option button to view current data; choose the Snapshot option button to view snapshot data. See Also Reviewing the Horizontal Plan
Navigate to the Resources window. Check the resource(s). Choose Horizontal Plan. Choose the Current option button to view current supply/demand information; choose the Snapshot option button to view supply/demand information from the latest planning run. Choose Graph.
5.
6-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Displaying the Enterprise View Reviewing Assembly Components
information for exceptions generated by the current planning run. Relaunching the plan from the Launch DRP/MPS/MRP window erases all exceptions and only rebuilds the current version.
You can use the Planning Exception Messages workflow to route messages to personnel such as planners, buyers, and suppliers. This allows you to automate the processing of reviewing exceptions in order to identify potential conflicts before they become problems. See: Planning Exception Messages, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User's Guide.
Navigate to the Exception Summary window. The Exception Summary window displays information about all exception messages generated by the current planning run, along with all messages saved from previous simulation runs.
2.
Optionally, enter and run a query to narrow down the list of exceptions. The types of exceptions you might see are: Items allocated across projects: items whose supply for one project has been allocated to the demand of a different project Items below safety stock: items for which demand, less supply, brings the projected quantity on hand to a negative level or below safety stock Items that are over-committed: items for which ATP is negative or below safety stock Items with a shortage: items whose quantity on hand is less than the sum of the requirements plus safety stock, within the exception time fence defined by the item's planning exception set Items with a shortage in a project: items whose demand exceeds supply with a project/task for an item Items with excess inventory: items whose quantity on hand exceeds the total requirements against the item, within the exception time fence defined by the item's planning exception set Items with excess inventory in a project: items whose supply exceeds demand with a project/task for an item Items with expired lot: lots that expire within the planning horizon Items with negative starting on hand: items with a negative onhand beginning
6-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
balance Items with no activity: items with no demand or supply in the current plan Items with repetitive variance: items with suggested aggregate schedules that differ from current aggregate schedules by more than a user-defined repetitive variance percentage, up to the exception date defined by the item's planning exception set Late order due to resource shortage: items that will cause a late order because a resource required to manufacture the item is overloaded Late supply pegged to forecast: items with shortages that prevent forecast demand from being met, caused by component shortages Late supply pegged to sales order: items with shortages that prevent sales order demand from being met, caused by component shortages Orders to be cancelled: items with orders that the planning process recommends be cancelled Orders to be rescheduled in: items with orders that the planning process recommends be rescheduled to an earlier date Orders to be rescheduled out: items with orders that the planning process recommends be rescheduled to a later date Orders with compression days: items with planned orders, discrete jobs and purchase orders that have compression days and need to be expedited Past due forecast: items with a forecast demand due date earlier than the plan start date Past due orders: items with planned orders, discrete jobs and purchase orders that are past due Past due sales orders: items with a sales order due date earlier than the plan start date Resource Overloaded: a resource is overloaded, as defined by the load ratio entered in the exception set Resource Underloaded: a resource is underloaded resources, as defined in load ratio entered in the exception set
3.
Scroll right, if necessary, to see values in the following fields: Exception Count: the number of exceptions for the given exception type
Org: the organization in which this exception type occurred Item: the item for which this exception type occurred Category: the item category associated with items for which you see exceptions Planner: the planner who is associated with the items for which you see exceptions Buyer: the buyer of the item for which this exception type occurred Planning Group: the planning group, if any, that is associated with the items for which you see exceptions; only appears if the exception occurred in a project-related plan Project: the project, if any, that is associated with the items for which you see exceptions; only appears if the exception occurred in a project-related plan Task: the specific project task, if any, that is associated with the items for which you see exceptions; only appears if the exception occurred in a project-related plan Version: the version of the planning run for which this set of exceptions occurs; the version number gets incremented each time you click Save Exceptions, even if you do not make changes to the plan Dept/Line: the department or production line for which this exception type occurred Resource: the resource for which this exception type occurred Resource Type: The resource type for which this exception occurred
If nothing appears in one of these fields, there are likely multiple values for that field. For example, if the Item field is blank, there may be multiple items for which the exception occurred. To find out more, query exceptions by the above-mentioned fields or look at the exception details for the exception type that interests you.
Navigate to the Exception Summary window. Click the box to the left of each exception type for which you want to see detailed information. You can only check the current version of exceptions. Click the Exception Details button.
3.
6-22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Check the exceptions whose message details you want to display. You can only check the current version of exceptions. Choose Items to display the Items window. See: Reviewing Item Planning Information
2.
Check the exceptions whose items you want to display in a horizontal plan. You can only check the current version of exceptions. Choose Horizontal Plan to display the Horizontal Plan window. See: Reviewing the Horizontal Plan.
2.
Assign the appropriate exception set to each item when you define or update the item. Sensitivity controls that quantify excess and repetitive variance exceptions are: excess quantity repetitive variance percentage resource underloaded resource overloaded user-defined time fence (in days)
Exception time period types that define the time period for overcommitted, shortage, excess, and repetitive variance exceptions are: cumulative manufacturing lead time cumulative total lead time planning time fence total lead time user-defined time fence
If you choose to use a user-defined time fence, you must define the number of days that this time fence corresponds to. See Also Creating Planning Exception Sets Reviewing Planning Exceptions
6-24 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
adding new demand modifying due dates or quantities of existing demand entries or firm planned orders modifying due dates of work orders or purchase orders firming or unfirming existing work orders and purchase orders cancelling existing work orders and purchase orders modifying capacity for a specific resource modifying alternate BOM and alternate designators for firm planned orders
Note: You cannot replan changes to supply for repetitive items. Items
Replanning is based on the snapshot data gathered during the original planning run, including item, bill of material, resource availability, and sourcing information (if you are a Supply Chain Planning user). Because the replan does not update this information with new transactions, you can maintain sets of alternative scenarios, examine the effects of different changes and implement the changes that best meet your business requirements.
Note: Until you release your order or schedule, Net Change Replan will
change the item status back to that in effect at the last planning run. It will also base any new recommendations on the original snapshot data. Net Change
Replan will correctly replan changes to items only after the items have been released. Net Change Replan does not consider the transactions that have occurred in the execution system (including the planned orders released for the plan in question). It reuses the snapshot of the prior run. Rerun the snapshot to include these changes.
demand, and available resource records without increasing database traffic. Starting an online session loads all planning data into memory, afterwards, you can make changes to that data, then replan the changes to see their effect on the rest of the plan. You can implement and release your changes from within the session, or you can make changes and replan as many times as necessary before the release. As a simulation tool, the online planner quickly allows you to see the effect of the changes you make in the Planner Workbench. As an implementation tool, it reduces unnecessary database transactions and offers rapid plan revision and execution. As a monitoring tool, it generates the full set of exception messages following a replan - it also allows you to save the exceptions generated by previous sessions, offering you feedback on successive planning decisions. The online planner is particularly useful when performing frequent simulation on a single plan. In online mode, you can do this without suffering a significant loss in performance. However, there are three restrictions to using the online planner. You cannot make changes to either item attributes or plan options, the online planner will not evaluate capacity constraints, and it will lock all other users out of the plan while the session is active. See Also Replanning Net Changes - Batch Mode Planner Net Changes - Online Planner Creating Firm Planned Orders: Adding Plan Options
Navigate to the Planner Workbench window. Select a plan name. Choose Supply/Demand to display the Supply/Demand window. Make your changes in the Supply/Demand window. Save your changes. In the Planner Workbench window, choose Batch in the Net Change Replan region, then choose Plan.
6-26 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
7. 8. 9.
Keep a record of the Request ID displayed in the Note window. Choose OK. Verify that the net change replanning process has completed. See: Using the Concurrent Requests Windows, Oracle Applications User's Guide.
10. Re-query the plan to review your changes. 11. If you are not satisfied with the replan results, repeat Steps 2-7 as needed.
To implement and release your modified plan: See: Implementing Planning Recommendations See Also Replanning Net Changes - Online Planner Overview of Graphical Pegging Overview of Memory-based Planning Engine Adding Plan Options Creating Firm Planned Orders
While the online planner loads the data into memory, you will see the Online Planner Status window. This window displays the progress of the loading and signals you when the session is ready for planning.
6-28 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
When the status window informs you that the session is ready for planning, close the window to return to the Planner Workbench. Your online planner session is now active.
Start your online planner session, as described above. Navigate to either the Supply/Demand window or the Available Resources window, whichever is appropriate. Make your changes in the window. Save your changes. In the Planner Workbench window, choose Online in the Net Change Replan region, then choose Plan.
Note: The online planner will clear and lock all other windows
3. 4. 5.
In the Planner Workbench window, choose Online in the Net Change Replan region, then choose Status. The online planner will display one of the following status messages: Concurrent Request [concurrent request number] pending Loading Data Ready for Planning, Planning Complete Loading Data Ready for Planning Planning Complete
In the Planner Workbench window, choose Online in the Net Change Replan region, then choose Stop. Choose OK to confirm that you want to end your online planner session.
Note: The Net Change Replan region is not yet ready to start a new
2.
batch mode or online planner session. Choose Status to display the Online Planner Status window. Confirm that the status is Complete and close the window. You can now start another online planner session, or start the batch mode planner
Navigate to either the Supply/Demand window or the Available Resources window, whichever is appropriate. When you first make changes in the window, the changed values are highlighted in the color pink. After following the procedure for replanning, all changes created by the online planner are now highlighted in the color blue. If you make other changes in this replan session, those new changes are highlighted in pink in the window.
2.
See Also Replanning Net Changes - Batch Mode Planner Overview of Graphical Pegging
6-30 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Overview of Memory-based Planning Engine Adding Plan Options Creating Firm Planned Orders Launching the Planning Process Planning Detail Report
Demand information includes: sales orders forecasts manual master demand schedules
Note: Since planned orders are pegged to top level demand (a project
or contract), resulting work orders and purchase orders are easily associated to the project or contract.
In graphical pegging, supply information is pegged to all higher level demands, up to and including the top level assembly. In single level pegging, supply information is pegged only to the demand at the next higher level. Suggestion: You can trace a purchased item or subassembly shortage to the sales order that would be affected. You can use this information to prioritize critical material and
capacity resources. See Also Viewing Pegged Supply and Demand Replanning Net Changes
You must have Pegging selected as a plan option. See: Reviewing or Adding Plan Options. You must have the Pegging item attribute (in Oracle Inventory) set to one of the following options: Soft Pegging End Assembly Pegging End Assembly/Soft Pegging If you are working in a project environment, you may also have the Pegging item attribute set to one of the following options: Hard Pegging End Assembly/Hard Pegging
2.
Navigate to the Planner Workbench window. Select a plan name. Choose Supply/Demand to display the Supply/Demand window. In the Find Supply/Demand folder window, enter your search conditions. See: Using Query Find, Oracle Applications User's Guide, Using Query Operators, Oracle Applications User's Guide, and Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder, Oracle Applications User's Guide. Choose Find. In the Supply/Demand window, select a demand order (indicated by a negative quantity) to reveal its pegged supply.
5. 6.
6-32 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
7.
Choose Pegging to open the Object Navigator window for a graphical display of supply/demand relationships for an item.
With the Object Navigator, you can display your data in a visual hierarchy. Each element in the sourcing rule is displayed in a rectangular node, with connecting lines that depict the nodes' relationships to each another (known as the data flow). The nodes are color-coded for easy identification, and other aspects of the data flow can be changed to meet specific requirements.
Navigate to the Supply/Demand window. In the Supply/Demand window, select a supply order (indicated by a positive quantity) to reveal its source of demand. Choose Pegging to open the Object Navigator window for a graphical display of supply/demand relationships for an item.
3.
See Also Overview of Graphical Pegging Overview of the Memory-based Planning Engine Supply and Demand Fields
6-34 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning does not consider the ATP rules you define in Oracle Inventory. For instructions on viewing or calculating ATP through Oracle Inventory, see: Viewing ATP Information, Oracle Inventory User's Guide.
Calculating ATP
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning calculates the ATP quantity of an item for each day of planned production by adding planned production during the period (planned orders and scheduled receipts) to the quantity on hand, and then subtracting all committed demand for the period (sales orders, component demand from planned orders, discrete jobs, flow schedules, and repetitive schedules).
Note: Committed demand does not include forecasted demand or
manually entered master demand schedule entries. Also, the amount available during each period is not cumulative. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning does not consider ATP quantities from prior periods as supply in future periods.
The Available to Promise formula is: ATP = on hand + supply - demand where: on hand = nettable quantity on hand supply = planned orders, scheduled receipts (purchase orders, purchase requisitions, flow schedules, discrete jobs, and suggested repetitive schedules). demand = sales orders, component demand (from planned orders, discrete jobs, flow schedules, and suggested repetitive schedules); excludes forecasted demand or manual entries
Also assume that PF has Forecast Control set to Consume, and I1 and I2 both have Forecast Control set to Consume and derive. Now assume the following forecast and sales order: Forecast: PF (F) 100 Sales Order: I1 (SO) 10 After explosion and consumption, the forecast looks like this: Forecast: PF (F) 90 Forecast: I1 (F) 30 Forecast: I2 (F) 60
After loading the forecast and sales order to an MDS, the schedule looks like this: Schedule: PF (F) 90 Schedule: PF (SO) 10 Schedule: I1 (F) 30 Schedule: I1 (SO) 10
6-36 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Schedule: I2 (F) 60 The production plan looks like this: Plan: PF (F) 90 Plan: PF (SO) 10 Plan: I1 (F) 30 Plan: I1 (SO) 10 Plan: I2 (F) 60
The ATP calculation based on this plan looks like this: ATP: I1 (PF): 100 - 10 = 90 (I1): 40 - 10 + 0 = 30 ATP: I2 (PF): 100 - 10 = 90 (I2): 60 - 0 + 0 = 60
Negative ATP
If ATP goes negative in a period, it rolls backwards to find ATP from a previous period to cover the demand. Consider the following simple example:
Available to Promise Type Sales Order Schedule Receipt ATP (before adjustment) ATP Beg. Inventory . . . Period 1 100 300 200 Period 2 300 200 -100 Period 3 . . . Period 4 . . .
100
The available to promise for period 1 is calculated by subtracting the sales order demand (100) from scheduled receipts (300) giving ATP (200). In period 2, however, when subtracting sales orders (300) from scheduled receipts (200), the initial result is negative ATP (-100). Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP borrows available ATP from the previous period to compensate for the negative quantity.
Inventory Snapshot
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning bases ATP information on the: snapshot of inventory on hand scheduled receipts master schedule entries taken during the latest MPS, DRP or MRP plan
Suggestion: You should re-plan the master schedule or material requirements to get the latest ATP information. Choose whether to display ATP information for an item in the Horizontal Plan window and on the Planning Detail report with the ATP calculation option. Set this option when you define an item. See Also Supply Chain ATP Capable to Promise Supply Chain ATP Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Phases of the Planning Process Snapshot Locking Tables within the Snapshot Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Product Families, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide
6-38 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
be the supply source 60% of the time and the AUS organization should be the supply source 40% of the time. Then you can create an assignment set in which one of the entries specifies that Customer 1 at Customer site 1A takes sourcing rule West-2 for item A0007 from SAC, and another entry specifies that Customer 1 at Customer site 1B takes sourcing rule West-1 for all items from AUS. Lead time data between different supply sources and different customer locations is entered in Oracle Inventory windows. For example, you might specify that the lead time between SAC and Customer site 1A using Ground transportation is 2 days, whereas the lead time between AUS and Customer site 1A using Ground transportation is 3 days. When you perform an ATP query from Inventory or Order Management, the program shows all possible sources of supply, using the sourcing information you entered earlier. (When more than one sourcing rule seems to apply, the sourcing hierarchy determines which sourcing rule to use.) Supply Chain ATP also calculates the receipt date from each possibly supply source, using the intransit lead times specified in Oracle Inventory. In calculating the receipt date, the program uses the calendar of the source organization. After you see the different receipt dates, you can choose which supply source you want to use for each order line, ship set, or configuration.
The ATP Rule can also be associated with a department and resource combination. This is set in the Oracle Bills of Materials Resource window, or a line as set in the Oracle Work In Process Production Lines window. The following settings apply to the CTP function: The CTP check is based on the ATP rule assigned to the Department/Resource combination. The ATP settings of Resource Only, and Material and Resource are allowed only for ATO (Assembled to Order) models, option classes, and items. Only one CTP routing is allowed for an item/organization combination. A value is required for Past Due Demand/Supply Time Fence on an ATP Rule associated with a Resource. It is recommended that Past Due Supply is set to zero, since resource supply cannot be accumulated.
A CTP calculation checks availability of components only for assemble-to-order items (ATO), not standard items. Furthermore, it only checks availability of components if the ATP components item attribute in the Order Management attribute group is flagged on. For example, assume item A is a model whose components are items B and C. Suppose that quantity-on-hand for item A is 0. If you do an ATP check that only considers materials, the ATP quantity will be 0. If you do a CTP check (that is, an ATP check that considers both materials and resources), and the Check components item attribute is turned on for item A, the application will check the availability of items B and C and will check the resources necessary to make item A to determine how many of item A can be made. In addition, it will check the resources and materials necessary to make more of items B and C, to make more of item A, and will report the total in the CTP calculation. Thus, a CTP calculation that considers both materials and resources might show a greater ATP quantity than a calculation that only checks materials, particularly when the item being checked is an assemble-to-order item. To perform a CTP calculation, see: Viewing ATP Information, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. See Also Oracle Inventory Profile Options, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Order Management Attribute Group, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Creating a Routing, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Defining a Department, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Viewing ATP Information, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Item Attributes Used in Order Management, Oracle Order Management User's Guide.
6-40 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Alternatively, you can enable the planning process to automatically release planned orders, without modification to dates and quantities or implementation details. However, you must manually implement and release repetitive schedules. See: Auto-release Planned Orders.
Note: You cannot release kanban items. These items have item attribute
Release Time Fence set to Do Not Release (Kanban) in Oracle Inventory. The planning process will generate planned orders against these items, but you will not be able to release them into Purchasing or Work in Process. A warning message displays informing you when releasing MPS planned order in MRP
See Also Creating Firm Planned Orders Implementing Planned Order Implementing Repetitive Schedules Rescheduling Scheduled Receipts
Navigate to the Supply/Demand window. Check the item you want to firm.
Note: You can create firm planned orders for discrete parts and
3.
Check Firm and, optionally, update the firm date and firm quantity.
6-42 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
4.
Navigate to the Supply/Demand window. Select New Record from the Edit Menu. Enter an item and organization.
Note: You can add firm planned orders for discrete parts and
4.
Enter an order type (either Planned Order or Manual MDS). The Action field is set to Release and the Firm check box is checked automatically.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Enter the firm date and firm quantity. Check Firm and, optionally, update the firm date and firm quantity. Optionally, enter a source organization and source supplier. Optionally, enter the alternate BOM designator and alternate routing designator.
9.
See Also Firm Order Planning Implementing Planned Orders Implementing Repetitive Schedules Implementing Planned Orders as Firm Jobs Rescheduling Scheduled Receipts Online Planner Net Change Replan
The order type depends upon the Make or Buy item attribute. If an item is defined as Make, but can be purchased, you can release it as a purchase requisition or a discrete job. In addition, Supply Chain Planning users can determine the Make/Buy item attribute with sourcing rules and bills of distribution. For more information, refer to Sourcing Rules and Bills of Distribution You can load discrete jobs as firmed and/or released and can view current discrete job information.
6-44 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the Supply/Demand window. Optionally, override the default job class or requisition load group by opening the Preferences window from the Tools menu. Check Release in the item row. In the Implement As column, select: Discrete Job: Only if the Build in WIP item attribute is Yes. This excludes the WIP:View Only Released ECOs profile option. This is the default when the Make or Buy item attribute is Make. None: Do not release the planned order. This is the default when the planned order has been fully implemented. Purchase Requisition: Only if the Purchasable item attribute is Yes. This is the default when the Make or Buy item attribute is Buy.
Note: You can automatically create releases at the same time you
3. 4.
create requisitions. Set the profile PO:Release During ReqImport to create releases each time you run the Requisition Import process. Releases for all blanket-sourced, approved requisitions are automatically created (and optionally approved). The Req Import program will be run specific to the operating unit tied with your responsibility. You may need to run Req Import for different operating units base on your needs.
5.
routing, and demand class can only be updated for planned orders being released as discrete jobs or discrete jobs being rescheduled. The schedule group has a list of values which lists all schedule groups from WIP for the organization in the supply record. The build sequence is a number and can only be updated when schedule group is entered.
6.
Optionally specify line, alternate BOM designator and alternate routing designator. If you are using Project MRP, optionally specify project and task. For a purchase requisition, source organization, source supplier, or source supplier site, implement a discrete job as firm by setting the firm flag.
7. 8. 9.
Save your work. Choose Release to open the Release window. Review summary information based on new orders, new schedules, new requisitions, and changes to existing data.
Navigate to the Supply/Demand window. Choose Select All for Release, or check Release for each planned order. During Select All for Release processing, records are posted to the database for server side processing. After processing is complete, records are automatically required in the Supply/Demand window. All messages, both error and successful, are tied to individual records and are displayed in a new field called Release Errors. Records with error messages are highlighted. You can fix the records with errors and resubmit them for processing.
3.
6-46 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the Planner's Workbench window. From here navigate to the windows or fields that need to be changed or updated with new information. For example, if the error message is Location is Missing, you can navigate to the Release window and select a location.
3. 4. 5.
Save your work. Choose Select All For Release processing again to process the records. You can also delete the error message associated with the record after correcting the error condition.
After taking corrective action for a record, navigate to the Supply/Demand window. Delete the error message associated with the record in the Release Errors field. For example, if the error message is Location is Missing and you corrected the error by selecting a location on the Release window - you can now delete this message.
3. 4.
Save your work. Check Release in the item row and complete the steps to release a single planned order.
See Also Supply and Demand Fields Implementing Repetitive Creating Firm Planned Orders Implementing Planned Orders as Firm Jobs Rescheduling Scheduled Receipts Online Planner Net Change Replan Auto-release Planned Orders
Planner Workbench.
3. 4. 5.
Check Selected to Release in the item row. Review the implemented date and implemented quantity and change as necessary. Optionally, override the default job class or requisition load group by opening the Preferences window from the Tools menu. In the Implement As column, select Repetitive Schedule.
6.
6-48 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Note: You can automatically create releases at the same time you
create requisitions. Set the profile PO: Release During ReqImport to create releases each time you run the Requisition Import process. Releases for all blanket-sourced, approved requisitions are automatically created (and optionally approved)
Navigate to the Supply/Demand window to change the released quantity. The schedule group and build sequence fields can only be updated for planned orders being released as discrete jobs or discrete jobs being rescheduled. The schedule group has a list of values which lists all schedule groups from WIP for the organization in the supply record. The build sequence is a number and can only be updated when schedule group is entered.
7.
Save your work. See Also Implementing Planned Orders as Firm Jobs: Implementing Repetitive Schedules Creating Firm Planned Orders Rescheduling Scheduled Receipts Online Planner
Therefore, to prevent the planning process from making rescheduling suggestions, you must either firm the planned order or release a planned order that has been implemented as firm. See: Creating Firm Planned Orders.
Navigate to the Supply/Demand window. If you are creating a planned order manually, enter the firm date and firm quantity. Check Select to Release in the item row.
6-50 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
4. 5.
Review the implemented date and implemented quantity and change as necessary. Optionally, override the default job class by opening the Preferences window from the Tools menu. In the Implement As column, select: Discrete Job: Only if the Build in WIP item attribute is Yes. This excludes the WIP: View Only Released ECOs profile option. This is the default when the Make or Buy item attribute is Make. None: Do not implement the planned order. This is the default when the planned order has been fully implemented. Purchase Requisition: Only if the Purchasable item attribute is Yes. This is the default when the Make or Buy item attribute is Buy.
6.
7.
Choose Release.
8.
In the Release window, choose OK> Navigate to the Supply/Demand window to change the released quantity. You cannot firm implemented orders for purchase requisitions or repetitive schedules.
Note: The schedule group and build sequence fields can only be
updated for planned orders being implemented as discrete jobs or discrete jobs being rescheduled. The schedule group has a list of values which lists all schedule groups from WIP for the organization in the supply record. The build sequence is a number and can only be updated when schedule group is entered.
9.
See Also Auto-release Planned Orders Rescheduling Scheduled Receipts Firm Order Planning Creating Firm Planned Orders Online Planner Net Change Replan
6-52 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
See Also Tools Menu Profile Options Defining Your Display Preferences
Before rescheduling, you can modify dates and quantities of scheduled receipts and firm discrete jobs in Oracle Work in Process.
Note: You cannot cancel purchase requisitions, orders, or work in
process jobs using the Planner Workbench. You must perform these functions in Oracle Purchasing or Oracle Work in Process. Cancel purchase requisitions using the Control Requisitions window. Firm or reschedule purchase orders using the Purchase Orders window. Cancel purchase orders using the Control Purchase Orders window.
Online Planner Net Change Replan Implementing Planned Orders Implementing Repetitive Schedules Creating Firm Planned Orders Implementing Planned Orders as Firm Jobs Rescheduling Scheduled Receipts Implementing Repetitive Schedules Document Control, Oracle Purchasing User's Guide Purchase Orders, Oracle Purchasing User's Guide
6-54 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the Items window. Check the item(s). Choose Components to display the Components window.
4.
Choose a tabbed region: Effectivity and Quantity, Use Up Information, and Item Details
Note: Alternate BOM information is available on the Components
window.
Choose one of the following buttons to display the Supply/Demand window: Supply, Demand, Supply/Demand
2.
Review your supply/demand details. See: Supply and Demand Fields. See Also
Reviewing Item Planning Information Reviewing Supply and Demand Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Displaying the Enterprise View
Navigate to the Items window. Check the item(s). Choose Where Used to display the Where Used window.
6-56 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
4.
Choose an alternative region: Effectivity and Quantity Use Up Information Item Details
Note: Alternate BOM information is available on the Components
window
Choose one of the following buttons to display the Supply/Demand window: Supply, Demand, Supply/Demand Review your supply/demand details. See: Supply and Demand Fields. See Also End Assembly Pegging Reviewing Item Planning Information Reviewing Supply and Demand Reviewing the Horizontal Plan Displaying the Enterprise View
2.
Navigate to the Items window. Check the item(s). Choose End Assemblies to display the End Assemblies window.
Capacity Planning
Overview of Online Capacity Planning Online capacity planning enables you to generate a material and a capacity plan simultaneously. You can analyze and maintain material and capacity plans from the same Planner Workbench. You can get immediate information about whether your material requirements plan is realistic given your capacity constraints. You can also identify capacity problems - overload or underload - and make changes to balance capacity requirements with material requirements. Finally, you can run what-if simulations to see the effects of changing part of your material or capacity plan before you implement it.
6-58 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Prerequisites Before you can view capacity information from the Planner Workbench, you must: To indicate that you want to plan both materials and capacity, check the Plan Capacity check box in the Plan Options window before you run the plan. If the plan is an MPS plan, also assign a Bill of Resource to at least one organization. See: Reviewing or Adding Plan Options.
Note: The Plan Capacity flag is enabled only when CRP is installed.
2.
Scroll right, if necessary, to see values in the following fields: Dept/Line: specifies whether the resource is a department or a production line Resource: the name of the resource Org:the organization to which the resource belongs; this field only appears if you're looking at a multi-org plan Owning Dept:the department that owns the resource Dept Class:the department class associated with the department Resource Type:the type of resource, such as person, machine, and so on Resource Group:the group to which the resource belongs Min Rate:the minimum hourly rate for a production line Max Rate: the maximum hourly rate for a production line
Navigate to the Resource window. Select the resource or resources for which you want to see detailed information. Choose Requirements. The Resource Requirements window appears.
6-60 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
4.
Look at the values in the following fields: Start Date: the beginning date that the department and resource are required End Date: the ending date that the department and resource are required Required Hours: the total number of hours required by a repetitive schedule, or the number of hours required by a discrete job or planned order Schedule Quantity: for discretely manufactured items, the quantity of the item scheduled for the date; for repetitively manufactured items, the total quantity of the item on the schedule Using Assembly: the assembly that is the source of the demand Daily Quantity: the daily production rate for the repetitive schedule, effective from the schedule start date to the schedule end date Order Number: the order number that is the source of the demand Order Type: the type of order that is the source of the demand: Discrete job, Non-standard job, Planned order, Repetitive Schedule, or Flow Schedule. Source Item: the item that generates the resource requirement Op Seq: the operation sequence associated with the department and resource Daily Hours: the number of hours required by a discrete job or planned order Schedule Start Date: the start date of the demand Rate End Date: the date on which the repetitive production rate ends Load Rate: the load rate for the repetitive schedule; the load rate is the daily quantity multiplied by the load factor, which is the maximum hourly rate divided by the
Navigate to the Resource window. Select the resource for which you want to see available capacity. Choose Availability. The Resource Availability window appears.
4.
Look at the values in the following fields: From Date: the beginning date that the department and resource are available To Date: the ending date that the department and resource are available Max Rate: the maximum hourly rate for a production line Capacity Units: number of units of a resource available in a department. Daily Capacity: the number of hours available per day per resource
6-62 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigate to the Resource window. Click the check box next to each resource you want to check. Click the Horizontal Capacity Plan button. The Horizontal Plan window appears. In the Type column, look for Capacity Load Ratio. Then read across to see what percentage of capacity is utilized for each time period. In the Type column, look for Cum capacity load ratio. Then read across to see what percentage of capacity is utilized overall.
Note: The Type column only displays information that you've
5.
specified in the Preferences for Planner Workbench. If the information you're looking for does not appear, choose Preferences from the Tools menu and, in the window that appears, choose Horizontal Capacity Plan form the pop-up menu and check Capacity Load Ratio and Cumulative Capacity Load Ratio in both the Routing Based and Rate Based columns.
To raise an exception whenever a capacity load ratio problem occurs in a planning run
1.
Define an exception set, specifying sensitivity controls for underloaded and overloaded of resources. See: Creating Planning Exception Sets. Identify the list of routing-based resources (department/resources) and rate-based resources (lines) for which you want to report exceptions against. Attach the exception set to the resource by choosing the Exception Set in the Resources window in Oracle Bills of Material, and the Production Lines window in Oracle Work in Process. Navigate to the Exceptions window to view the capacity exception.
2.
3.
4.
Navigate to the Planner Workbench. Find the plan in which you want to test what-if scenarios.
3.
To make changes to capacity available for this plan, navigate to the Available Resources window. Then change the date, capacity units, or daily capacity for any resource. To make changes to material supply or demand, navigate to the Supply, Demand, or Supply/Demand window. Then make any changes you want, such as Quantity, Date, Alternate Routing, Alternative BOM. Save your changes. In the Planner Workbench window, choose either Online or Batch in the Net Change Replan region, then choose Plan. Re-query the plan to review the effects of your changes. To implement and release your modified plan: See: Implementing Planning Recommendations See Also Overview of Net Change Replan, Identifying Capacity Problems
4.
5. 6.
7.
Plan Status
You can view the status of the planning options you have submitted and the run times of the processes in the Plan Status window. To view the status of your plan options
1.
Navigate to the Plan Status window from the Tools menu. This window has three tabbed regions related to the plan you are viewing: Current Submitted Options: The information on this region is the same as the data entered on the Plan Options window when you generate this plan. Last Submitted Options: The information displayed in this region is the historical record of the options submitted prior to the current job. Dates: This window displays the run times of the three processes that comprise the planning engine.
6-64 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
See Also Reviewing or Adding Plan Options Phases of the Planning Process
7
Demand Classes
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview of Demand Classes Demand Class Forecasting Forecast Consumption Demand Class Master Scheduling Demand Class ATP Calculation Net Inventory by Demand Class
7-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning considers all sources of forecasted and sales order demand together.
In the above diagram, your master scheduler has created three forecast names: FC WHOLESL, FCRETAIL, and FCMAILORDER. You maintain and report on each forecast independently. Note that these forecasts are defined within a forecast set. Your master scheduler combines all sources of demand, including the three forecasts and all sales orders, into a single statement of demandthe master demand schedule. The master scheduler then plans the master production schedule and the MRP plan with all the demand combined. See Also: Overview of Forecasting, page 2-1
Forecast Consumption
You can associate a demand class with each sales order. When you place sales order demand, the forecast consumption process consumes the forecast with the same demand class. If the forecast consumption process does not find a forecast, it consumes entries that have no demand class. If a sales order does not have an associated demand class, the forecast consumption process attempts to consume forecast entries associated with the organizational default demand class first, and then consume entries that have no demand class defined.
Abnormal Demand
Certain sales orders should not consume the forecast, because they are not indicative of what orders you expect in the future. For example, suppose you manufacture soft drinks, and have 100 primary distributors to whom you sell. Your sales order demand is roughly even across those distributors. One of those distributors has a special promotion on your product, and places orders for ten times their normal amount. The
large order by this one distributor does not mean that your other distributors will order less. Therefore, you might mark this particular order as abnormal. To prevent a sales order from consuming forecasts, associate the sales order to a demand class that does not have a corresponding forecast and is not the same as the demand class for your organization. In this case, the forecast consumption process does not consume any forecast for the sales order.
Tip: You should define a demand class for abnormal demand and
assign it to an order type that you can associate with sales orders you might mark as abnormal.
7-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
In the above diagram, suppose your master scheduler has created three forecast names: FCWHOLESL, FCRETAIL, and FCMAILORDER. You maintain and consume each forecast independently. However, rather than combining all forecast and sales order demand into a single master demand schedule, as was done in the previous diagram, your master scheduler maintains three demand schedules: WHLSALMDS, RETAIL MDS, and MAILMDS. Each demand schedule consists of the forecast and actual demand associated to a specific demand class. Your master scheduler also maintains three separate master production schedules: WHLSALMPS, RETAILMPS, and MAILMPS. You plan each master production schedule independently. In this manner, not only has the master scheduler broken out the sources of demand into separate groupings, but has also segregated units of production by demand class as well. To drive the MRP plan, the master scheduler combines all sources of production into a single master production schedule, thus driving the MRP plan by the aggregate master production schedule. The master scheduler manually combines master schedules into a single master schedule, using the Load/Copy/Merge Master Demand Schedule or Load Master Production Schedule windows. See: Loading a Master Schedule From an Internal Source, page 3-10
7-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
demand class that satisfies the discrete job. Therefore, a discrete job can have an associated demand class. Oracle Work in Process automatically specifies the demand class when you manually define a job or create a configuration order for a specific sales order. See Also Discrete vs. Repetitive Manufacturing, Oracle Work in Process User's Guide
8
Time Fence Control
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview of Time Fence Planning Time Fence Control Master Schedule Load Planning Process Execution Master Production Schedule Maintenance Production Plan Monitoring Time Fence Planning Example
Oracle Purchasing.
8-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
cumulative manufacturing lead time, cumulative total lead time, total lead time, or a user-defined time fence. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning defines one boundary of the time fence for an item as the current date, and the other boundary as value of the cumulative manufacturing lead time, cumulative total lead time, total lead time, or a user-defined time. For example, suppose you define the demand time fence for an item as the cumulative manufacturing lead time and the planning time fence as a user-defined time. The planning process considers the demand time fence (in workdays) of the item as the current date up to the cumulative manufacturing lead time of the item. The planning process considers the planning time fence (in workdays) of the item as the current date up to the time fence value you enter. See: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide.
For repetitive items, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning restricts the planning process to suggest rates of production within the planning time fence that differ from the current aggregate repetitive schedule by no more than the acceptable rate increase and acceptable rate decrease you defined for the item. If either the acceptable rate increase or decrease value is undefined, the planning process is not restricted from increasing or decreasing the repetitive schedule respectively. You can choose whether to display a warning when you define or update MPS entries that violate the planning time fence, or when you define or update MDS entries that violate the demand time fence. Set the MRP:Time Fence Warning profile option to Yes. See: Setting Your Personal User Profile, Oracle Applications User's Guide.
Auto-release of suggested repetitive schedules is not applicable to repetitively planned items. No material availability check is performed before WIP jobs are released.
8-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
automatically creates a planning time fence for the firm order if the firm order exists after the planning time fence date. There are two methods you can use to firm an order that creates a time fence: you can firm a planned order or firm a discrete job in the Planner Workbench, or you can firm a discrete job or purchase order within Oracle Work in Process and Oracle Purchasing directly. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning creates a time fence for a firm order because it implies that resources committed to meeting the firm order would be unavailable for orders scheduled earlier.
Note: You can use the profile option, MRP: Firm Planned Order Time
Fence to indicate whether to form natural time fences for your MRP firm planned orders when launching the planning process.
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning does not create a time fence for an MRP firm planned order if you set this profile option to no. See: Setting Your Personal User Profile, Oracle Applications User's Guide.
cutoff date, or use the cutoff date based on the demand time fence. If you use the demand time fence date as the cutoff, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning does not consider sales order demand after the demand time fence for an item. If the item has no demand time fence or you ignore the demand time fence, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning includes all sales orders up to the cutoff date that you specify. See: Loading a Master Schedule from an Internal Source. You can specify the following demand time fence options when you load sales orders into a master schedule.
orders and the implicit time fences that they create even if you specify not to use Planning Time Fence control. The planning process does not apply Planning Time Fence logic to purchase requisitions or internal requisitions.
Overwriting Entries
When you launch the planning process, you can also choose to overwrite the master production schedule entries and firm planned orders that fall outside the planning time fence for an item. For an MPS plan, the planning process deletes all master production schedule entries
8-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
that lie outside the planning time fence, and replaces those entries with a new master production schedule. The planning process does not modify master schedule entries that fall within the planning time fence. You can use this option to induce short-term stability of the master production schedule, while creating the optimal long-term master production schedule. When you use this option for an MRP or DRP plan, the planning process overwrites all planned orders and firm planned orders outside the planning time fence. See Also Overwrite Options.
None
You can use this option to leave master production schedule entries and not automatically reduce them. Production relief decrements the master production schedule entries through the creation of discrete jobs or purchase requisitions.
Past Due
You can use this option to automatically reduce master production schedule entries as they become past due.
8-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Suppose your company builds an item called MODEL. MODEL consists of the following multiple options: Your company forecasts its material requirements based on MODEL. The company places sales orders demand against predefined configurations that have options OPTION 1, OPTION 2, OPTION 3 as components. Your company forecasts its material requirements based on MODEL. The company places sales orders demand against predefined configurations that have options OPTION 1, OPTION 2, OPTION 3 as components. Your company uses a demand time fence. Inside the demand time fence, your company only considers actual sales order demand. Outside the demand time fence, your company only considers forecasted demand. When you load the master schedule from a forecast, you can accomplish this by including all sales orders, and by loading sales orders within and forecast outside demand time fence. See: Loading a Master Schedule From an Internal Source. In this example, you have defined the demand time fence for MODEL, CONFIG1, and CONFIG2 at period 2. You have not defined a demand time fence for the option items 1, 2 and 3. The material plan for the item MODEL and one of its options, Option 2, and one of the configurations, CONFIG1, is as follows:
Material Plan for MODEL Period 1 Forecast Demand Gross Requirements MPS Projected QOH ATP 0 0 0 0 Period 2 Period 3 100 100 100 0 100 Period 4 100 100 100 0 100
Material Plan for CONFIG1 Period 1 Actual Demand 50 Period 2 80 Period 3 Period 4
Period 2 80 80 80
Period 3 0
Period 4 0
Material Plan for OPTION2 Period 1 Demand from MODEL Demand from CONFIG1 Gross requirements Projected QOH 50 50 0 80 80 0 50 0 50 0 Period 2 Period 3 50 Period 4 50
Note the following: there is no demand for MODEL in the first two periods since MODEL is not an orderable item it is used primarily for forecast and planning purposes. Demand for MODEL after the demand time fence (period 2) consists entirely of forecasted demand. Demand for CONFIG1 in the first two periods consists entirely of actual demand. There is no other demand for CONFIG1 because it is not forecasted. Demand for item OPTION 2 in the first two periods consists entirely of demand passed down from item CONFIG1, which is derived from actual sales order demand for CONFIG1. After the first two periods, the demand for OPTION 2 consists of demand generated from MODEL, which is based entirely on forecasted demand. You have chosen to master schedule both the model and its options. This results in the production is being driven by sales orders within the demand time fence and by forecasts outside the demand time fence. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning derives the master schedule for the options entirely from the master schedule for the model. The options are master scheduled for purposes of order promising. See: Available to Promise. For this example, you have defined the planning time fence for MODEL as some number of periods out from today, thereby providing stability for the short-term plan. You have not defined a planning time fence for the option items 1, 2, and 3. If you execute the planning process using demand time fence control and you choose to
8-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
overwrite the outside planning time fence, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning overwrites the entire master production schedule for the option items, and creates a new schedule based entirely on actual sales orders for the option items within the demand time fence, and the master production schedule for the model outside the demand time fence. For this example, your company does not use Oracle Work in Process. Therefore, discrete jobs are not created, and thus never consume the master production schedule for MODEL. To effectively consume the master production schedule for MODEL, you must set the Auto-reduce MPS attribute to Within Demand Time Fence when you define the MODEL item. Whenever a master production schedule entry is within the demand time fence, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning automatically reduces it. See: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. If your company did use Oracle Work in Process and Oracle Purchasing, you could set a release time fence for any planned orders generated by the planning process. If you define OPTION2 with a release time fence of as many days as there are in period 1, then the 50 planned orders for period 1 generated by the planning process would automatically be released. They would be released to Oracle Work in Process as discrete jobs or to Oracle Purchasing as purchase requisition, depending on their item attributes; their job status, requisition load group, and other values would depend on the defaults applicable to the item. With this time fence, the 80 planned orders generated for period 2 would not be released, and would require selection and implementation by the master scheduler or material planner. See: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide.
9
Two-Level Master Scheduling
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview of Two-Level Master Scheduling Production Planning Example Bill of Material for Two-Level Master Scheduling Forecasting Planning Bills Forecasting Models Forecasting Predefined Configurations
Forecasting
You can forecast any item, anywhere on your bills of material, including planning items, models, option classes, options, and mandatory components. You can also define a configuration as a standard item and forecast it as you would any other standard item.
Forecast Explosion
You can explode forecasts for planning items, models, and option classes to selected components using the components, usages, and planning percents defined on your planning, model, and option class bills. You can associate alternate bills of material to multiple forecasts for the same item and explode the same forecast using different components, usages, and planning percents. You can modify, re-explode, and re-consume forecasts for planning items, models, and option classes.
Forecast Consumption
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning automatically consumes forecasts for configurations, models, option classes, options, and mandatory components as you place sales order demand for configurations.
Master Scheduling
You can master schedule any planned item, anywhere on your bills of material, including models, option classes, options, and mandatory components. You can also define a configuration as a standard item and master schedule it as you would any other standard item.
Production Relief
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning automatically relieves master production schedules for configurations, models, and option classes when you create final assembly orders for configurations. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning automatically relieves master production schedules for options and mandatory components as you create work orders to build them.
Shipment Relief
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning automatically relieves master demand schedules for configurations, models, option classes, options, and selected mandatory components as you ship sales orders for configurations.
9-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Production Planning
Production Planning is one of the methods of two-level master scheduling used in managing the supply chain. In creating a production plan, a company looks at the big picture (the aggregate) rather than the level of the individual product or item, predicting a level of manufacturing output in accordance with predicted sales and other company goals and constraints. Because production planning occurs at an aggregate level, creating a production plan involves grouping products into product families. These groupings are based on product's similarities in design, manufacturing process, and resource usage. You can assign planning percentages to the members of the product family, and use the relationship between product family items and its members in forecast explosion, consumption, master scheduling, and capacity and materials planning. Production Planning enables forecasts for the product family to be exploded down to the product family members (based on the planning percentages and effectivity dates for the member items) in a process similar to that of exploding a forecast for a model. Sales orders for member items consume the forecast for the member items as well as for the product family. Throughout the application, processing is done at both the aggregate and the detail level. Thus, you will be able to get detailed and high-level information about how well your organization is executing its production plans. Prerequisites to Production Planning Before you can start production planning, you must: Define an item as a product family. See: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Assign member items to the product family. See: Assigning Product Family Members, Oracle Bill of Materials User's Guide. Set planning percentages and effectivity dates for member items. See: Setting Planning Percentages for Product Family Members, Oracle Bill of Materials User's Guide.
See Also Overview of Forecast Explosion Consumption for a Product Family Main Features of Master Scheduling Planning Models, Option Classes, and Product Families
Planning
No
--
.2
Model
No
60
No No No
65 35 100 70 100
....5
Standard
Yes
50
9-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Level
Item Description . . . . VGA2 . . . EGA . . . . EGA1 . . . . EGA2 . . . Monitor Manual . . Operating System . . . Windows . . . . Windows Manual . . . . Windows CD . . . Linux . . . . Linux Manual . . . . Linux CD
Optional
Plan %
50 30 55 45 100
..3
Option Class
Yes
90
...4 ....5
Standard Standard
Yes No
80 100
....5
Standard
No
100
...4 ....5
Standard Standard
Yes No
20 100
....5
Standard
No
100
Item and Bill Definition Oracle Bills of Material provides these item types, identified by the BOM Item Type item attribute, that you can use to plan and build products with options: Planning item Model Option class Standard item
Define the BOM Item Type for each of your items using the Define Item window in Oracle Inventory. You can combine each of these item types to define complex bill of material structures using the Define Bill of Material window in Oracle Bills of Material.
Planning Items
Use planning items to represent groups of related items. In a configure-to-order environment, you might use planning items to represent groups for your models, and state your high-level production plans in terms of these groups rather than individual models. You can also use planning items for forecast explosion.
Models
Use models to represent products that include options chosen by customers during order entry. For example, you might use a model to represent a computer with many different CPU, monitor, and operating system options. Assemble to Order Models vs. Pick-to-Order Models Models can be assembled-to-order or picked-to-order. Use assemble-to-order models to represent products whose options and mandatory components are assembled, using a final assembly order, when customers order configurations. Use pick-to-order models to represent products whose options and included items are picked and shipped directly from stock, using a sales order pick slip, when customers order configurations.
Option Classes
Use option classes to group together related options. In a configure-to-order environment, you might use an option class to group together the different processor options that are available when customers order a computer.
9-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Planning Bills
The following table illustrates a planning bill for Training Computer, a planning item that represents a planning bill for three types of computers: laptop, desktop, and server. The planning percent assigned to each member of the planning bill represents anticipated future demand for each product. Although, in this example, the planning percents add up to 100%, it is equally valid for the sum of the planning percents to be less than or greater than 100%.
Planning Bill of Material for Training Computer Level 1 .2 .2 .2 Item Description Training Computer . Laptop Computer . Desktop Computer . Server BOM Item Type Planning Model Model Model Planning % -60 20 20
The following table illustrates forecast explosion, via the planning bill described in the previous table, for a forecast of 100 Training Computers. The table also illustrates forecast consumption after you place sales order demand for 20 Laptop Computers. Original forecast shows forecast quantities before forecast consumption. Current forecast shows forecast quantities after consumption by sales order demand.
Forecast Explosion and Forecast Consumption Level 1 .2 .2 .2 Item Description Training Computer . Laptop Computer . Desktop Computer . Server Original Forecast 100 60 20 20 Current Forecast 100 40 20 20
Forecasting Models
You can define model and option class bills, with multiple levels of option classes, options, and mandatory components, to represent your complex configure-to-order products in Oracle Bills of Material. You can then use forecast explosion to explode model and option class forecasts the same way you explode forecasts for planning items. The logic for exploding models and option classes is the same as the logic used to explode planning items.
9-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Model Bills
The following table illustrates a model bill for Laptop Computer, a model that includes two mandatory components and three option classes. The planning percent assigned to optional option classes represents anticipated demand for the option class. In this example, 90% of Laptop Computers are expected to be sold with an operating system, and the remaining 10% are expected to be sold without.
Model Bill for Laptop Computer Level Item Description . Laptop Computer . . Carrying Case . . Keyboard . . Processing Unit . . Monitor . . Operating System BOM Item Type Optional Planning %
.2
Model
No
60
No No No
..3 ..3
No Yes
100 90
Option Class Bills The following example illustrates the option class bills for the Monitor, VGA, and EGA option classes. The planning percent assigned to each option within each option class represents anticipated demand for the option. In this example, 70% of all Laptop Computers are expected to be sold with a VGA monitor, and the remaining 30% are expected to be sold with an EGA monitor. Notice that the Monitor option class is not optional. This means that customers must always choose one of the Monitor options when ordering Laptop Computer. Of the 70% of Laptop Computers sold with a VGA monitor, 50% are expected to be sold with the VGA1 monitor and 50% are expected to be sold with the VGA2 monitor. The VGA option class also includes a mandatory component, VGA Manual, that is always shipped with Laptop Computer if the VGA monitor option class is chosen, regardless of the VGA option.
Option Class Bills for Monitor, VGA, and EGA Level Item Description . . Monitor . . . VGA . . . . VGA Manual . . . . VGA1 . . . . VGA2 . . . EGA BOM Item Type Optional Planning %
No Yes No
60 100 100
100 100 90
9-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning lets you master schedule any planned item on your master schedules, including models, option classes, and product families. With the two-level master scheduling approach, you typically master schedule your key subassemblies, your options and mandatory components, since they are the highest level buildable items in your model bills. Although models, option classes, and product families are not buildable items, you may want to master schedule them so that you can calculate available-to-promise (ATP) information for promising order ship dates by model, option class, or product family. You might also want to master schedule your models option classes, and product families so that you can perform rough-cut capacity checks by model, option class, and product family. This is particularly valid when different configurations of your models have very similar capacity requirements.
Note: Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning does
For product family member items that have forecast control set to None, the planning process explodes and passes the demand down to the member items based on the product family allocation percentage. Since forecast control set to None means that the item is not forecasted, demand for an item whose forecast control is set to None gets passed down during the planning process. Thus, the resulting explosion is independent of the quantity of existing sales orders for member items.
10
Repetitive Planning
Anchor Date
You can define a repetitive anchor date to stabilize the repetitive planning process during subsequent planning runs within the same repetitive planning period.
Component Demand
You can pass demand down from repetitive assemblies to repetitive components, from repetitive assemblies to discrete components and from discrete assemblies to repetitive components.
10-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Each repetitive schedule for repetitive assembly is defined by: a daily quantity a start date an end date
First unit start date Last unit start date First unit completion date Last unit completion date
The first unit start date (FUSD) represents the date you plan to start production of the first assembly on a repetitive schedule. The last unit start date (LUSD) represents the date you plan to start production of the last assembly on a repetitive schedule. The first unit completion date (FUCD) represents the date you plan to complete production of the first assembly on a repetitive schedule. The last unit completion date (LUCD) represents the date you plan to complete production of the last assembly on a repetitive schedule. The difference between the FUSD and the FUCD represents the lead time of a repetitive assembly, and is the amount of time that it takes to complete a single unit of the assembly from start to finish. Oracle Work in Process calculates the lead time based on the routing for lines with a lead time basis of Routing based. Oracle Work in Process defaults the lead time from the production line for repetitive schedules on production lines with a lead time basis of Fixed. The difference between the FUSD and the LUSD represents the repetitive processing days for your repetitive schedule. These are the number of days you plan to work on your repetitive schedule.
Current aggregate repetitive schedules represent the sum of all current work in process repetitive schedules for repetitive assemblies, across all production lines, for a specified period. Current aggregate repetitive schedules are defined as an assembly, a daily quantity, a start date and an end date. Current repetitive schedules are a portion of current aggregate repetitive schedules. They represent individual work in process repetitive schedules producing repetitive assemblies on a single production line. Current repetitive schedules are defined as an
10-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
assembly, a daily quantity, a start date, an end date, and a production line. Suggested aggregate repetitive schedules represent the optimal repetitive schedules suggested by the repetitive planning process to satisfy the total demand for repetitive assemblies within a given period. They represent suggested total production across all production lines. Suggested repetitive schedules are a portion of suggested aggregate repetitive schedules. They represent individual suggested repetitive schedules producing repetitive assemblies on a single production line. The repetitive planning process generates suggested repetitive schedules during the repetitive schedule allocation process. See: Repetitive Schedule Allocation.
the same day of the week. Work dates do not fix the length of your planning periods. Work dates allow your planning periods to shift out in response to nonworkdays and holidays. This option does not create weekly start dates on the same day of the week, for example, if there is a holiday in the middle of the week.
10-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Calculate average daily demand Set optimal rate = average daily demand
The repetitive planning process calculates optimal rates by summing net requirements for each repetitive assembly within each repetitive planning period. An average daily demand is calculated by dividing the total demand for the period by the total number of workdays within the same period. The repetitive planning process recommends an optimal rate that matches the average daily demand.
Component Demand
The repetitive planning process passes down demand, from repetitive assemblies to repetitive components as daily rates rather than discrete quantities. Component requirements are offset from using assembly requirements in the same way lead time offsets are used for discrete assemblies and components in discrete planning. The following diagram illustrates how component demand is passed down as a rate. Notice that when component requirements are offset from using assembly requirements by the assembly lead time, the component demand can sometimes span multiple planning periods. This can result in multiple suggested daily rates that differ from the original demand rate.
Safety Stock
You can specify safety stock days, together with safety stock percent, as item attributes using the Define Item window in Oracle Inventory. For discretely manufactured items, the planning process calculates the safety stock quantity by multiplying the safety stock percent by the average gross requirements for the period of time defined by the safety stock days. For repetitively manufactured items, the repetitive planning process multiplies the safety stock percent by the average daily demand for each repetitive planning period. The repetitive planning process calculates the safety stock quantity for each repetitive period across the planning horizon. Order modifiers for repetitive assemblies work in a similar way to order modifiers for discrete assemblies.
10-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Anchor Date
The anchor date introduces consistency into your material and distribution plans by stabilizing your repetitive planning periods. The anchor date represents the start date of your first repetitive planning period. The anchor date fixes your repetitive planning periods as time passes so that a plan run on any day during the first planning period does not see fluctuating average daily demand. Without the anchor date, the planning periods shift each day and individual demands can move from one planning period into the next. This can result in different average daily demands and therefore different suggested daily rates. Note that the actual demand never changes, it is only the time periods over which they are averaged that move each day. The anchor date must lie on or before the current date and is defined both manually and automatically. You can manually enter a default anchor date as a planning parameter. You can override the default anchor date when you plan material requirements or when you plan your master schedules. Since the anchor date is a system parameter, overriding the anchor date resets the system anchor date. Resetting the anchor date always triggers a recalculation of the repetitive planning periods. The anchor date is automatically updated to the beginning of the current planning period when the current date moves out of a prior planning period. The anchor date is also automatically updated when you plan material requirements, plan your master schedules or change your repetitive planning parameters. This allows your planning periods to be automatically rolled forward as time passes. The anchor date is always updated to the start date of the current repetitive planning period.
Line Priorities
In the example, lines A and B have the same line priority, 1, while line C has a line priority of 2. You assign line priorities to help the repetitive planning process decide
which lines it should allocate repetitive schedules to. In the example, you may have customized lines 1 and 2 to manufacture your assembly with minimum waste and optimum speed. It may be possible, but more expensive, to also build the assembly on line C, so you assign it a lower priority.
Production Rates
You define production rates to represent the rate at which an assembly can be manufactured on specific production lines. Different assemblies may require different production rates on the same production line. Similarly, the same assembly may require different production rates on different production lines. The production rate for an assembly, on a given production line, must fall within the minimum and maximum hourly rates defined for the production line in the Oracle Work in Process window, Define Production Line. The example assumes production rates of 400/hour, 200/hour and 100/hour for lines A, B and C, respectively.
10-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
previous depletion in supply caused by the firm rate being less than the optimal rate. If the optimal rate was less than the firm rate, the repetitive planning process decreases the suggested rate after the firm period in response to the previous build up of supply. As an example, the repetitive planning process is 10 units short as a result of the firm rate. The optimal rate is 12/day. However, for the duration of the firm schedule, the suggested rate is restricted to 10/day. This creates a shortage of 2/day for 5 days, resulting in a total shortage of 10 units. This increases the total demand in the next planning period from 36 to 46 units. The firm schedule breaks up two planning periods (Periods 2 and 3) into four smaller planning periods (Periods 2, 3, 4, and 5).
After the assembly lead time, the suggested rate is increased to address the previous depletion in supply caused by the current aggregate rate being less than the optimal rate. The firm schedule formed by the assembly lead time breaks the first planning period into two smaller planning periods.
10-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
to the optimal rate. Using the same example, the repetitive planning process suggests a daily rate equal to the optimal rate for any optimal rate between 100/day and 110/day.
Overrun Percent
You can also use the overrun percent item attribute to control the nervousness of your material plans by allowing current repetitive schedules to overbuild by a small amount without incurring new suggested daily rates. In this way, planning overrun amounts reduces minor and unnecessary rate change suggestions. The overrun amount is equal to the optimal rate for the planning period multiplied by the overrun percent. For example, if your optimal rate is 100/day and your overrun percent is 10%, the repetitive planning process calculates an overrun amount of 10/day. The repetitive planning process only recommends a new repetitive schedule if the current aggregate rate is greater than the optimal rate plus the overrun percent. According to the previous example, the repetitive planning process only suggests a new repetitive schedule if the current aggregate rate is greater than 110/day. The overrun percent for repetitive planning is analogous to acceptable early days
delivery in discrete planning. Both attributes allow you to make the business decision that you would prefer to carry additional inventory for a short time, rather than disrupt your shop floor production schedules. It is important to note that the overrun percent only applies for overproduction. As with acceptable early days delivery, the repetitive planning process allows you to build ahead and carry excess inventory, but does not allow you to plan a shortage. Because the overrun percent often results in overproduction within planning periods, use of this attribute can sometimes have an impact on subsequent planning periods. Later periods may need to produce less as a result of the excess supply produced in earlier periods.
10-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
11
Reports
This chapter covers the following topics: Overview of Reports Audit Information Report (Supply Chain) Current Projected On Hand vs. Projected Available Graphical Report (Supply Chain) Demand vs. Replenishment Graphical Report (Supply Chain) Financial Analysis Report Forecast Comparison Report Forecast Detail Report (Supply Chain) Late Order Report Master Schedule Comparison Report Master Schedule Detail Report (Supply Chain) Master Schedule Status Report Planning Manager Worker (once-a-day tasks) Planning Parameters Report CRP Reports (Supply Chain) Order Reschedule Report (Supply Chain) Planned Order Report (Supply Chain) Planning Detail Report Planning Exception Sets Report
Overview of Reports
This section explains how to submit report requests and briefly describes each Master
Reports 11-1
Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning report. For additional information on capacity reports and processes, see Reports, Oracle Capacity User Guide.
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Audit Information Report in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Show
Choose one of the following options: Errors only: Report information that can cause your concurrent program to fail. Warnings and errors: Report information that can cause your concurrent program to fail, as well as information that does not cause your concurrent program to fail, but is still questionable data. Warnings only: Report information that does not cause your concurrent program to fail, but is still questionable data.
Application Audit
Enter the application for which to run the audit. Choose one of the following options: Accounting period start dates that do not fall on week start dates: Identify accounting period start dates that do not fall on week start dates. All audits: Identify the nature of all suspected incidents. If there are any incidents, you can use the other choices in this form for a more detailed audit that pinpoints the exact occurrence of the incident. Duplicate suppliers: Identify duplicate supplier entries. Bills common to non-existent bills: Identify bills that are common references to non-existent bills.
11-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Bills common to other bills with different alternate designator: Identify bills that are common references to other bills that have a different alternate designator. Bills in bom_inventory_components but do not exist in bom_bill_of material: Identify components on bills that do not have a valid bill of material. Bills that are buy items: Identify bills that have an item planning attribute of Buy. Bills that do not exist in the item master: Identify bills that do not exist in the item master. Bills that exist in both manufacturing and engineering: Identify bills that exist in both manufacturing and engineering. Bills with BOM enabled flag set to No: Identify bills that have their BOM enabled flag set to No. Bills with no components: Identify bills with no components. Capacity modifications that add already existing workdays: Identify capacity modifications that add workdays that already exist in the workday calendar. Components that do not exist in item master: Identify components that do not exist in the item master. Components with BOM enable flag set to No: Identify components that have their BOM enabled flag set to No. Components with incorrect number of reference designators: Identify components on bills of material that have the incorrect number of reference designators. Components with revised_item_sequence_ids that do not exist in eng_revised_items: Identify components with revised item sequence numbers that do not exist for engineering revised items. Components with zero usage quantity: Identify components that do not have a usage quantity.
Reports 11-3
Costed items not assigned to the costing category set: Identify costed items that are not assigned to a costing category set. Costed items with no frozen costs: Identify asset items with no frozen costs. ECOs with no schedule date: Identify engineering change orders that do not have a schedule date. ECOs have future implementation dates: Identify engineering change orders that have future implementation dates. Forecast entries with a zero confidence percent: Identify forecast entries with a zero confidence percent. Forecasted items that are not planned and are not planning items or models: Identify forecasted items that are not planned and are not planning items or models. Items that are MRP or MPS planned but with no planning exception set: Identify items that are MRP or MPS planned but do not have a planning exception set. Items that are not planned: Identify items with no planning type. Items that are planned as buy but are not purchasable: Identify items that have an item planning attribute of Buy but are not purchasable. Items that are planned as make but are not made in WIP: Identify items that have an item planning attribute of Make but are not buildable in work in process. Items that are planned but not in the planning category set: Identify items that are planned but are not in the planning category set. Items that do not have revisions: Identify items that do not have revisions. Items that have incorrect summary costs: Identify items whose summary costs do not agree with the detailed cost information.
11-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Items with an invalid shrinkage: Identify items with an invalid shrinkage factor. Op res with autocharge of PO Move or PO Receipt and no location: Identify resources assigned to operations with an autocharge type of PO move or PO receipt that do not have a location. Op res with autocharge of PO Move or PO Receipt and negative usage rates: Identify resources assigned to operations with an autocharge type of PO move or PO receipt that have negative usage rates. Operation sequences that use invalid resources: Identify operation sequences that use invalid resources. Operations that have lead time percents or offset percents exceeding 100%: Identify operations where lead time and offset percents exceed 100%. Operations with non-existent routing_sequence_ids: Identify operations with non-existent routing sequences. Planned items with no gross requirements or scheduled receipts: Identify planned items with no gross requirements or scheduled receipts. Planned items with zero full lead time: Identify MPS and MRP planned items where the sum of their pre, post, and processing lead times equals zero. Planned make items with postprocessing lead time: Identify items with an item planning attribute of Make with postprocessing lead time. Planned, purchased bills ignored by MRP: Identify planned and purchased bills that the planning process ignores. Planning organizations with invalid quarterly calendar types: Identify organizations whose quarterly calendar has twelve periods per year, based on calendar months. Repetitive items with pre or postprocessing lead time: Identify repetitive parts with preprocessing or postprocessing lead time.
Reports 11-5
Repetitive master schedule entries with invalid work dates: Identify repetitive master schedule entries with invalid workdays. Repetitive planning flag in mtl_system_items is null: Identify items that do not have a value for the repetitive planning item attribute. Repetitively planned purchased components: Identify repetitively planned components that are purchased. Routings common to non-existent routings: Identify routings that are common to non-existent routings. Routings common to other routings with different alternate designator: Identify routings that are common references to other routings that have a different alternate designator. Routings that exist in both manufacturing and engineering: Identify routings that exist in both manufacturing and engineering. Routings with zero processing time: Identify routings with zero processing time. Routings without corresponding revisions: Identify routings without corresponding revisions. Rows that errored in the table MRP_RELIEF_INTERFACE: Identify rows that failed in the MRP_RELIEF_INTERFACE table. Rows that failed in MRP_LOAD_PARAMETERS: Identify rows that failed in the MRP_LOAD_PARAMETERS table. Rows that failed in MRP_SALES_ORDER_UPDATES: Identify rows that failed in the MRP_SALES_ORDER_UPDATE table. Rows that failed in the forecast interface table: Identify rows that failed in the forecast interface table. Rows that failed in the schedule interface table: Identify rows that failed in the schedule interface table.
11-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Schedule date rows with sales order orig that have null source sales order id: Identify schedule date rows with sales order origination that do not have a source sales order identifier. Schedule entries for discrete items no original quantities: Identify master schedule entries for discrete items with no original quantities. Schedule entries for discrete items end date: Identify master schedule entries for discrete items with end dates. Schedule entries for repetitive items with no end date: Identify master schedule entries for repetitive items with no end dates. Scheduled items that are not planned: Identify master schedule entries that are not planned. Standard operations which use invalid resources: Identify standard operations that use invalid resources.
Summary
Choose one of the following options: No: Report a list of the items that match your audit. For example, if you entered All audits in the Audit field, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning prints a list of the items that are discretely planned, but have a schedule entry with a start date, a rate, and an end date. Yes: Report a list of the items that match your audit and can cause your concurrent program to fail, and a count of the items that match your audit that does not cause your concurrent program to fail, but is still questionable data. For example, if you entered All audits in the Audit field, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning prints a list of the items that are discretely planned, but have a schedule entry with a start date, a rate, and an end date. It also prints a count of the items that are not planned.
Related Topics
Overview of Concurrent Processing, Oracle Applications Developer's Guide
Reports 11-7
(Supply Chain) Current Projected On Hand vs. Projected Available Graphical Report
The Current Projected On Hand vs. Projected Available Graphical Report is a graphical report of current projected on hand versus projected available inventory for a DRP, MPS, or MRP plan. This report is printed in line chart format. You can use this report to gauge trends in projected on-hand quantities over long periods of time.
Note: If your plan was run with the Memory-based Planning Engine,
by-products (negative usage) are included in the calculation of demand, current projected on hand, and current projected available.
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Current Projected On Hand vs. Projected Available Graphical Report in the Name field. Supply Chain Planning users should enter Supply Chain Current Projected On Hand vs. Projected Available Graphical Report in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Plan Name Organization Selection -SUPPLY CHAIN PLANNING
Select a plan name. Select the planned organization (all or current) if this is a supply chain report. You can select All Organizations for a multi-org plan if you are working in the organization that owns the plan; otherwise, you can select only the current organization and report current projected on hand versus projected available inventory pertaining to the current organization. Select one of the following options. The report sorts items first in this order, then in the order you specify for Second Sort and Third Sort. ABC class: Sort items first by ABC class. Buyer: Sort first by buyer. Category: Sort first by material category. Inventory item: Sort first by inventory item. Organization: Sort first by organization.
First Sort
11-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Second Sort
No sort: Do not employ a first sort for the report. Planner: Sort first by planner.
Select the second sort type for the item. Items are sorted by the First Sort type and then by this sort type within the first type.
Note: If you choose No sort here, the
Third Sort
Select the third sort type for the item. Items are sorted by the First Sort type, then by the Second Sort type within the first type, and finally by this sort type within the second type. For example, if you choose Planner as the First Sort type, Category as the Second Sort type, and Inventory item as the Third Sort type, the report is sorted by planner, then by material category within planner, and finally by inventory item within material category.
Note: If you choose No sort here, Oracle
Master Scheduling/MRP sorts the report using just the first and second sort types.
Exception Type
Choose one of the following exception types: Item has a shortage: Report all items whose quantity on hand is less than the sum of the requirements plus safety stock within the exception time fence. Item has excess inventory: Report all items whose quantity on hand exceeds the total requirements against the item within the exception time fence. Item has no activity: Report all items that have no demand or supply in the current plan. Item has orders to be cancelled: Report all items that the planning process recommends be cancelled. Item has orders to be rescheduled in: Report all items that the planning process recommends be rescheduled in.
Reports 11-9
Item has orders to be rescheduled out: Report all items that the planning process recommends be rescheduled out. Item has orders with compression days: Report all items that have planned orders, discrete jobs and purchase orders that have compression days. Item has a repetitive variance: Report all repetitive items that have a variance in the amount that you actually manufacture and the amount that the planning process suggests you manufacture up to the exception date. Item has past due orders: Report all items that have past due orders. Item is overcommitted: Report all items for which ATP is negative or below safety stock within the exception time fence.
Select a planner to sort the items by. Select a buyer to sort the items by. To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers. Enter a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports items associated with this category set. To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names. Select an ABC assignment group. Items associated with this ABC assignment group are included in this report. Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment group.
Category Set
Categories From/To
ABC Class
Related Topics
Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
11-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
summary report of material availability for a DRP, MRP, or MRP plan. This report is printed in line chart format. Cumulative replenishments plus the quantity on hand and cumulative demand in buckets of one week are included. You can use this report to gauge trends in projected on-hand quantities over long periods of time, such as analyzing repetitively planned items or discrete items that are components of repetitively planned items.
Note: If your plan was run with the Memory-based Planning Engine,
by-products (negative usage) are included in the calculation of demand, current projected on hand, and current projected available.
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Demand vs. Replenishment Graphical Report in the Name field. Supply Chain Planning users should enter Supply Chain Demand vs. Replenishment Graphical Report in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Plan Name Organization Selection
Select a plan name. Select the planned organization (all or current) if this is a supply chain report. You can select All Organizations for a multi-org plan if you are working in the organization that owns the plan; otherwise, you can select only the current organization and report material availability pertaining to the current organization. Select one of the following options. The report sorts items first in this order, then in the order you specify for Second Sort and Third Sort ABC class: Sort items first by ABC class. Buyer: Sort first by buyer. Category: Sort first by material category. Inventory item: Sort first by inventory item. Organization: Sort first by organization. No sort: Do not employ a first sort for the report. Planner: Sort first by planner.
First Sort
Reports 11-11
Second Sort
Select the second sort type for the item. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning sorts the items by the first sort type and then by this sort type within the first type. If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the First Sort type.
Third Sort
Select the third sort type for the item. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning sorts the items by the first sort type, then by the second sort type within the first type, and finally by this sort type within the second type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type, Category as the second sort type, and Inventory item as the third sort type, the report is sorted by planner, then by material category within planner, and finally by Inventory item within material category. If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the first and second sort types.
Exception Type
Choose one of the following exception types: Item has a shortage: Report all items whose quantity on hand is less than the sum of the requirements plus safety stock within the exception time fence. Item has excess inventory: Report all items whose quantity on hand exceeds the total requirements against the item within the exception time fence. Item has no activity: Report all items that have no demand or supply in the current plan. Item has orders to be cancelled: Report all items that the planning process recommends be cancelled. Item has orders to be rescheduled in: Report all items that the planning process recommends be rescheduled in. Item has orders to be rescheduled out: Report all items that the planning process recommends be rescheduled out. Item has orders with compression days: Report all items that have planned orders, discrete jobs and purchase orders that have compression days.
11-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Item has a repetitive variance: Report all repetitive items that have a variance in the amount that you actually manufacture and the amount that the planning process suggests you manufacture up to the exception date. Item has past due orders: Report all items that have past due orders. Item is overcommitted: Report all items for which ATP is negative or below safety stock within the exception time fence.
Select a planner to sort the items by. Select a buyer to sort the items by. To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers. Enter a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports items associated with this category set. To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names. Select an ABC assignment group. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports items associated with this ABC assignment group. Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment group.
Category Set
Categories From/To
ABC Class
Related Topics
Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
Reports 11-13
fulfill the DRP or MRP plan. You can choose how many weeks and months to display in the report. This report also shows the number of inventory turns for each period and the cumulative number of turns from the beginning of the report up to the current period. For the purposes of the report, inventory turnover is defined as the master schedule value divided by the average inventory value.
Note: This report includes any partially completed work in process
values in inventory, where work in process value represents money to be spent. Purchasing commitments include: purchase orders, purchase requisitions, and planned orders for purchased items. Work in process commitments include: discrete jobs, repetitive schedules, and planned orders for manufactured items.
This report also shows projected inventory turnover for each period and cumulative, defined as the average inventory value divided by the master schedule value (which approximates cost of sales).
Important: All calculations include asset items held in nettable expense
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Financial Analysis Report in the Name field. Supply Chain Planning users should enter Supply Chain Financial Analysis report in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Plan Name Organization Selection
Select a plan name. Select the planned organization (all or current) if this is a supply chain report. You can select All Organizations for a multi-org plan if you are working in the organization that owns the plan; otherwise, you can select only the current organization and report costs pertaining to the current organization. Choose one of the following time periods: 12: Report the MRP financial plan for 12 periods. 24: Report the MRP financial plan for 24 periods. 36: Report the MRP financial plan for 36 periods.
Periods
11-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Weeks
Enter the number of weeks. The number of Weeks you choose, together with the number of Periods you choose, determines how many weeks and how many months that display in the horizontal time-phased plan. For example, if you choose 24 as the time Period and 10 as the number of Weeks, 10 of these periods display as weeks, the remaining 14 as months.
Note: The number of weeks that displays
in the List of Values is based on the workday calendar and corresponds to the end of the working periods. For example, if you choose 12 as the time Period and it is the third week of a four week period calendar, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning calculates the number of weeks to the end of each period and displays the valid List of Values options as 1, 5, and 9 weeks.
Cost Type
Select a cost type to print a costed picture of the DRP or MRP plan for the items associated with this cost type.
Related Topics
Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Forecast Comparison Report in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Forecast Name
Reports 11-15
Select one of the following options: Current: Print forecast comparison information using current forecast quantities. Original: Print forecast comparison information using original forecast quantities.
Second Organization
Select the organization of the second forecast to compare to the forecast from your current organization. Select a forecast name to compare its forecast to the first forecast name. Select one of the following options: Current: Print forecast comparison information using current forecast quantities. Original: Print forecast comparison information using original forecast quantities.
Second Quantities
Enter a report start date from which to print the forecast comparison. Choose one of the following time periods: 12: Report the MRP financial plan for 12 periods. 24: Report the MRP financial plan for 24 periods. 36: Report the MRP financial plan for 36 periods. 48: Report the MRP financial plan for 48 periods.
Periods
Weeks
Enter the number of weeks. The number of Weeks you choose, together with the number of Periods you choose, determines how many weeks and how many months that display in the horizontal time-phased plan. For example, if you choose 24 as the time Period and 10 as the number of Weeks, 10 of these periods display as weeks, the remaining 14 as months.
Note: The number of weeks that displays
11-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
in the List of Values is based on the workday calendar and corresponds to the end of the working periods. For example, if you choose 12 as the time Period and it is the third week of a four week period calendar, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning calculates the number of weeks to the end of each period and displays the valid List of Values options as 1, 5, and 9 weeks.
Include Costs
Select one of the following options: No: Report the comparison information by units rather than value (standard cost times units). Yes: Report the comparison information by value (standard cost times units) in addition to units.
Select one of the following options: No: Do not display forecast entries, bucketed in the first bucket, before the start date you enter. Yes: Display forecast entries, bucketed in the first bucket, before the start date you enter.
First Sort
Select one of the following options. The report sorts items first in this order, then in the order you specify for the second and third sort. ABC class: Sort items first by ABC class. Buyer: Sort first by buyer. Category: Sort first by material category. Inventory item: Sort first by inventory item. No sort: Do not employ a first sort for the report. Planner: Sort first by planner.
Second Sort
Select the second sort type for the item. Items are sorted by the First Sort type and then by this sort type within the first type.
Reports 11-17
For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type and Category as the second sort type. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning sorts the report by planner, and then by material category within planner.
Note: If you choose No sort here, the reort
If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the First Sort type.
Third Sort
Select the third sort type for the item. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning sorts the items by the first sort type, then by the second sort type within the first type, and finally by this sort type within the second type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type, Category as the second sort type, and Inventory item as the third sort type, the report is sorted by planner, then by material category within planner, and finally by Inventory item within material category. If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the first and second sort types.
Select a planner to report items planned by this planner. Select a buyer to report items planned by this buyer. To restrict the report to a range of items, select the beginning and ending item numbers. Select a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this category set. To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names. Select an ABC assignment group. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this ABC assignment group. Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment
Category Set
Categories From/To
ABC Class
11-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
group.
Related Topics
Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
the period multiplied by the periods per year. The demand for the period is the sum of the demand for up to one year. If there is more than one year of demand, then it is not included in the calculation. The period is the length of time between the plan date and the last demand date. If there is more than one year of demand, then the period is one year.
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Forecast Detail Report in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Forecast Name
Select a forecast name for which you want to report item forecast information. Select one of the following options: Current: Print forecast comparison information using current forecast quantities. Original: Print forecast comparison information using original forecast quantities.
Quantities
Display
Select one of the following options: Both horizontal and vertical: Display the forecast as a horizontal timephased and vertical listing. The horizontal timephased listing displays the future
Reports 11-19
forecast requirements, from today forward to the cutoff date, bucketed for the pe weeks you specify. The vertical listing displays the past (historical) forecast requ the cutoff date.
Report Start Date
Enter a report start date from which Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning prints the forecast. This restricts the information in the vertical display and the detail sections of the report. Select one of the following options: 12: Report the forecast for 12 periods. 24: Report the forecast for 24 periods. 36: Report the forecast for 36 periods. 48: Report the forecast for 48 periods.
Periods
Weeks
Enter the number of weeks. The number of Weeks you choose, together with the number of Periods you choose, determines how many weeks and how many months that display in the horizontal time-phased plan. For example, if you choose 24 as the time Period and 10 as the number of Weeks, 10 of these periods display as weeks, the remaining 14 as months.
Note: The number of weeks that displays
in the List of Values is based on the workday calendar and corresponds to the end of the working periods. For example, if you choose 12 as the time Period and it is the third week of a four week period calendar, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning calculates the number of weeks to the end of each period and displays the valid List of Values options as 1, 5, and 9 weeks.
Include Costs
Select one of the following options: No: Report the comparison information by units rather than value (standard cost times units). Yes: Report the comparison information by value
11-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Select one of the following options: No: Do not display forecast entries, bucketed in the first bucket, before the start date you enter. Yes: Display forecast entries, bucketed in the first bucket, before the start date you enter.
First Sort
Select one of the following options. The report sorts items first in this order, then in the order you specify for the second and third sort. ABC class: Sort items first by ABC class. Buyer: Sort first by buyer. Category: Sort first by material category. Inventory item: Sort first by inventory item. No sort: Do not employ a first sort for the report. Planner: Sort first by planner.
Second Sort
Select the second sort type for the item. Items are sorted by the First Sort type and then by this sort type within the first type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type and Category as the second sort type. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning sorts the report by planner, and then by material category within planner.
Note: If you choose No sort here, the
If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the First Sort type.
Third Sort
Select the third sort type for the item. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP? and Oracle Supply Chain Planning sorts the items by the first sort type, then by the second sort type within the first type, and finally by this sort type within the
Reports 11-21
second type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type, Category as the second sort type, and Inventory item as the third sort type, the report is sorted by planner, then by material category within planner, and finally by Inventory item within material category. If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the first and second sort types.
Planner Buyer Items From/To
Select a planner to report items planned by this planner. Select a buyer to report items planned by this buyer. To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers. Select a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this category set. To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names. Select an ABC assignment group. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this ABC assignment group. Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment group to report only items in that class. Select a cutoff date up to which Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning prints the forecast. This restricts the information in the vertical display and the detail sections of the report.
Category Set
Categories From/To
ABC Class
Cutoff Date
Related Topics
Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
11-22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Late Order Report in the Name field. Supply Chain Planning users should enter Supply Chain Late Order Reports in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Plan Name Enter a plan name. Organization Selection Select the planned organization (all or current) if this is a supply chain report. You can select All Organizations for a multi-org plan if you are working in the organization that owns the plan; otherwise, you can select only the current organization and report past due information pertaining to the current organization. Advance Notice Date Enter a date to report the events that will be late as suggested by the planning process. For example, if it is 11-JAN and you enter 15-JAN, the events that will be late within the next 5 days (before 15-JAN) are reported. When you choose the current date, all events that will be late as of tomorrow are reported; in other words, those orders that require some action today. Sort Select one of the following options: ABC class Sort items first by ABC class. Buyer Sort first by buyer. Category Sort first by material category. Inventory item Sort first by inventory item. No sort Do not employ a first sort for the report. Organization Sort first by organization. Planner Sort first by planner. Planner Select a planner to report only orders associated with this planner. Buyer Select a buyer to report only orders associated with this buyer. Items From/To To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers. Category Set
Reports 11-23
Select a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this category set. Categories From/To To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names. ABC Assignment Group Select an ABC assignment group. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports past due orders associated with this ABC assignment group. ABC Class Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment group.
11-24 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Last submitted to MPS/MRP: Report the version of the schedule you last submitted to the MRP or MPS. When you run the MRP or MPS, the current version is copied to this version and is used as input to the planning process. After the MRP or MPS is run, this version of the schedule is saved so that you can compare it to the original version or to any changes you make to the new current version. Original: Report the original version of the schedule. As noted, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning only updates this version when you add new entries to the schedule. Updates to existing scheduling entries do not affect this version.
First Quantities: Select one of the following options: Current: Print master schedule comparison information using current master schedule quantitles. Original: Print master schedule comparison information using original master schedule quantities.
Second Organization: Select the organization of the second master schedule to compare to the master schedule from your current organization. Second Schedule: Select a master schedule to compare its schedule quantities to the first schedule name. You can only choose a schedule of the same type as the first schedule name. Second Schedule Version Current: Use the current version of the master demand or master production schedule. When you first define a schedule, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning creates a current version and an original version that are identical. As you add new schedule entries, these entries are added to both versions, keeping them consistent/ However, when you change existing schedule entries, only the current schedule is updated. Last submitted to MPS/MRP: Report the version of the schedule you last submitted to the MRP or MPS. When you run the MRP or MPS, the current version is copied to this version and is used as input to the planning process. After the MRP or MPS is run, this version of the schedule is saved so that you can compare it to the original version or to any changes you make to the new current version. Original: Use the original version of the schedule. As noted, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning only updates this version when you add new entries to the schedule. Updates to existing scheduling entries do not affect this version.
Second Quantities: Current: Print master schedule comparison information using current master
Reports 11-25
schedule quantitles. Original: Print master schedule comparison information using original master schedule quantities.
Report Start Date: Enter a report start date from which Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning prints the master schedule comparison. Periods: Select one of the following options: 12: Report the forecast for 12 periods 24: Report the forecast for 24 periods 36: Report the forecast for 36 periods 48: Report the forecast for 48 periods
Weeks: Enter the number of weeks. The number of weeks you choose, together with the number of periods you choose, determines how many weeks and how many months that display in the horizontal time-phased plan. For example, if you choose 24 as the time Period and 10 as the number of weeks, 10 of these periods display as weeks, the remaining 14 as months. The number of weeks that displays in the List of Values is based on the workday calendar and corresponds to the end of the working periods. For example, if you choose 12 as the time Period and it is the third week of a four week period calendar, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning calculates the number of weeks to the end of each period and displays the valid List of Values Options as, 1, 5, and 9 weeks. Include Costs: Select one of the following options: No: Report the comparison information by units rather than value (standard cost times units). Yes: Report the comparison information by value (standard cost times units) in addition to units.
Include Before Start Date: Select one of the following options: No: Do not display forecast entries, bucketed in the first bucket, before the start date you enter. Yes: Display forecast entries, bucketed in the first bucket, before the start date you enter.
First Sort: Select one of the following options. The report sorts items first in this order, then in the order you specify for the second and third sort: ABC class: Sort items first by ABC class
11-26 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Buyer: Sort first by buyer Category: Sort first by material category Inventory item: Sort first by inventory item No sort: Do not employ a first sort for the report Planner: Sort first by planner
Second Sort: Select the second sort type for the item. Items are sorted by the First Sort type and then by this sort type within the first type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type and Category as the second sort type. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning sorts the report by planner, and then by material category within planner. Third Sort: Select the third sort type for the item. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning sorts the items by the first sort type, then by the second sort type within the first type, and finally by this sort type within the second type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type, Category as the second sort type, and Inventory item as the third sort type, the report is sorted by planner, then by material category within planner, and finally by Inventory item within material category. If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the first and second sort types. Planner: Select a planner to report master schedule entries associated with this planner. Buyer: Select a buyer to report master schedule entries associated with this buyer. Items From/To: To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers. Category Set: Select a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this category set. Categories From/To: To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names. ABC Assignment Group: Select an ABC assignment group. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports master schedule entries associated with this ABC assignment group. ABC Class: Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment group. See also Submitting a Request in Oracle Applications User's Guide.
Reports 11-27
the number of periods and weeks for which to run the report. You can display the data by horizontal time phased display, by vertical display, or both. You can report all items or a range of items associated with the plan name.
Note: The Annual Projected Demand is calculated as the demand for
the period multiplied by the periods per year. The demand for the period is the sum of the demand for up to one year. If there is more than one year of demand, then it is not included in the calculation. The period is the length of time between the plan date and the last demand date. If there is more than one year of demand, then the period is one year.
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Master Schedule Detail Report in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Schedule Name Select a schedule name. Schedule Version Select one of the following options: CurrentReport the current version of the master demand or master production schedule.
Note: When you first define a schedule, Oracle Master.
Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning creates a current version and an original version that are identical. As you add new schedule entries, these entries are added to both versions, keeping them consistent. However, when you change existing schedule entries, only the current schedule is updated.
Last submitted to MPS/MRP Report the version of the schedule you last submitted to the MRP or MPS.
Note: When you run the MRP or MPS, the current version is copied to
this version and is used as input to the planning process. After the MRP or MPS run, this version of the schedule is saved so that you can compare it to the original version or to any changes you make to the new current version.
OriginalReport original version of the schedule. As noted, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning only updates this version when you add
11-28 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
new entries to the schedule. Updates to existing scheduling entries do not affect this version. Quantities Select one of the following options: Current: Print master schedule comparison information using current master schedule quantities. Original: Print master schedule comparison information using original master schedule quantities. Display Select one of the following options: Both horizontal and vertical Display the forecast as a horizontal timephased and vertical listing. The horizontal timephased listing displays the future forecast requirements, from today forward to the cutoff date, bucketed for the periods and number of weeks you specify. The vertical listing displays the past (historical) forecast requirements in detail up to the cutoff date. Horizontal time phased: Display the forecast as a horizontal timephased listing. Vertical: Display the forecast as a vertical listing. Report Start Date Enter a report start date from which Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning prints the master schedule comparison. Periods Select one of the following options: 12: Report the forecast for 12 periods. 24: Report the forecast for 24 periods. 36: Report the forecast for 36 periods. 48: Report the forecast for 48 periods. Weeks Enter the number of weeks. The number of Weeks you choose, together with the number of Periods you choose, determines how many weeks and how many months that display in the horizontal time-phased plan. For example, if you choose 24 as the time Period and 10 as the number of Weeks, 10 of these periods display as weeks, the remaining 14 as months.
Note: The number of weeks that displays in the List of Values is based
on the workday calendar and corresponds to the end of the working periods. For example, if you choose 12 as the time Period and it is the
Reports 11-29
third week of a four week period calendar, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning calculates the number of weeks to the end of each period and displays the valid List of Values options as 1, 5, and 9 weeks.
Include Costs Select one of the following options: No: Report the comparison information by units rather than value (standard cost times units). Yes: Report the comparison information by value (standard cost times units) in addition to units. Include Before Start Date Select one of the following options: No: Do not display forecast entries, bucketed in the first bucket, before the start date you enter. Yes: Display forecast entries, bucketed in the first bucket, before the start date you enter. First Sort Select one of the following options. The report sorts items first in this order, then in the order you specify for the second and third sort. ABC Class: Sort items first by ABC class. Buyer:Sort first by buyer. Category: Sort first by material category. Inventory Item: Sort first by inventory item. No Sort: Do not employ a first sort for the report. Planner: Sort first by planner. Second Sort Select the second sort type for the item. Items are sorted by the First Sort type and then by this sort type within the first type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type and Category as the second sort type. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning sorts the report by planner, and then by material category within planner.
Note: If you choose No sort here, the report is sorted using just the First
Sort type. If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the First Sort type.
Third Sort
11-30 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Select the third sort type for the item. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning sorts the items by the first sort type, then by the second sort type within the first type, and finally by this sort type within the second type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type, Category as the second sort type, and Inventory item as the third sort type, the report is sorted by planner, then by material category within planner, and finally by Inventory item within material category. If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the first and second sort types. Planner Select a planner to report and associate master schedule entries. Buyer Select a buyer to report and associate master schedule entries. Items From/To To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers. Category Set Select a category set to report and associate forecast entries. Categories From/To To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names. ABC Assignment Group Select an ABC assignment group. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports master schedule entries associated with this ABC assignment group. ABC Class Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment group. Cutoff Date Select a cutoff date up to which Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning prints the master schedule. This restricts the information in the vertical display and the detail sections of the report. See: Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
Reports 11-31
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Master Schedule Status Report in the Name field. Supply Chain Planning users should enter Supply Chain Schedule Status Report in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Schedule Name Select a schedule name. Organization Selection Select the planned organization (all or current) if this is a supply chain report. You can select All Organizations for a multi-org plan if you are working in the organization that owns the plan; otherwise, you can select only the current organization and report shipping/production activity pertaining to the current organization. Schedule Version Select one of the following options: Current Report current version of the master demand or master production schedule.
Note: Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning creates a current
version and an original version that are identical. As you add new schedule entries, these entries are added to both versions, keeping them consistent. However, when you change existing schedule entries, only the current schedule is updated.
Last submitted to Report the version of the schedule you last MPS/MRP submitted to the MRP or MPS.
Note: When you run the MRP or MPS, the current version is copied to
this version, and is used as input to the planning process. After the MRP or MPS run, this version of the schedule is saved so that you can compare it to the original version or to any changes you make to the new current version.
OriginalReport the original version of the schedule. As noted, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning only updates this version when you add new entries to the schedule. Updates to existing scheduling entries do not affect this version. Start Date Enter a past or the current date to report activity for the schedule name, for the day, week, and month, beginning on this date.
11-32 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Periods Select one of the following options: 12: Report the forecast for 12 periods. 24: Report the forecast for 24 periods. 36: Report the forecast for 36 periods. 48: Report the forecast for 48 periods. Weeks Enter the number of weeks. The number of Weeks you choose, together with the number of Periods you choose, determines how many weeks and how many months that display in the horizontal time-phased plan. For example, if you choose 24 as the time Period and 10 as the number of Weeks, 10 of these periods display as weeks, the remaining 14 as months.
Note: The number of weeks that displays in the List of Values is based
on the workday calendar and corresponds to the end of the working periods. For example, if you choose 12 as the time Period and it is the third week of a four week period calendar, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning calculates the number of weeks to the end of each period and displays the valid List of Values options as 1, 5, and 9 weeks.
Sort Select one of the following options: Category: Report activity by category and then by inventory item within the category. Inventory item: Report activity by inventory item. Items From/To To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers. Category Set Select a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this category set. Categories From/To To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names. See Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
Reports 11-33
Process Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Planning Manager Worker (once-a-day tasks) in the Name field. See: Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide.
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Planning Parameters Report in the Name field. See: Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide.
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Planning Parameters Report in the Name field. See: Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide.
CRP Reports
You can launch the following reports from Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning modules: CRP Rate Based Report CRP Routing Based Report RCCP Rate Based Report RCCP Routing Based Report
The CRP Rate Based Report shows a breakdown of required rate coming from four possible sources: planned orders, non-standard jobs, discrete jobs, and repetitive schedules. The RCCP Rate Based Report does not contain this detail information.
11-34 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Because RCCP by nature is an estimate of resources required, a detailed breakdown of required rate is not included in the report.
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Order Reschedule Report in the Name field. Supply Chain Planning users should enter Supply Chain Order Reschedule Report in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Plan Name Select a plan name.
Order Type
Select one of the following options: All: Report all discrete jobs, purchase orders, and purchase requisitions the MRP or MPS planning process recommends to reschedule. Discrete job: Report the discrete jobs the MRP or MPS planning process recommends to reschedule. Purchase order: Report the purchase orders the MRP or MPS planning process recommends to reschedule. Purchase requisition Report the purchase requisitions the MRP or MPS planning process recommends to reschedule.
Sort
Select one of the following options: ABC class Sort the orders by item within an ABC class.
Reports 11-35
Buyer Sort the orders by item within a buyer. You can choose this option only if you specified Purchase order or Purchase requisition as the Order Type.
Category Inventory item Order number Organization Planner Supplier Sort the orders by item within a category. Sort the orders by inventory item. Sort the orders by order identifier. Sort first by organization. Sort the orders by item within planner. Sort the orders by supplier.
In Days Filter
Enter the number of reschedule in days to filter entries that are displayed on the report. Use 0 days to allow the planning process to report all orders suggested to be rescheduled. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning compares the current
11-36 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
purchase or the work in process due date with the suggested due date. It uses reschedule in days when the purchase or the work in process due date is later than the suggested due date. If the difference between the purchase or the work in process due date and the suggested due date is less than or equal to the reschedule in days, the reschedule report excludes those orders. For example, if the suggested due date is 01-JUN, the purchase order date is 04-JUN and you specify 3 or more, the reschedule report excludes the purchase order. When you specify 2 or less, the reschedule report includes the purchase order.
Planner
Select a planner to report orders associated with this planner.
Buyer
Select a buyer to report orders associated with this buyer.
Items From/To
To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers.
Category Set
Select a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this category set.
Categories From/To
To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names.
ABC Class
Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment group.
Cutoff Type
Select one of the following options: Dock date: Report all orders whose dock date is before the cutoff date.
Reports 11-37
Note: Use this option if your processing and post-processing lead times
Due date: Report all orders whose due date is before the cutoff date. Order date: Report all orders whose order date is before the cutoff date. Start date: Report all orders whose start date is before the cutoff date.
Cutoff Date
Select the cutoff date to report orders with a new dock, due, or order date up to and including this date. See Also Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Planned Order Report in the Name field. Supply Chain Planning users should enter Supply Chain Planned Order Reports in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Plan Name (Required): Select a plan name.
11-38 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Note: You assign these attributes to an item when you define an item in
Oracle Inventory.
Sort (Required, Default) Select one of the following options: ABC Class: Sort the orders by item within an ABC class. Buyer: Sort the orders by item within a buyer. Category: Sort the orders by item within a category. Due Date: Sort the orders by the item due date. Inventory Item: Sort the orders by inventory item. Organization: Sort first by organization. Planner: Sort the orders by item within planner.
Planner (Optional) Select a planner to report only items associated with this planner. Buyer (Optional) Select a buyer to report only items associated with this buyer. Items From/To (Optional) To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers. Category Set (Optional, Default) Select a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this category set. Categories From/To (Optional) To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names. ABC Assignment Group (Optional)
Reports 11-39
Select an ABC assignment group to reports associated planned orders. ABC Class (Optional) Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment group. Cutoff Type (Required, Default) Select one of the following options: Dock Date: Report all planned orders whose dock date is before the cutoff date. Use this option if your processing and postprocessing lead times are long and you want to reduce the number of items reported. Due Date: Report all planned orders whose due date is before the cutoff date. Order Date: Report all planned orders whose order date is before the cutoff date. Start Date: Report all planned orders whose start date is before the cutoff date.
Cutoff Date
(Required, Default) Select the cutoff date to report new planned orders with a suggested dock, due, order, or start date up to and including this date. See Also Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
and Supply Chain Planning prints the safety stock percentage, if any, that you defined for the item. For non-MRP planned safety stock, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning does not print the safety stock percentage, since the safety stock could be time phased. Information regarding MRP and non-MRP Planned safety stock appears in the Horizontal Listing section.
11-40 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
quantity.
The demand for the period is the sum of the demand for up to one year. If there is more than one year of demand, it is not included in the calculation.
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Planning Detail Report in the Name field. Supply Chain Planning users should enter Supply Chain Planning Detail Reports in the Name field.
Report Parameters
Plan Name Select a plan name.
Organization Selection
Select the planned organization (all or current) if this is a supply chain report. You can select All Organizations for a multi-org plan if you are working in the organization that owns the plan; otherwise, you can select only the current organization and report planning information pertaining to the current organization.
Vertical Display
Select one of the following options: Bucketed daily: Report projected available balance information on a daily basis. Bucketless: Report projected available balance information for dates on which supply or demand exists. None: Do not report a vertical display.
Detail Display Select one of the following options: No: Display vertical and horizontal listings only. Yes: Display vertical and horizontal listings and detail sections showing gross requirements, scheduled receipts, planned orders, bill of material and engineering changes, repetitive schedules, substitute items, expired lot and by product information.
Reports 11-41
Periods
Select one of the following options: 12 24 36 48
Weeks Enter the number of weeks. The number of Weeks you choose, together with the number of Periods you choose, determines how many weeks and how many months that display in the horizontal time-phased plan. For example, if you choose 24 as the time Period and 10 as the number of Weeks, 10 of these periods display as weeks, the remaining 14 as months.
Note: The number of weeks that displays in the List of Values is based
on the workday calendar and corresponds to the end of the working periods. For example, if you choose 12 as the time Period and it is the third week of a four week period calendar, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning calculates the number of weeks to the end of each period and displays the valid List of Values options as 1, 5, and 9 weeks.
First Sort
Select one of the following options. The report sorts items first in this order, then in the order you specify for the second and third sort. ABC class: Sort items first by ABC class. Buyer: Sort first by buyer. Category: Sort first by material category. Inventory item: Sort first by inventory item. No sort: Do not employ a first sort for the report. Organization: Sort first by organization. Planner: Sort first by planner.
11-42 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Second Sort
Select the second sort type for the item. Items are sorted by the First Sort type and then by this sort type within the first type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type and Category as the second sort type, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning sorts the report by planner, and then by material category within planner.
Note: If you choose No sort here, the report is sorted using just the First
Sort type. If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the First Sort type.
Third Sort
Select the third sort type for the item. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning sorts the items by the first sort type, then by the second sort type within the first type, and finally by this sort type within the second type. For example, if you choose Planner as the first sort type, Category as the second sort type, and Inventory item as the third sort type, the report is sorted by planner, then by material category within planner, and finally by Inventory item within material category. If you choose No sort, the report is sorted by using just the first and second sort types.
Buyer
Select a buyer to report only items associated with this buyer.
Items From/To
To restrict the report to a range of items, enter the beginning and ending item numbers.
Category Set
Select a category set. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning reports forecast entries associated with this category set.
Categories From/To
To restrict the report to a range of categories, enter the beginning and ending category names.
Reports 11-43
ABC Class
Select an ABC class associated with the ABC assignment group.
Include Phantoms
Indicate whether to include phantoms in the report.
Cutoff Date
Select a cutoff date up to which you want to display the DRP, MRP or MPS plan. This restricts the information in the vertical display and the detail sections of the report. See Also Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
Report Submission
In the Submit Requests window, enter Planning Exception Sets Report in the Name field. See: Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide
11-44 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
12
Kanban Planning
Kanban Terminology
The following terminology describes features or processes in a manufacturing environment using kanbans. Actual Production Actual production refers to the discrete jobs, repetitive schedules, and flow schedules that are scheduled to be produced on the manufacturing line. Actual production is one of the demand types used in the Kanban Names window for calculating the kanban size or number of cards. Flow Manufacturing A kanban system is most effective in flow shops manufacturing organizations with well-defined material flows. Because the demand for customer-order items may be discontinuous even in a shop where the material demand is steady, you might want to only designate certain items as kanban items. Kanban The term kanban refers to a visual replenishment signal such as a card or an empty bin for an item. In a kanban system, each work center has several bins, each containing a certain number of the same item. When a bin becomes empty, the work center starts the process of replenishing the empty bin by sending the replenishment signal, or a kanban. Meanwhile, the work center can continue using the other (stocked) bins.
Kanban Cards Kanban cards are the visual replenishment signals. Each kanban bin has one kanban card, so the number of kanban cards is the same as the number of kanbans for each item. Thus, if a work center must have 100 of the same kanban item within the replenishment lead time, and the kanban size is 20, there must be five kanbans for the item five kanban cards. Kanban Items An item that is pulled through the kanban system, rather than pushed by the planner, is called a kanban-released item, or simply kanban item. Your planning system can have kanban items as well as items released by the planner. Kanban Location The kanban location for a kanban item is the designated location where that item is stored (and where replenishment is delivered). You can designate location as a combination of subinventory and locator. You can use locators on kanbans even if the locator control is off. Kanban Plans The kanban plan indicates the number of kanbans and the size of each kanban required to satisfy the demand for all items that are either kanban released or have components that have kanban released items on the bill. Kanban Size Kanban size refers to the number of items in each kanban. Because a kanban is only replenished when it's empty, the kanban size should be a multiple of the lot size. For example, if you would normally order an item in lots of 20, you should not make the kanban size less than 20 because the supplier would not be able to fulfill such an order. You can specify the lot size using the lot multiplier on the pull sequences. Pull Sequences For every kanban location, there is a pull sequence ? a grouping of information that defines a kanban location, source data, and planning parameters. In defining a pull sequence for a kanban item in Oracle Inventory, you specify the replenishment source for a kanban item at a specific location. You also specify what you want the kanban calculation program to calculate, the lead time for obtaining the kanban item, the allocation percentage, and order modifiers that you want to affect the calculation program. See Also Calculation Formula Defining Kanban Cards, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Defining Kanban Pull Sequences, Oracle Inventory User's Guide
12-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Generating Kanban Cards, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Overview of Kanban Replenishment, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Printing Kanban Cards, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Overview of Flow Manufacturing, Oracle Flow Manufacturing User's Guide
Calculation Formula
One of the most important tasks of a kanban planning system is determining the optimal number of kanban cards. The kanban planning software takes care of this calculation provided you enter correct values for kanban size, average daily demand for the kanban item, and the lead time to replenish one kanban. We provide a package that you can use to customize the calculation. See the Oracle Manufacturing, Distribution, Sales and Service Open Interfaces Manual. By default, the standard calculation is: (C - 1) * S = D * A * (L + SSD) where: C is the number of kanban cards S is the kanban size D is the average daily demand A is the allocation percent L is the lead time (in days) to replenish one kanban SSD is the Safety Stock Days
If you think through the kanban process, you will see why this formula works best when the demand for the kanban item is steady. In addition to this basic formula, when the calculation program calculates kanban size, it takes into account the values for the following order modifiers (specified in the pull sequence), in the following order: Minimum Order Quantity Lot Multiplier
For example, suppose youve specified the Minimum Order Quantity for a particular item to be 50. You want the formula to calculate the kanban size (S), so you enter values for C and L. Even though strictly based on the values you enter for C and L?the formula should yield 40, the actual kanban size will be 50 because of the Minimum Order Quantity. If a Lot Multiplier of 15 is specified, the kanban size is rounded to 60 in oder
to meeth both the Minimum Order Quantity and Lot Multiplier order modifiers.
Note: The program uses order modifiers only when calculating the
kanban size. If you specify the kanban size and want the program to calculate the number of kanban cards, the program does not use order modifiers.
It identifies all the kanban items that you want to include in your kanban calculation, using the parameters you enter when you launch a kanban calculation. It finds location information for each kanban item. For each kanban item, it identifies every BOM in which the item appears so that it can explode the demand from the assemblies down to the kanban item. Using the MDS, MPS, Actual Production, or forecast you specify in the Kanban Names window - it identifies all the demand entries for each kanban item for which the demand is independent. For example, suppose that from the forecast you specified in Kanban Names, the program finds independent demand for 600 of kanban item A. It uses the Allocation Percentage specified in the pull sequence for each kanban item to determine how to distribute demand for the item among its different locations. For example, if the allocation percentage for item A at location L1 is 20%, then the program places demand of 120 (that is, 20% of 600) at location L1. Using the MDS, MPS, Actual Production, or forecast you specify in the Kanban Names window - it calculates demand for each kanban item for which demand is dependent on the demand for other items. It does so by using the following information: Quantity per Assembly. For example, if there are 2 of kanban item R per one assembly of item K, and the demand for K is 10, then the demand for R is 20. Component Yield. The program divides the demand for the child item by that items component yield to determine the actual demand for the child item. For example, if the component yield for item R is 50%, the new demand for R is 40 (because 20 divided by 50% is 40). Reverse Cumulative Yield. The program further divides the demand for the
2. 3.
4.
5.
6.
12-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
child item by the Reverse Cumulative Yield (specified in the operation sequence of the flow routing for the parent item) to determine the actual demand for the child item. For example, if the reverse cumulative yield for K is 10%, the new demand for R is 400 (because 40 divided by 10% is 400). See and . Net Planning Percentage. The program then multiplies the demand for the child item by the Net Planning Percentage (specified in the operation sequence of the flow routing for the parent item) to determine the actual demand for the child item. For example, if the net planning percentage for K is 80%, the new demand for R is 320 (because 400 multiplied by 80% is 320).
7.
Finally, the program sums up the demand entries that fall within the kanban planning horizon for each kanban item at each location and divides the demand for each item at each location by the number of workdays. For example, if the number of workdays on the planning horizon is 20, then the average daily demand for item A at location L1 is 6 (because the total demand for item A at location L1 for the planning horizon is 120). The program prorates the demand from periodic forecasts for those days between the Demand window specified for the calculation program.
Prerequisites
Before you can run the kanban calculation program, you must: Identify the kanban items in the system. See: Defining Kanban Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Set up a bill of material for kanban items. See: Creating a Bill of Material, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide. Define the pull sequence for the item. See: Defining Kanban Pull Sequences, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Add kanban location information to either the parent assembly or the kanban item master.
Navigate to the Kanban Names window. Enter a new plan name. You can enter any name you want for this simulation plan.
3. 4.
Enter a description to help you remember what's unique about this simulation plan. Select an input type to tell the quantity calculation program whether to use the demand information from a forecast, an MDS, an MPS, or Actual Production. A list of choices appears in the Forecast/Schedule field.
5.
Select the name of the specific forecast or schedule you want to use. Choose the Forecast/Schedule button to see more detail about the selected forecast or schedule. Then navigate back to the Kanban Names window.
6.
Optionally, enter the date on which this simulation plan is to become inactive.
Navigate to the Kanban Names window. If the window displays more than one plan, choose which plan you want to do the calculation.
12-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
3.
4.
In the Parameters window, enter the following information: Plan Name: the name of the plan for which you want to run the calculation program. Items From: the alphabetical beginning of the range of items you're interested in To: the alphabetical end of the range of items you're interested in Category Set: the name of the category set for the items Categories From: the alphabetical beginning of the range of categories you're interested in To: the alphabetical end of the range of categories you're interested in BOM Effectivity: the BOM effectivity date; the program uses BOMs that are effective as of this date. If you do not enter anything, the program uses today's date Demand Start Date: the start date on which the demand entries are considered Cutoff Date: the date up to which ' want demand entries to be considered
5.
Choose OK to set the parameters you've just entered. In the Launch Kanban window that appears, your parameters appear in the Parameters field.
6.
In the Launch Kanban window, make optional changes or choose Submit Request to start the calculation program. The calculation program uses all the information you entered, including the launch parameters, the demand information, and the pull sequences, to calculate either the
kanban size or the number of kanban cards. It also takes into account several order modifiers.
To specify options just before submitting a request for the calculation program:
1. 2.
Navigate to the Launch Kanban window. Specify the options you want. See: Submitting a Request, Oracle Applications User's Guide.
Note: The concurrent program will complete with a status of
Warning if the following conditions exist: Demand start and cutoff dates are outside the range of data in your demand schedule. There are pull sequences existing without a matching location on a bill of material or the item master - and this is the first pull sequence in a replenishment chain.
sequences that have an exact match with the replenishment subinventory/locator combination specified on the bill or material or item master.
See Also Viewing and Updating Kanban Calculations Calculation Formula Kanban Tools Menu Defining Kanban Cards, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Generating Kanban Cards, Oracle Inventory User's Guide
12-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Prerequisites: Before you can view or update kanban calculations, you must: Run the kanban calculation program to generate a kanban plan. See: Using the Kanban Calculation Program.
To view a kanban calculation, compare two plans, and update parts of your production plan:
1.
2. 3. 4.
Query the simulation plan you're interested in. Choose Compare. The Find Kanban Comparison window appears. Choose Find to find all items in the plan or narrow down your search by entering search criteria. To narrow your search, enter one of the following in the Field field: Item: if you want to limit your search to only certain kanban items. Kanban Number: if you want to limit your search to only items within a particular range of kanban cards (for example, items requiring more than 10 kanban cards). Kanban Size: if you want to limit your search by kanban size (for example, items with kanbans that contain between 20 and 100 units). Locator: if you want to limit your search to only items with a particular locator. Subinventory: if you want to limit your search to only items with a particular subinventory location. Category: if you want to limit your search to only items in a particular category. Planner: if you want to limit your search to those items planned by a employee associated to the items. Variance: if you want to limit your search to only items with a certain variance percentage from the manually entered plan.
5. 6.
Enter the condition and values for From and To. Choose Find to find the items that match the criteria you've entered. The Compare Kanban Plans window appears. Notice the variances between your simulation plan and your production plan. Some items may have higher variances than others. You can decide by item which parts of the simulation plan to merge with the production plan, updating the production plan with those parts of the kanban calculation that make sense to you. Choose the check box next to each item for which you want to update the production plan with the simulation plan. Then choose Update Production.
7.
Navigate to the Kanban Workbench window. Query the simulation plan you're interested in. Choose the Details button. The Find window appears.
4.
Choose Find to find all items in the plan or narrow down your search by entering search criteria and then choosing Find. In the window that appears, choose the check box next to each item for which you want to make an adjustment.
5.
12-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
6.
In the Calculate column for each item that you checked, choose what you want to calculate. For each item that you checked, scroll to the field whose value you want to change and enter a new value for the field. You can change these fields: Kanban Size, # of Kanbans, Source Type.
7.
8.
When you've made all the adjustments you want, choose Simulation Replan. This button sends a request to the kanban calculation program to generate a new simulation plan based on the new values you've entered. After the request has been processed, you'll be able to see the results of the kanban calculation from the Kanban Workbench, just as you would for any simulation plan.
9.
You can update your plan from these results by selecting pull sequences and choosing Update Production.
To view demand for a particular kanban item at a particular subinventory and locator (based on the forecast or schedule):
1.
Navigate to the Demand window. The View Kanban Demand window appears. The demand shown is the total demand for the period, not the average daily demand the program uses in calculations.
To check the status of existing kanban cards or to define new kanban cards:
1.
From the Tools menu, select Kanban Cards. You can print kanban cards by choosing Print Kanban Cards. See Using the Kanban Calculation Program Kanban Tools Menu
Forecast/Schedule
Navigates to the Item Forecast Entries window where you can review and update information for items in a forecast set Navigates to the Kanban Cards Summary window in Oracle Inventory where you can view, define, and update kanban cards. Navigates to the Print Kanban Cards window in Oracle Inventory where you can either batch or manually print kanban cards.
Kanban Cards
Print Kanbans
See: Reviewing Forecast Detail Information Generating Kanban Cards, Oracle Inventory User's Guide Printing Kanban Cards, Oracle Inventory User's Guide
12-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
13
Project MRP
create a payback transaction as a supply for the lending project, and a demand for the borrowing project and view these transactions in the Planner Workbench use model/unit effectivity to create demand and generate planned orders with unit number specified
See also: Establishing a Project MRP Environment Viewing Onhand Quantities in a Project Model/Unit Effectivity, Oracle Project Manufacturing Implementation Manual Borrow Payback, Oracle Project Manufacturing User's Guide
13-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
To define a project:
1. 2.
Navigate to the Projects, Templates Summary window. To complete this task, refer to Creating a New Project from a Project Template or an Existing Project, Oracle Projects User's Guide. See also: Overview of Project MRP Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Inventory Defining Planning Group Lookups
Navigate to the Project Manufacturing Parameters window. Choose the General tabbed region. Check Enable Project Reference. Select a project control level (the project control level determines the level at which the organization is allowed to control its project activity): Project: You will be able to associate demand and supply records with project references, as well as plan at the project level. Task references will be disabled in all windows. Task: You will be able to associate demand and supply records with project and task references, as well as plan at the project level. See: Defining Default Inventory Parameters, Oracle Inventory User's Guide for defining additional organization parameters.
3. 4.
Select the Item Subinventories window from the Tools menu. In the Planning tabbed region, place your cursor in the Locator field to display the Stock Locators parameter window. Enter a project/Seiban number and, if appropriate, a task reference. See: Defining Stock Locators, Oracle Inventory User's Guide. Save your work.
5.
6.
Navigate to the Master Item window. Choose the MPS/MRP Planning tabbed region. Select a pegging level: Soft Pegging:The planning process will allocate supply for a projecttask (or Seiban) to demand for the projecttask (or Seiban), according to the Reservation Level set in the plan level options. All reservations of supply to demand records is for a single item. Common, nonproject supply is used to satisfy project demand. For a soft pegged item, excess project supply (or common supply) is always available to another project's demand. No project references will be attached to planned orders issued to soft pegged items. You can also generate a graphical pegging display in a nonproject environment, for plans with pegging enabled. End Assembly Pegging:Also known as Where Used, this option traces the Pegging end assembly the item is pegged to at the top of the bill of material. Even if you do not select end assembly pegging, you can still calculate and view end assemblies online. You can also generate a graphical pegging display in a nonproject environment, for plans with pegging enabled. End Assembly/ Soft Pegging :Choose this option for both soft pegging and end assembly pegging. You can also generate a pegging display in a nonproject environment, for plans with full pegging enabled. Hard Pegging: The planning process will allocate supply for a projecttask (or Seiban) to demand for the projecttask (or Seiban), according to the Reservation Level set in the plan level options.
13-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
A hard pegged item will not have access to common, nonproject supply. Excess supply from one project can only be shared among projects in the same planning group, provided reservation level is set at planning group. Project references are attached to planned orders for hard pegged items. You can also generate a graphical pegging display in a project environment, for plans with full pegging enabled. End Assembly/ Hard Pegging:Choose this option for both hard pegging and end assembly pegging. You can also generate a graphical pegging display in a project environment, for plans with full pegging enabled. None: This option disables project material allocation, end assembly pegging, and graphics in full pegging. See: Defining Items, Oracle Inventory User's Guide for defining additional item attributes. See: Viewing Pegged Supply and Demand for information on full pegging. See also: Overview of Project MRP Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Projects Defining Planning Group Lookups
Navigate to the Planning Group Lookups window. Place the cursor in the Code field, choose New from the File menu. Enter a unique alphanumeric code. Enter a meaning and description.
5.
Enter a start date, and optionally and end date to restrict the effectivity of the Lookup. Check Enabled to activate the Lookup Save your work. See also: Reviewing or Adding Project MRP Plan Options: Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Projects Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Inventory
6. 7.
Navigate to the Plan Options window. Query a plan name. Check Pegging. This will optionally allow you to set a Reservation Level and a Hard Pegging Level when in a projects environment. (It will also allow you to generate a graphical pegging display, if the pegging attribute for your item is not set to None) In the Pegging region, set a Reservation Level and (optionally) a Hard Pegging Level. Reservation Level: Determine how the planning process will preallocate project/Seiban supply to project/Seiban demand. This will control only those items whose item attributes have been set to Soft Pegging, End Assembly/Soft Pegging, Hard Pegging, or End Assembly/Hard Pegging. Planning Group: Reserve projectspecific supply and demand at the planning group level. Supply for one project can be reserved against demand from another project, if both projects belong to the same planning group. Excess common supply can be allocated to project demand for hard and soft pegged items. if reservation level is project supply from due project, it cannot be given a demand from another project. Only soft pegged items excess project supply can be allocated to other projects. Task: Reserve supply for a projecttask against demand for the same projecttask
4.
13-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
only. None: The planning process does not operate in a project manufacturing environment. Hard Pegging Level: For hard pegged items, determine if project references will be added to planned orders. This will control only those items whose item attributes have been set to Hard Pegging or End Assembly/Hard Pegging. Suggested planned orders for such items will be assigned at one of the following levels. Project: Attach the project number to which the planned order is hard pegged. Project-task: Attach the project and task number to which the planned order is hard pegged. None: Do not add project/task references to planned orders. See: Reviewing or Adding Plan Options for additional plan options.
5.
Save your work. See also: Overview of Project MRP Setting Up Project MRP in Oracle Project Manufacturing Launching a Project MRP Plan
13-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Entity Demand
265 (P1) --
13-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
In this diagram: Item pegging: Soft pegging Reservation level: Project Hard pegging level: Project On hand (common supply): 5 On hand (P1): 10 On hand (P2): 25
Entity Demand
Netting Behavior
By combining the item pegging attribute with the plan options reservation and hard pegging levels, you can exercise a high degree of control over how the planning process preallocates supply for an item. The table below summarizes the possible combinations and types of behavior you can enforce:
Project MRP Netting Behavior Reservation Level Hard Pegging Level Item Pegging Attribute Hard Pegging Netting Behavior
Planning Group
Project
Reserve supply at planning group level, excess common supply used for project demand, and create planned orders at project level Reserve supply at planning group level, excess common supply used for project demand, and create planned orders at project-task level Reserve supply at planning group level, excess common supply used for project demand, and create planned orders without project references Reserve supply at project-task level, create planned orders at project level Reserve supply at project-task level, create planned orders at project-task level Reserve supply at project-task level, create planned orders without project references
Planning Group
Project-Task
Hard Pegging
Planning Group
None
Hard Pegging
Project
Project
Hard Pegging
Project
Project-Task
Hard Pegging
Project
None
Hard Pegging
13-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Reservation Level
Netting Behavior
Project-Task
Project
Reserve supply at project-task level, create planned orders at project level Reserve supply at project-task level, create planned orders at project level Reserve supply at project-task level, create planned orders without project references Reserve supply at project level, create planned orders without project references No reservations, full pegging
Project-Task
Project-Task
Hard Pegging
Project-Task
None
Hard Pegging
<any value>
Soft Pegging
None
Hard Pegging
Excess Supply
Effects of the pegging item attribute on the netting of excess supply Item Attribute Hard Pegging or End Assembly/Hard Pegging Allocation of Excess Supply Planning logic ignores excess in common supplies and project- and seiban-specific supplies during the netting routine Planning logic considers excess in common supplies and project- and seiban-specific supplies during the netting routine
14
Parallel Processing
These topics are technical and are not intended for most users. It is not necessary to read them to be able to use Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning.
Process Control
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning breaks tasks into smaller tasks that can be executed concurrently by independent processes. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP controls the execution of these processes, independent of the hardware platform.
Concurrent Manager Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning uses Oracle Application Object Library's concurrent manager for process control. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning uses Oracle Application Object Library's Application Programmatic Interface (API) to launch new concurrent programs via the concurrent manager by inserting rows to Oracle Application Object Library's concurrent request table. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning also uses the concurrent manager to determine the status of processes that are executing. One process can determine the status of another process by using an API to examine the status of the request in the concurrent request table. Since Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning uses the concurrent manager to launch new processes and does not spawn processes directly, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP is hardware independent and works on multiple hardware platforms without modification. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning has no direct control over how the operating system distributes the processes across processors. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning divides the tasks optimally across separate processes, but depends upon optimization logic on the part of the operating system to distribute the workload effectively across multiple processors. See also Managing Concurrent Programs and Requests inOracle Applications User's Guide .
Inter-process Communication
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning breaks tasks into smaller tasks that are executed concurrently by independent processes (workers). The programs that execute these tasks concurrently need to communicate to coordinate their actions. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning uses the Oracle Server for inter-process communication. For example, a Snapshot Delete Worker needs to be able to communicate to the Snapshot Monitor that it has finished deleting the old plan data from a specific table. The Snapshot Delete Worker does so by updating the appropriate columns in the database and issuing a database commit, instead of relying on hardware-dependent techniques such as signals or sockets. The Snapshot Monitor can then query those columns to receive the message that the data has been deleted and can launch the Loader Worker. Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning also uses an Oracle Server feature, database pipes, as a port independent mechanism of asynchronous communication. For example, when the Snapshot Monitor needs to communicate the next task to be executed to the Memory-based Snapshot or the Memory-based Snapshot Workers, it places the task number on a pipe. The Memory-based Snapshot and its Workers listen to the pipe to receive the task number. After the execution of the task,
14-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
they use the same mechanism to communicate the completion of task to the Snapshot Monitor. See also Memory-based Planning Engine.
Therefore, both single processor or multiprocessor machines may benefit from distributing tasks across multiple processes. However, a multiple processor machine may be able to distribute the tasks across more processors before realizing performance degradation. How Many Processes to Launch? There is no single answer to how many processes to launch. Performance depends upon many factors, such as:
What other processes will be running? How many users are logged on? How much memory does the machine have? How many processors does the machine have? What is the data distribution? Does data entry occur all at once, or is data at a relatively constant rate throughout the day?
The best approach is to experiment. For example, first try running the snapshot with three workers, then increase the number of workers. Assuming other factors are not skewing the results, determine which option provides the best results.
Snapshot
The Snapshot takes a copy, or "snapshot," of all the information used by the planning processes so that the planning processes can operate on a picture of the data frozen at a point in time, and report against that snapshot at any future time. Snapshot Tasks The work performed by the Snapshot can be broken down into individual tasks. Some tasks involve copying information into the MRP tables, such as inventory quantities, master schedule data, discrete jobs, purchase orders, and repetitive schedules. Other tasks involve deleting information from tables. For example, the information in the MRP discrete job table needs to be deleted before MRP can reload the latest information. Many of the tasks are independent of one another; for example, you can load inventory information at the same time you load discrete job information. The Snapshot launches workers to run these tasks concurrently. When the Snapshot runs, it populates the Snapshot Task table with all the tasks that need to be executed. Each task has a start date and a completion date. The values of those columns indicate the status of the tasks. A task with a null start date and null completion date has not been executed yet. A task with a value for the start date but no value for the completion date is currently being processed. A task with values for the start date and for the completion date has been processed. The Snapshot looks at these columns to determine which task should be processed next. Some tasks may be dependent upon other tasks. For example, you must delete from the MRP discrete job table before you reinsert values for the latest picture of the discrete jobs; or, you must load information on current repetitive schedules before you can calculate information on current aggregate repetitive schedules. The Snapshot ensures that independent tasks are processed before the tasks that depend upon them are
14-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
processed. Read Consistency Certain tasks require a database lock to guarantee a consistent read. For example, discrete job information and inventory quantities require a lock on the inventory transactions table to guarantee a consistent read. Consider the situation where you have a subinventory with a quantity of 100 units, and a discrete job for 25 units. Between the time the Snapshot reads the inventory information and the time the Snapshot reads the discrete job information, 10 units are completed from the job. The Snapshot needs to guarantee that it populates the MRP tables with inventory of 100 and discrete job quantity of 25, or inventory for 110 and discrete job quantity of 15. Because each task may be processed by independent processes, the Snapshot cannot guarantee that both tasks are executed at the same time. Therefore, by locking the inventory transactions table, the Snapshot guarantees a consistent read. Each task has an attribute which indicates whether the Snapshot needs to have acquired the table lock before the task can be completed. Once the locks have been acquired by the Snapshot, those tasks that require a lock are given highest priority, so that the time the tables are locked is minimized. Once all tasks requiring locks have been completed, the Snapshot releases the locks. Sometimes it is not necessary to guarantee read consistency. For example, if you are running the planning processes for simulation purposes to estimate medium-term and long-term trends in your material requirements, it may not be necessary to guarantee read consistency. Therefore, you may want to run the planning processes with Snapshot Lock Tables turned off, so that you do not need to restrict or limit other users from performing transactions. Memory-based Planning Engine One of the advantages of the Memory-based Planning Engine is its ability to get a consistent image of all planning data without locking users out of the system. The planning engine accomplishes this with the Oracle Server feature called "set transaction read-only." With this option, you do not need to lock tables for the duration of the planning run. To ensure total consistency, you need only synchronize the times when the Snapshot Workers and the Memory-based Snapshot execute the set transaction feature. You can achieve two degrees of read consistency under the Memory-based Planning Engine. Set the Snapshot Lock Tables field to Yes to force the Snapshot Workers and the Memory-based Snapshot to execute the set transaction feature simultaneously. Locking tables gives you the highest degree of data consistency, but you cannot perform any transactions while this lock is on. If you set the Snapshot Lock Tables field to No, the Snapshot Workers and the Memory-based Snapshot may execute the set transaction feature at different times. There is a remote possibility of some inconsistencies with this method. Snapshot Configuration You can configure the Snapshot to determine how many Snapshot Workers to launch
when you define the MRP: Snapshot Workers profile option. See Profile Options. This provides the capability to perform multiple tasks in parallel. This is a function of the hardware running your processes and the number of Standard Managers you have in your Oracle Applications.
This is a detailed explanation of the Snapshot Process logic under the Standard Planning Engine:
1.
Launch X Snapshot Workers via the Concurrent Manager, where X is the number of Snapshot Workers to launch, as defined by the profile option MRP: Snapshot Workers. Did the user specify to lock tables? If not, go to Step 6. Try to lock tables to guarantee a consistent read. Were we able to lock the tables? If No, check to see if we have exceeded the amount of time specified by the user to wait for the table locks. The user specified a length of time to wait for the table locks.
2. 3. 4.
5.
14-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
6.
Create the lock file. The existence of the lock file signals to the workers that they can execute tasks requiring a table lock, as well as those that do not. Keep looping until all tasks that require table locks have been completed. All tasks requiring a lock have completed. Therefore, there is no need to keep the locks. Issue a database commit to free the table locks. Are there any tasks that have not yet been executed and do not have tasks upon which they are dependent that have not yet completed? If so, execute those tasks.
7. 8.
9.
10. Are there any other tasks to execute? If Yes, those tasks are waiting for the tasks
upon which they are dependent to complete. Loop back and try again.
11. Loop until the workers complete. 12. Check the completion status of the workers. If any of the workers exited with error,
The above diagram illustrates the Snapshot Worker Process logic. Below is a detailed explanation of the logic.
1.
Check for the existence of the lock file. If the lock file exists, the Snapshot was able to acquire table locks. Therefore, tasks requiring table locks may be executed. Are there tasks that have not yet been executed, that require a table lock, and do not have tasks upon which they are dependent that have not yet completed? If so, execute those tasks. Are there any tasks that have not yet been executed, and do not have tasks upon which they are dependent that have not yet completed? If yes, execute those tasks. Have all tasks that require table locks been completed? If not, pause and return to
2.
3.
4.
14-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
MRP: Snapshot Workers. See Profile Options. See Also: Defining Managers and Their Work Shifts, in Oracle Applications User's Guide Phases of the Planning Process Overview of the Memory-based Planning Engine Snapshot Locking Tables Within the Snapshot Available to Promise
Planning Manager
The Planning Manager periodically performs many tasks that require processing rows in an interface table. These are tasks such as forecast consumption, master production schedule consumption, forecast interface load, schedule interface load, and master demand schedule relief. The Planning Manager has been designed to: Process the work itself, if there are only a few rows to process, rather than incurring the overhead of launching a new concurrent program. Divide the work across one or more Planning Manager Worker processes if there are many rows to process. Launch more Planning Manager Workers when there are more rows to process, and fewer workers when there are fewer rows to process. Avoid delaying the processing of one task due to another task. For example, relief of the master production schedule should not be delayed because the Planning Manager is busy processing rows for forecast consumption. Allow the user to configure the Planning Manager.
You can configure the Planning Manager to control how it divides the rows to be processed, and across how many processes those rows are divided. You can define the following profile options: MRP: Planning Manager Batch Size MRP: Planning Manager Workers
14-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
The Planning Manager and Planning Manager Workers perform the following tasks: Consume the master production schedule when work orders or purchase orders are created Consume the master demand schedule when sales orders have shipped Consume the forecast when sales orders are entered Load forecasts from outside systems when rows are inserted into the interface table from an outside system Load master schedules from outside systems when rows are inserted into the interface table from an outside system
See also Starting the Planning Manager. This is a detailed explanation of the Planning Manager Worker Process logic:
1.
Update rows in the interface table where the status indicates that they are waiting to be processed. Update at most X rows, where X is the value of the profile option MRP: Planning Manager Batch Size. Check to see if any rows were updated in Step 1. If not, there are no rows waiting to be processed. Were the number of rows updated in Step 1 equal to the batch size? If not, all the remaining rows in the interface table can be processed by this process. If the number of rows updated equals the batch size, there could be more rows to process. Go to Step 4 to try to launch a Snapshot Worker. The number of rows updated never exceeds the batch size, because we have limited the update in Step 1 to be less than or equal to the batch size number of rows. It is possible that occasionally Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP launches a Snapshot Worker unnecessarily if the number of rows processed exactly matches the batch size. This is not a serious problem, however, as that extra worker simply wakes up, sees there is nothing to process, and exits. Is the number of Planning Manager Workers running or pending less than the maximum number of workers? If yes, launch a Planning Manager Worker. Otherwise, do not launch a new Planning Manager Worker. Process the rows that were updated in Step 1 according to the type of task being performed. If any errors occur during processing, update the status of the row to " Error". Otherwise, update the status of the row to "Processed". Is this process the Planning Manager or a Planning Manager Worker? If this is the Planning Manager Worker, loop back to Step 1 and try to grab another set of rows
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
to process. If this is the Planning Manager itself that is running, there should be no more rows to process. Do not grab more rows, as that may cause a delay in processing other tasks.
9.
If this is the Planning Manager, move on to the next task to process. If there are no other tasks to process this cycle, resubmit the Planning Manager to wake up again after the interval of time set in the profile option. If this is a Planning Manager Worker, terminate the program.
14-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
A
Tools Menu
This appendix covers the following topics: Tools Menu
Tools Menu
This appendix shows you the options available from the Tools menu
Tools Menu
Depending upon the currently active window and other conditions, the Tools menu includes:
Work Dates Week Start Dates Period Start Dates Repetitive Period Start Dates Preferences Displays work dates. Displays work dates that are the beginning of the work period. Displays work dates that are the beginning of the week. Displays work dates that are the beginning of the repetitive planning period. Navigates to the Preferences window where you can define your display options for the horizontal plan and supply/demand detail. Navigates to the Horizontal Plan window, where you can view current supply/demand information for a list of items.
Navigates to the Enterprise View window, where you can view a summary of current supply/demand information. Supply Chain Planning users can also include information from multiple organizations when the current plan is a multiorg plan and the current organization generated the plan. Navigates to the View On Hand Quantities window where you can view quantities for items along with project and task references, nettable and nonnettable quantities, and subinventory locations. This gives you a more detailed picture of nettable and nonnettable quantities than the Items window. Navigates to the Launch Copy Plan window. Once you have generated an MPS, MRP, or DRP plan, you can make a copy that is identical to the original You can then view, implement, and replan either version, discarding the altered plan at any time and preserving the original data. Navigates to the Plan Status window. Information for the plan referenced is presented in 3 tabbed regions allowing you to view current and last options submitted, along with date information. Navigates to the SupplierItem Attribute window. Information in Oracle Purchasing. In this window you can define the supplier capacity, processing lead times, the Delivery Calendar pattern, and tolerance fence data.
On Hand
Copy Plan
Plan Status
SupplierItem Information
See Also Defining Your Display Preferences Overview of Workday Calendar, Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Viewing Onhand Quantities Making a Copy of a Completed Plan Defining the Supplier/Item, Oracle Purchasing User's Guide Defining the Supplier and Commodity/Item Combination, Oracle Purchasing User's Guide Kanban Tools Menu
A-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
B
Windows and Navigator Paths
This appendix covers the following topics: Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning Windows and Navigator Paths
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning Windows and Navigator Paths
Windows and paths specific to Master Scheduling/MRP appear in italic. Windows and paths specific to Supply Chain Planning appear in bold. Although your system administrator may have customized your navigator, typical navigational paths include the following: Note: Text in brackets ([ ]) indicates a button. For windows described in other manuals:
See... Refer to this manual for a complete window description BOM CST Flex GL HR Oracle Bills of Material User's Guide Oracle Cost Management User's Guide Oracle Applications Flexfields Manual Oracle General Ledger User's Guide Oracle Human Resources User's Guide
IN PO SYS User
Oracle Inventory User's Guide Oracle Purchasing User's Guide Oracle System Administrator's Guide Oracle Applications User's Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Available Resources Bill of Distribution Change Organization Compare Kanban Plans Navigation Path MRP > Workbench > [Resources] > [Availability] Sourcing > Bills of Distribution Other > Change Organization Kanban > Kanban Planning > Kanban Planner Workbench [Compare] DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Components] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Components] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Components] Other > Request > Open Other > Request Consume Forecast Set Forecast > Consume Set Forecast > Items [Consume] Forecast > Sets [Consume] Copy/Merge Forecast Forecast > Copy Forecast > Sets [Copy/Merge Forecast]
Components
B-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path Forecast > Items [Copy/Merge] DEMAND_CLASS Lookups 1 29 Destinations Setup > Demand Class DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Destinations] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Destinations] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Destinations] DRP > Names DRP Planner Workbench DRP > Workbench DRP > View Plan End Assemblies DRP > Workbench [Items] > [End Assemblies] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [End Assemblies] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [End Assemblies] Enterprise View DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Enterprise View] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Enterprise View] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Enterprise View] Exceptions DRP > View Plan [Exceptions] DRP > Workbench [Exceptions] Inquiry > MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] Inquiry > MRP > Workbench [Exceptions] MPS > View Plan > Status [Exceptions]
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] MRP > View Plan > Status [Exceptions] Exception Details DRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Exception Details] DRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Exception Details] Inquiry > MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Exception Details] Inquiry > MRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Exception Details] MPS > View Plan > Status [Exceptions] > [Exception Details] MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Exception Details] MRP > View Plan > Status [Exceptions] Exception Summary DRP > View Plan [Exceptions] DRP > Workbench [Exceptions] Inquiry > MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] Inquiry > MRP > Workbench [Exceptions] MPS > View Plan > Status [Exceptions] MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] MRP > View Plan > Status [Exceptions] MRP > Workbench [Exceptions] Find Items DRP > Workbench [Items]
B-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path MRP > Workbench [Items] MPS > Workbench [Items] Find Supply/Demand DRP > Workbench [Supply/Demand] MRP > Workbench [Supply/Demand] MPS > Workbench [Supply/Demand] Forecast > Entries [Bucketed] Forecast > Items [Bucketed] Forecast > Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] Forecast > View Entries [Bucketed] Forecast > View Items [Bucketed] Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] Inquiry > Forecast > View Entries [Bucketed] Inquiry > Forecast > View Items [Bucketed] Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] Forecast > Entries [Bucketed] [Detail] > [Consumptions] Forecast > Entries [Consumptions] Forecast > Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Consumptions]
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path Forecast > Items [Detail] > [Consumptions] Forecast > Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] [Detail] > [Consumptions] Forecast > Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Detail] [Consumptions] Forecast > View Entries [Consumptions] Forecast > View Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] [Consumptions] Forecast > View Items [Detail] > [Consumptions] Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] [Detail] > [Consumptions] Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Detail] [Consumptions] Inquiry > Forecast > View Entries [Consumptions] Inquiry > Forecast > View Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] [Consumptions] Inquiry > Forecast > View Items [Detail] > [Consumptions] Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] [Detail] > [Consumptions] Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Detail] [Consumptions] Forecast > Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] Forecast > Items [Detail]
B-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path Forecast > Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] [Detail] Forecast > Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Detail] Forecast > View Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] Forecast > View Items [Detail] Forecast > View Sets [Detail] Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] [Detail] Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] > [Detail] Inquiry > Forecast > View Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] Inquiry > Forecast > View Items [Detail] Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets [Bucketed] > [Detail] Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets [Detail] Forecast > Items Forecast > Sets [Forecast Items] Forecast > Sets [Forecast Set Items] Forecast > View Items Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Items] Inquiry > Forecast > View Items
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Items] Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets [Forecast Set Items] Forecast > Sets Forecast > View Sets Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets Forecast > Source List Generate Forecast Horizontal Plan Forecast > Generate DRP > Workbench [Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] DRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Horizontal Plan] DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Destinations] [Horizontal Plan] DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Horizontal Plan] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Sources] [Horizontal Plan] DRP > Workbench [Supply/Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] DRP > Workbench [Supply] > [Horizontal Plan] MPS > Workbench [Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Horizontal Plan] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Destinations] [Horizontal Plan]
B-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Horizontal Plan] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Sources] [Horizontal Plan] MPS > Workbench [Supply/Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] MPS > Workbench [Supply] > [Horizontal Plan] MRP > Workbench [Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] MRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Horizontal Plan] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Destinations] [Horizontal Plan] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Horizontal Plan] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Sources] [Horizontal Plan] MRP > Workbench [Supply/Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] MRP> Workbench [Supply] > [Horizontal Plan] Item Forecast Entries Forecast > Entries Forecast > View Entries Inquiry > Forecast > View Entries Item Master Demand Schedule Entries Inquiry > MDS > View Entries
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Item Master Production Schedule Entries Navigation Path Inquiry > MPS > View Entries
MPS > Entries MPS > View Entries Items DRP > Workbench [Items] DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Destinations] [Items] DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Sources] [Items] MPS > Workbench > [Items] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Destinations] [Items] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Sources] [Items] MRP > Workbench [Items] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Destinations] [Items] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Sources] [Items] Kanban Details Kanban > Kanban Planning > Kanban Planner Workbench [Details] Kanban > Kanban Planning > Kanban Names Kanban > Kanban Planning > Kanban Planner Workbench DRP > Launch DRP > Names [Launch] Launch DRP Copy Plan DRP > Launch Copy Plan
B-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path DRP > Workbench > Launch Copy Plan Launch Kanban Kanban > Kanban Planning > Launch Kanban > Kanban Planning > Kanban Names > [Launch] Launch MPS MPS > Launch MPS > Names [Launch] Launch MPS Copy Plan MPS > Launch Copy Plan MPS > Workbench > Launch Copy Plan Launch Supply Chain MPS Copy Plan MPS > Launch Copy Plan
MPS > Workbench > Launch Copy Plan Launch MRP MRP > Launch MRP > Names [Launch] Launch MRP Copy Plan MRP > Launch Copy Plan MRP > Workbench > Launch Copy Plan Launch Supply Chain MRP Copy Plan MRP > Launch Copy Plan
MRP > Workbench > Launch Copy Plan Load/Copy/Merge Master Demand Schedule MDS > Items [Load/Copy/Merge]
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Load/Copy/Merge Master Production Schedule Master Demand Schedule Bucketed Entries Navigation Path MPS > Load/Copy/Merge MPS
Inquiry > MDS > View Entries [Bucketed] MDS > Entries [Bucketed] MDS > Items [Bucketed] MDS > View Entries [Bucketed] MDS > View Items [Bucketed] Master Demand Schedule Entries Inquiry > MDS > View Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] Inquiry > MDS > View Items [Detail] MDS > Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] MDS > Items [Detail] MDS > View Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] MDS > View Items [Detail] Master Demand Schedule Items Inquiry > MDS > View Items MDS > Items MDS > View Items Master Demand Schedule Reliefs Inquiry > MDS > View Entries [Reliefs] Inquiry > MDS > View Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Reliefs]
B-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path Inquiry > MPS > View Items [Detail] > [Reliefs] MPS > Entries [Reliefs] MPS > Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] [Reliefs] MPS > Items [Detail] > [Reliefs] MPS > View Entries [Reliefs] MPS > View Items [Bucketed] > [Detail] [Reliefs] MPS > View Items [Detail] > [Reliefs] Master Production Schedule Source List Master Production Schedules MPS Planner Workbench MPS > Source List
MPS > Names Inquiry > MPS > Workbench MPS > View Plan MPS > Workbench
MRP > Names Inquiry > MRP > Workbench MRP > Workbench MRP > View Plan
Other > Profile DRP > Options DRP > Names [Options]
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path MPS > Options MPS > Names [Options] MRP > Options MRP > Names [Options] DRP > View Plan Status [Plan Organizations] DRP > Workbench [Options] > [Plan Organizations] DRP > Names [Options] > [Plan Organizations] MPS > View Plan Status [Plan Organizations] MPS > Workbench [Options] > [Plan Organizations] MPS > Names [Options] > [Plan Organizations] MRP > View Plan Status [Plan Organizations] MRP > Workbench [Options] > [Plan Organizations] MRP > Names [Options] > [Plan Organizations] Plan Status DRP > View Plan Status DRP > Workbench [Status] Inquiry > MPS > Status Inquiry > MRP > Status MPS > View Plan Status MPS > Workbench [Status]
Plan Organizations
B-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path MRP > View Plan Status MRP > Workbench [Status] Planner Tasks DRP > Workbench [Status] > [Planner Tasks] DRP > View Plan Status [Planner Tasks] Inquiry > MPS > Status [Planner Tasks] Inquiry > MRP > Status [Planner Tasks] MPS > View Plan Status [Planner Tasks] MPS > Workbench [Status] > [Planner Tasks] MRP > View Plan Status [Planner Tasks] MRP > Workbench [Status] > [Planner Tasks] Planning Exception Sets PLANNING_GROUP Lookups Planning Manager Planning Parameters Request Diagnostics (See User) Resource Setup > Exception Set Setup > Planning Group Setup > Planning Manager Setup > Parameters Help Menu: View My Requests > Diagnostics DRP > Workbench > [Resource] MRP > Workbench [Resource] MRP > Workbench [Exceptions] [Resource] SHIP_METHOD QuickCodes (See IN) Setup > Ship Method
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Snapshot Tasks Navigation Path DRP > Workbench > Status [Snapshot Tasks] DRP > View Plan > Status [Snapshot Tasks] DRP > View Plan Status [Snapshot Tasks] Inquiry > MPS > Status [Snapshot Tasks] Inquiry > MPS > Workbench [Snapshot Tasks] Inquiry > MRP > Status [Snapshot Tasks] Inquiry > MRP > Workbench [Snapshot Tasks] MPS > View Plan > Status [Snapshot Tasks] MPS > View Plan Status [Snapshot Tasks] MPS > Workbench > Status [Snapshot Tasks] MRP > View Plan > Status [Snapshot Tasks] MRP > View Plan Status [Snapshot Tasks] MRP > Workbench > Status [Snapshot Tasks] Sources DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Sources] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Sources] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Sources] Sourcing Rule/Bill of Distribution Sourcing > Bills of Distribution Sourcing > Sourcing Rules Sourcing > View Sourcing Rules
B-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Sourcing Rule/Bill of Distribution Assignments Navigation Path Sourcing > Assign Sourcing Rule/BOD
Sourcing > View Assignments Subinventory Netting DRP > Names [Options] > [Subinventory Netting] DRP > View Plan Status [Plan Organizations] [Subinventory Netting] DRP > Names [Options] > [Plan Organizations] [Subinventory Netting] MPS > Names [Options] > [Subinventory Netting] MPS > Names [Options] > [Plan Organizations] [Subinventory Netting] MPS > View Plan Status [Plan Organizations] [Subinventory Netting] MRP > Names [Options] > [Subinventory Netting] MRP > Names [Options] > [Plan Organizations] [Subinventory Netting] MRP > View Plan Status [Plan Organizations] [Subinventory Netting] Submit Requests (See User) Report Inquiry > Report Supply/Demand Detail DRP > View Plan [Demand] DRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Demand] DRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply/Demand]
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path DRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply] DRP > View Plan [Items] > [Demand] DRP > View Plan [Items] > [Supply/Demand] DRP > View Plan [Items] > [Supply] DRP > View Plan [Supply/Demand] DRP > Workbench [Demand] DRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Demand] DRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Supply/Demand] DRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Supply] DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Demand] DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Supply/Demand] DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Supply] DRP > Workbench [Supply/Demand] DRP > Workbench [Supply] Inquiry: MRP > View Plan [Demand] Inquiry: MRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Demand] Inquiry: MRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply/Demand] Inquiry: MRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply] Inquiry: MRP > View Plan [Items] > [Demand]
B-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path Inquiry: MRP > View Plan [Items] > [Supply/Demand] Inquiry: MRP > View Plan [Items] > [Supply] Inquiry: MRP > View Plan [Supply/Demand] Inquiry: MRP > View Plan [Supply] MRP > View Plan [Demand] MRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Demand] MRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply/Demand] MRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply/Demand] MRP > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply] MRP > View Plan [Items] > [Demand] MRP > View Plan [Items] > [Supply/Demand] MRP > View Plan [Items] > [Supply] MRP > View Plan [Supply/Demand] MRP > View Plan [Supply] MRP > Workbench [Demand] MRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Demand] MRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Supply/Demand] MRP > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Supply] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Demand]
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Supply/Demand] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Supply] MRP > Workbench [Supply/Demand] MRP > Workbench [Supply] Inquiry: MPS > View Plan [Demand] Inquiry: MPS > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Demand] Inquiry: MPS > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply/Demand] Inquiry: MPS > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply] Inquiry: MPS > View Plan [Items] > [Demand] Inquiry: MPS > View Plan [Items] > [Supply/Demand] Inquiry: MPS > View Plan [Items] > [Supply] Inquiry: MPS > View Plan [Supply/Demand] Inquiry: MPS > View Plan [Supply] MPS > View Plan [Demand] MPS > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Demand] MPS > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply/Demand] MPS > View Plan [Exceptions] > [Supply] MPS > View Plan [Items] > [Demand] MPS > View Plan [Items] > [Supply/Demand]
B-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path MPS > View Plan [Items] > [Supply] MPS > View Plan [Supply/Demand] MPS > View Plan [Supply] MPS > Workbench [Demand] MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Demand] MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Supply/Demand] MPS > Workbench [Exceptions] > [Supply] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Demand] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Supply/Demand] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Supply] MPS > Workbench [Supply/Demand] MPS > Workbench [Supply] View Bill of Distribution View Kanban Demand Sourcing > View Bills of Distribution Kanban > Kanban Planning > Kanban Planner Workbench > [Demand] Kanban > Kanban Planning > Kanban Planner Workbench > [Details] > [Demand] View My Requests (See User) View My Requests (See User) Help Menu: View My Requests DRP > Workbench [Items]Tools menu >Onhand MPS > Workbench > [Items]Tools menu >Onhand
Material Planner, Supply Chain Planner, and Distribution Planner Responsibility Window Name Navigation Path MRP > Workbench [Items] Tools menu >Onhand View Sourcing Assignment Hierarchy View Sourcing Rule View Sourcing Rule/Bill of Distribution Assignments Sourcing > View Sourcing Hierarchy
Sourcing > View Sourcing Rules Sourcing > View Assignments [View Sourcing Rule]
Sourcing > View Sourcing Hierarchy [View BOD/Sourcing Rule] Sourcing > View Assignments [View Supply Chain Bill] Sourcing > View Supply Chain Bill Where Used DRP > Workbench [Items] > [Where Used] MPS > Workbench [Items] > [Where Used] MRP > Workbench [Items] > [Where Used]
B-22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
C
Alerts
This appendix covers the following topics: Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning Alerts
Alerts C-1
Inputs Distribution
See Also Overview of Oracle Alert, Oracle Alert User's Guide Using Precoded Alerts, Oracle Alert User's Guide
C-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
D
Customized Find Windows
This appendix covers the following topics: Customized Find Windows
Navigate to the Find window Enter a search criteria in the Field field. This will direct the search to that column in the relevant table. Enter an operator in the Condition field. You can choose from a list of valid operators that determine the conditions you want the data records to satisfy. Depending on the type of condition you enter, you may be required to enter a single value (in the From field) or a range of criterion values (in the From and To fields). Criterion values may be numbers or character strings. When you have finished entering your search string, choose Find to start the query.
3.
4.
D-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
1. 2. 3. 4.
Navigate to the Planner Workbench window. Select a plan name. Optionally, select a planner. Choose Exceptions to display the Find Exceptions window
The Find Exceptions window allows you to search for the following information: Buyer: any valid buyer name Category: any valid category name (family and class) Exceptions: any of the unacceptable planning conditions identified during the planning process Item: a single item or range of items Organization: any valid organization name
Note: If you search a mutli-org plan for organizations other than
the one you are logged into, you must be logged into the organization that generated the plan; otherwise, otherwise you can search only for your current organization.
Planner: any valid planner name Planning Group: any valid planning group name Project: any valid project reference Task: any valid task ID
Note: Planning Group, Project and Task criteria match only those
exceptions that contain project references. These exceptions are Items with a shortage in a project, Items with excess inventory in a project
To retrieve all records, leave all fields blank and choose Find. The retrieve a subset of records, enter a search string. You can use just one string in your search (containing a criterion, an operator, and a value), or you can enter several strings to refine your search. Once you have entered at least one string, containing a field name, a condition, and (optionally) a value, choose Find to start your search. Optionally, choose a folder to import a previously defined search strings and start the search.
7.
8.
D-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Supply/Demand Find Window Using Query Find, Oracle Applications User's Guide Using Query Operators, Oracle Applications User's Guide
Navigate to the Planner Workbench window. Select a plan name. Choose Item to display the Find Items window (mrp_fitems.gif)
The Find Items window allows you to search for the following information:
Item Details ABC Class Buyer Category BOM Item Type Exception Set Forecast Control MRP Planning Method Make or Buy Organization
Item Details Item Planner Repetitive Nettable Quantity Standard Cost Nonnettable quantity WIP Supply Type -
4. 5.
To retrieve all records, leave all fields blank and choose Find. To retrieve a subset of records, enter a search string. You can use just one string in your search (containing a criterion, an operator, and a value), or you can enter several strings to refine your search. Once you have entered at least one string, containing a field name, a condition, and (optionally) a value, choose Find to start your search. Optionally, choose a folder to import a previously defined search strings and start the search.
6.
7.
See Also Reviewing Item Planning Information Supply/Demand Find Window Using Query Find, Oracle Applications User's Guide Using Query Operators, Oracle Applications User's Guide
Demand windows.
1. 2. 3.
Navigate to the Planner Workbench window. Select a plan name. Optionally, select a planner. When you open the planner Workbench and navigate to one of the details windows (such as items or exceptions), you will be asked if you want select a planner. Doing so may improve workbench performance, however you will be asked to select a planner once for each session in the workbench.
D-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
4.
The Find Supply/Demand window allows you to search for the following information:
Supply/Demand Details Firm Category Item Line Planner Organization Repetitive Rescheduled Source Supplier Supplier WIP Supply Type BOM Item Type Compression Days First Unit Start Date First Unit Completion Date Last Unit Start Date Last Unit Completion Date Project Number Quantity in Process Quantity/Rate Selected to Release Source supplier Site Disposition Status Type Days from Today Implemented Quantity MRP Planning Method Make or Buy New Due Date New Quantity Old Due Date Old Order Quantity Source Organization Using Assembly
5.
To retrieve all records, leave all fields blank and choose Find.
6.
The retrieve a subset of records, enter a search string. You can use just one string in your search (containing a criterion, an operator, and a value), or you can enter several strings to refine your search. Once you have entered at least one string, containing a field name, a condition, and (optionally) a value, choose Find to start your search. Optionally, choose a folder to import a previously defined search strings and start the search.
7.
8.
See Also Reviewing Supply and Demand Supply and Demand Fields Items Find Window Using Query Operators, Oracle Applications User's Guide
D-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
E
Workflow - Planning Exception Messages
This appendix covers the following topics: Planning Exception Messages Workflow
You can view or modify this workflow in the Oracle Workflow Builder. See Oracle Workflow Guide.
See Also Customizing the Planning Exception Messages Process: The Planning Exception Messages Item Type Summary of Planning Exception Messages Activities Summary of Exception Process 1
Choose Open from the File menu, and connect to the database. See: Opening and Saving Item Types, Oracle Workflow Guide. The display name of the exception messages workflow is Planning Exception Messages. The name of its Workflow definition file is mrpexpwf.wft
E-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
2.
Expand the data source, then the Exception Message branch within that data source. Expand the Processes branch, then choose the Exception Process activity to display the diagram.
3.
Required Modifications
There are no required modifications you need to make to this workflow.
You can add new item type attributes to the workflow, but it is not advisable to modify the existing attributes. Processes If you modify a process, it is essential that the basic flow remain intact in order to maintain data integrity in the database. However, you could add additional checks (processes or function activities) before allowing data to be inserted into the tables. If you modify any process, either by replacing a portion of its flow or by adding additional function activities, remember the following: Attributes that are set by default function activities in the default processes must also be set if you replace default function activities with ones of your own. That is, if a function activity in that process uses a SetItemAttr statement, then that function activity is setting an attribute to be used by another function activity later. Therefore, your new function activity must do the same. You should also preserve SetItemUserKey and SetItemOwner statements, if any (You may also want to preserve GetItemAttrstatements.) Any database state maintained by the default processes must also be maintained by processes you customize. That is, if a function activity in that process uses an Update or Insert. Into statement, then that function activity is updating or inserting rows in the database. Therefore, your new function activity must maintain the same database state. Notifications All of the notifications can be modified to meet your individual business needs. However, if the notification has a reply code, you must make sure that the Result Type of your customized notification matches the Result Type of the default notification. Messages All of the messages can be modified to meet your individual business needs. For a list of the types of exceptions that may occur when you run your plan. See: Reviewing Planning Exceptions, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User's Guide. Messages are sent to particular recipients depending on the exception type. For example, in Process 3 of the Planning Exception Messages workflow, exception types 13 and 15 are sent at Node 5 after a planner is found. See:Summary of Exception Process 3, Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planners User's Guide. To view messages by exception types, select Messages in the navigator tree, and expand the file. A listing of all the messages in the Planning Exception Messages workflow displays in order of the exception type. Select the message, you can see the text of the message in the Description box. Lookup Types All of the lookup types can be modified to meet your individual business needs.
E-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Note: If you change a lookup type, you must be sure that all
notifications and processes that use the lookup type allow for the change. For example, if you change the lookup type from Yes/No to something else, the activities that use that lookup type should also change their Result Type from Yes/No to whatever new lookup type you created.
If you examine the property page of Planning Exception Messages, you see that it calls a selector function named MRP_EXP_WF. This selector function is an example PL/SQL stored procedure that returns the name of the process to run when more than one process exists for a given item type. The Planning Exception Messages workflow item type also has a listing of attributes associated with it. These attributes reference information in the demonstration application tables. The attributes are used and maintained by function activities as well as notification activities throughout the process. To view descriptions of each item type attribute, select the attribute in the Workflow Builder and choose Properties from the Edit menu. Look in the Description field. Workflow Planning Exception Messages Workflow Type Attributes
Display Name Found/Not Found Order Type Description Message sent to Username of this person. Type of order for the planning exception - values include work order, purchase requisition, purchase order, or other order type. Type Text Number
Description Indicates it the workflow process should continue or terminate Indicates if the order is rescheduled, or not rescheduled
Type -
Reschedule Action
Text
E-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
At Node 4 the process attempts to select a planner based on plan, organization, and item. If a planner is not found, the process ends at Node 5. If the planner is selected, at Node 6 the workflow process directs the exception message to that person. When the message is sent, the activity is complete and the process ends at Node 7.
Workflow Process Forward (Node 2) This function activity determines if the workflow process should proceed. If the plan option Production is checked on the MRP, MPS, or DRP Names window; the process continues. If not, it is terminated. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.DETERMINPROCEED
Result Type - Yes/No Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - None Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function PLAN_NAME_ORGANIZATION_ID
End (Node 3, 5, 7) This is a standard function activity that marks the end of the process. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOOP Result Type - None Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Start Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Select Planner (Node 4) This function activity determines the planner who will receives notification based on plan, organization and item. This activity also selects the appropriate message to be sent based on exception type. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.SELECTPLANNER Result Type - Found/Not Found Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - None Item Attributes Set by Function - MESSAGE_NAME, FORWARD_TO_USERNAME Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - PLAN_NAME, ORGANIZATION_ID, INVENTORY_ITEM_ID, EXCEPTION_TYPE_ID,ORDER_TYPE_CODE
Notify Exception (Node 6) This function activity calls a standard function which allows dynamic selection of messages under one notification activity. The required activity attribute MESSAGE is
E-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
set to item attribute MESSAGE_NAME which was previously selected in Select Planner node. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOTIFY Result Type - None Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
If the planner is selected, at Node 8 an exception message about the work order is sent. From this point, the planner can reschedule the order, the workflow proceeds to Node 27 for rescheduling procedures, and completes at Node 28. Otherwise, the workflow terminates at Node 9 and the process ends. At Node 4, if the order is a purchase requisition, the process continues to Node 10 and attempts to select a planner. If a planner is not found, the process attempts to find a buyer at Node 13. Otherwise, the process ends at Node 14. If a planner is selected, at Node 11 the workflow process directs the exception message to that person. The planner can move the information to the buyer at Node 13, or end the process at Node 12. If a planner is not found and the buyer is selected at Node 13, the reschedule information is directed to that person at Node 15. If the buyer reschedules the order, the workflow proceeds to Node 27 for rescheduling procedures and completes at Node 28. Otherwise, the process end at Node 16. At Node 4, if the order is a purchase order, the process continues to Node 17 and attempts to select a planner. If a planner is not found, the process attempts first to find a buyer at Node 20. And if that fails, attempts to find a supplier contact at Node 23. Otherwise, the the process ends at Node 21. If a planner is selected, at Node 18 the planner can move the exception message to the buyer at Node 20, or end the process at Node 19. The buyer receives exception information at Node 21, and moves the information to the
E-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
supplier contact at Node 23. Or the supplier contact can receive the information directly from Node 4. Otherwise, the process ends at Node 24. If the workflow proceeds, at Node 25, the reschedule information is sent to Node 27 for rescheduling procedures and completes at Node 28. Otherwise, the process ends at Node 26.
Workflow Process Forward (Node 2) This function activity determines if the workflow process should proceed. If the plan option Production is checked on the MRP, MPS, or DRP Names window; the process continues. If not, it is terminated. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.DETERMINPROCEED Result Type - Yes/No Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - None Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - PLAN_NAME_ORGANIZATION_ID
End (Node 3, 5, 7, 9, 12, 14, 16, 19, 21, 24, 26, 28) This is a standard function activity that marks the end of the process. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOOP
Result Type - None Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Start Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Determine Order Type (Node 4) This function determines the order type defined in the current exception, and serves as a branching point. Valid values for order types are work orders, purchase requisitions, purchase order, and others. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.DETERMINEORDERTYPE Result Type - Order Type Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - None Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - EXCEPTION_ID, ORDER_TYPE_CODE
Select Planner (Node 6, 10, 17) This function activity determines the planner who will receives notification based on plan, organization and item. This activity also selects the appropriate message to be sent based on exception type. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.SELECTPLANNER Result Type - Found/Not Found Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - None Item Attributes Set by Function - MESSAGE_NAME, FORWARD_TO_USERNAME Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - PLAN_NAME, ORGANIZATION_ID, INVENTORY_ITEM_ID, EXCEPTION_TYPE_ID,ORDER_TYPE_CODE
Select Buyer (Node 13, 20) This function activity determines the buyer who will receives notification, based on plan, organization, and item. This activity also selects the appropriate message to be
E-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
sent based on exception type, thus overriding the message selected in Select Planner function. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.SELECTBUYER Result Type - Found/Not Found Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner Item Attributes Set by Function - MESSAGE_NAME, FORWARD_TO_USERNAME Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - PLAN_NAME, ORGANIZATION_ID, INVENTORY_ITEM_ID, EXCEPTION_TYPE_ID,ORDER_TYPE_CODE
Select Supplier Contact (Node 23) This function activity determines the supplier contact who will receives notification. This activity also selects the appropriate message to be sent based on exception type, thus overriding the message selected in Select Buyer function type. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.SELECTSUPPLIERCNT Result Type - Found/Not Found Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Buyer Item Attributes Set by Function - MESSAGE_NAME, FORWARD_TO_USERNAME Item Attributes Retrieved by Function -EXCEPTION_TYPE_ID,SUPPLIER_ID, SUPPLIER_SITE_ID
Notify Exception/Reschedule - Work Order (Node 8) This function activity calls a standard function which allows dynamic selection of messages under one notification activity. The required activity attribute MESSAGE is set to item attribute MESSAGE_NAME which was previously selected in Select Planner node. Only the messages which contain information related to work orders are selected from this activity. When the notification is reviewed, the recipient responds to it by selecting either Reschedule or Do Not Reschedule. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOTIFY Result Type - Rescheduling Action
Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Notify Exception - Purchase Requisition (Node 11) This function activity calls a standard function which allows dynamic selection of messages under one notification activity. The required activity attribute MESSAGE is set to item attribute MESSAGE_NAME which was previously selected in Select Planner node. Only the messages which contain information related to purchase requisitions are selected from this activity. When the notification is reviewed, the recipient responds to it by selecting either Proceed or Stop. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOTIFY Result Type - Proceed/Stop Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Notify Exception/Reschedule - Purchase Requisition (Node 15) This function activity calls a standard function which allows dynamic selection of messages under one notification activity. The required activity attribute MESSAGE is set to item attribute MESSAGE_NAME which was previously selected in Select Planner node. Only the messages which contain information related to purchase requisitions are selected from this activity. When the notification is reviewed, the recipient responds to it by selecting either Reschedule or Do Not Reschedule. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOTIFY Result Type - Rescheduling Action Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
E-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Notify Exception - Purchase Order (Node 18, 22) This function activity calls a standard function which allows dynamic selection of messages under one notification activity. The required activity attribute MESSAGE is set to item attribute MESSAGE_NAME which was previously selected in Select Planner node. Only the messages which contain information related to purchase orders are selected from this activity. When the notification is reviewed, the recipient responds to it by selecting either Proceed or Stop. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOTIFY Result Type - Proceed/Stop Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner or Select Buyer Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Notify Exception/Reschedule - Purchase Order (Node 25) This function activity calls a standard function which allows dynamic selection of messages under one notification activity. The required activity attribute MESSAGE is set to item attribute MESSAGE_NAME which was previously selected in Select Planner node. Only the messages which contain information related to purchase orders are selected from this activity. When the notification is reviewed, the recipient responds to it by selecting either Reschedule or Do Not Reschedule. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOTIFY Result Type - Rescheduling Action Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Buyer Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Rescheduling Procedure (Node 27) This function activity performs a rescheduling/cancellation of work order and purchase entities generated by the planning process. For order types Work order and Purchase Requisition, both rescheduling and cancellation can be performed. See: Implementing Planned Orders. For Purchase Orders, only rescheduling is performed by launching an Oracle Purchasing workflow. See: Oracle Purchase Order Approval Workflow: page NO TAG.
Function - MRP_EXP_WF.RESCHEDULE Result Type - None Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Notify Exception/Rescheduling (Work Order, Requisition, Purchase Order) Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - EXCEPTION_ID, PLAN_NAME, ORGANIZATION_ID, EXCEPTION_TYPE_ID,ORDER_TYPE_CODE
At Node 4 the process attempts to select a planner based on plan, organization, and item. If a planner is not found, the workflow proceeds first to Node 7 to select a sales representative, and if that fails to Node 9 for a customer contact. Otherwise, it will continue to Node 10 and terminate. If the planner is selected, at Node 5 the workflow process directs the exception message to that person. The planner has the choice of stopping notification and terminating the process at Node 6. Or proceeding and sending notification to the sales representative at Node 7. When the sales representative receives exception information at Node 8, the workflow moves the information to the customer contact at Node 9. If a customer contact is found, the message is sent at Node 11 and the activity is complete and the process ends at Node 12. Otherwise, it will continue to Node 10 and terminate.
E-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Workflow Process Forward (Node 2) This function activity determines if the workflow process should proceed. If the plan option Production is checked on the MRP, MPS, or DRP Names window; the process continues. If not, it is terminated. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.DETERMINPROCEED Result Type - Yes/No Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - None Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - PLAN_NAME_ORGANIZATION_ID
End (Node 3, 6, 10, 12) This is a standard function activity that marks the end of the process. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOOP Result Type - None Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Start
Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Select Planner (Node 4) This function activity determines the planner who will receives notification based on plan, organization, and item. This activity also selects the appropriate message to be sent based on exception type. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.SELECTPLANNER Result Type - Found/Not Found Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - None Item Attributes Set by Function - MESSAGE_NAME, FORWARD_TO_USERNAME Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - PLAN_NAME, ORGANIZATION_ID, INVENTORY_ITEM_ID, EXCEPTION_TYPE_ID,ORDER_TYPE_CODE
Notify Exception (Node 5, 8, 11) This function activity calls a standard function which allows dynamic selection of messages under one notification activity. The required activity attribute MESSAGE is set to item attribute MESSAGE_NAME which was previously selected in Select Planner node. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOTIFY Result Type - None Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Select Sales Representative (Node 7) This function activity determines the sales representative who will receives notification based on plan, organization and item. This activity also selects the appropriate message to be sent based on exception type. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.SELECTSALESREP Result Type - Found/Not Found
E-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner Item Attributes Set by Function - FORWARD_TO_USERNAME Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - CUSTOMER_ID
Select Customer Contact (Node 9) This function activity determines the customer contact who receives notification. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.CUSTOMERCNT Result Type - Found/Not Found Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Sales Representative Item Attributes Set by Function - FORWARD_TO_USERNAME Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - CUSTOMER_ID
At Node 4 the process attempts to select a planner based on plan, organization, and item. If a planner is not found, the workflow proceeds first to Node 6 to select a task/project manager, and if that fails to Node 8 for other recipients. Otherwise, it will continue to Node 9 and terminate. If the planner is selected, at Node 5 the workflow process directs the exception message
to either the task or project manager. If both a task and project manager are found, the notification is only sent to the task manager. At Node 7 the information is passed to Node 8 to determine if more than one task/project manager should receive notification. If another recipient is found at Node 10, the workflow proceeds to Node 12. the message and the activity is complete and the process ends at Node 13. If no other recipient is found, the workflow proceeds directly to Node 13, the activity is complete and the process ends.
Workflow Process Forward (Node 2) This function activity determines if the workflow process should proceed. If the plan option Production is checked on the MRP, MPS, or DRP Names window; the process continues. If not, it is terminated. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.DETERMINPROCEED Result Type - Yes/No Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - None Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - PLAN_NAME_ORGANIZATION_ID
End (Node 3, 9, 11, 13) This is a standard function activity that marks the end of the process.
E-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Function - WF_STANDARD.NOOP Result Type - None Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Start Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Select Planner (Node 4) This function activity determines the planner who will receives notification based on plan, organization and item. This activity also selects the appropriate message to be sent based on exception type. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.SELECTPLANNER Result Type - Found/Not Found Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - None Item Attributes Set by Function - MESSAGE_NAME, FORWARD_TO_USERNAME Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - PLAN_NAME, ORGANIZATION_ID, INVENTORY_ITEM_ID, EXCEPTION_TYPE_ID,ORDER_TYPE_CODE
Notify Exception (Node 5, 7, 12) This function activity calls a standard function which allows dynamic selection of messages under one notification activity. The required activity attribute MESSAGE is set to item attribute MESSAGE_NAME which was previously selected in Select Planner node. Function - WF_STANDARD.NOTIFY Result Type - None Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - None
Select Task/Project Manager (Node 6) This function activity determines the task manager or the project manager who will receives notification based on plan, organization F - 22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User's Guide and item. This activity also selects the appropriate message to be sent based on exception type. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.SELECTTASKMGR Result Type - Found/Not Found Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Planner Item Attributes Set by Function - FORWARD_TO_USERNAME Item Attributes Retrieved by Function EXCEPTION_TYPE_ID,PROJECT_NUMBER, TASK_NUMBER, TO_PROJECT_NUMBER, TO_TASK_NUMBER
Across Projects (Node 6) This function activity determines if more than one task or project manager should receive notification This activity also selects the appropriate message to be sent based on exception type. Function - MRP_EXP_WF.ISTYPE19 Result Type - Yes/No Required - Yes Prerequisite Activities - Select Task/Project Manager Item Attributes Set by Function - None Item Attributes Retrieved by Function - EXCEPTION_TYPE_ID
See Also Overview of Oracle Workflow Access Protection, Oracle Workflow Guide Allowing Access to an Object, Oracle Workflow Guide Reviewing Planning Exception
E-22 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
F
Forecasting - Statistical and Focus
This appendix covers the following topics: Forecasts - Statistical and Focus
Forecast Method Choose to compile a forecast using either focus forecasting or a statistical forecasting method. Demand Sources A forecast rule may apply to demand from any or all of the following: inter-organization issues miscellaneous issues, including account issues, account-alias issues, and user-defined issues sales order shipments work in process issues
Additional Information for Statistical Forecast Rules If the forecast rule is statistical, some additional information may be required: alpha smoothing factor beta smoothing factor, if the forecast is trend-enhanced gamma smoothing factor, if the forecast is season-enhanced initial seasonality indices, if the forecast is season-enhanced number of past periods to use in forecast calculations
Focus Forecasting Methods There are many ways to forecast future demand based on the past. It is sometimes difficult to decide which forecasting method to use. Focus forecasting decides the optimal method for compiling your forecasts. The focus forecasting technique simulates alternate forecasting methods on prior periods for which the actual demand is known. It then chooses the forecasting method that would have produced the most accurate forecast for that period. The following five simple forecasting models are provided: The forecast for this period is the actual demand for the same period last year.
The forecast for this period is the actual demand for the previous period.
F-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
The forecast for this period is the average of the actual demands for the previous two periods.
The forecast for this period is the actual demand for the same period last year multiplied by the growth (or decline) since last year as measured by the ratio of the previous period actual demand to the actual demand for the same period last year.
The forecast for this period is the actual demand for the previous period multiplied by the current growth (or decline) as measured by the ratio of the previous period actual demand to the actual demand for the period before the previous period.
Important: When you use daily time buckets, a week is used instead of
a year in calculating Models 1 and 4. Fifty-two week years are presumed in yearly calculations with weekly time buckets. This means that the same week last year is taken to be the week fifty-two weeks before the current week.
These models are illustrated in the following table. Note that Models 1 and 4 require over a year of historical data while the other three methods can be executed with only two historical periods. Focus forecasting is restricted to only those models where sufficient demand history exists. To evaluate which forecasting model produced the best forecast last period, the absolute percentage error (APE) is calculated for the five forecasts and the forecasting model with the smallest APE is chosen. APE is the ratio of the difference between the actual demand and forecast to the actual demand.
April 260 0
Forecast Model
Error (APE)
1 2 3 4 5
In this table, the forecast for the previous month is calculated for Model 4 as follows:
numbers off to the nearest integer. However, the forecast compile process rounds forecasts off to five decimal places.
F-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Since 5% is the smallest error of the five models, Model 4 is chosen to calculate the April 2001 forecast:
Although focus forecasting is intended to provide a one-period forecast, if a focus forecast is requested for multiple periods, the forecast for the first forecast period is used for all forecast periods. When actual demand information is available for the current period, the focus forecast may be rerun to update the forecast. Statistical Forecasting Methods Statistical forecasting methods provide an alternate method that is based on a more mathematical model called exponential smoothing forecast (ESF) or alpha smoothing forecast. The statistical forecasts available are: Exponential smoothing forecast (ESF) Trend-enhanced forecast (TEF) Season-enhanced forecast (SEF) Trend and season-enhanced forecast (TSEF)
Exponential Smoothing Forecast (ESF) In an ESF, demand is forecast by averaging all the past periods of actual demand and weighs more recent data to give it greater influence over the forecast results than older data. The weights are adjusted according to the exponential function f(x) = e (- ? x) where x is the number of periods past and is a chosen value between 0 and 1. shows the alpha function for three different values of; the larger the-value, the less weight is given to older data and the more the forecast tends to chase the prior periods demand if demand is not smooth.
Rather than calculate the exponential function for every period, it can be shown that the ESF for period t can be easily calculated if we know the ESF for the prior period.
The initial value of ESFt is the actual demand for the prior period, At-1. The table shows these calculations for three different values of.
Period t Actual Demand At 200 220 120 230 260 270 200 218 130 220 256 200 210 165 198 229 200 202 194 197 204 Forecast = 0.9 Demand = 0.5 ESFt = 0.1
1 2 3 4 5 6
F-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
7 8 9
Period 3 was an abnormal period, but otherwise the trend is clearly upward. It can be seen that with the higher alpha, the forecast reacted intensely to the third period, and produced a very low period 4 forecast, but was also faster to correct itself and adjust for the trend. By period 9, the period we are forecasting, the abnormal period 3 has only a negligible effect on the forecast. All three forecasts became more accurate when they had more historical data upon which to draw. It should be noted that, even though the higher alpha adjusted to the trend faster, plain ESF always lags behind the trend by at least one period. Even if the demand in the example had been smooth, all three scenarios would have lagged behind the trend. Trend-Enhanced Forecast (TEF) The statistical forecasting method provides an enhancement to the ESF that allows for trend. The theory behind the trend-enhanced model is that we can take the ESF and add a trend index, R, that reflects the current trend.
The ESF is no longer the forecast. We rename that term the base, Bt; since it is the base value of the forecast to which we add the trend (and, in the case of a season-enhanced forecast, seasonality indices). The formula becomes:
Finally, we need a way to figure out the trend index, Rt. To do this, we need another smoothing factor to smooth out changes in the trend. Similar to ESF, the higher this factor, the more responsive it is to changes in trend. However, it increasingly gets thrown off by abnormal period demand.
The initial value of Rt is the change in demand from two periods ago to the last period, At-1 - A-2.
Period t Actual Demand At 200 220 120 230 260 270 290 270 Forecast 200 210 175 243 266 287 288 20 15 17 18 19 19 17 230 190 226 261 284 306 305 Forecast Base Trend Index Rt Forecast Demand TEFt
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
The table gives an example of forecasting using the trend-enhanced model. The forecast for period 9 is found by first calculating the forecast base value:
F-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
And, finally, adding the two for the period 9 trend-enhanced forecast:
Season-Enhanced Forecast (SEF) In the tables, there was an outlying point in period 3 that threw all the forecasts off. Suppose that the forecasting periods are manufacturing periods and period 3 corresponds to March, when demand for this item has traditionally been low. The forecast should take this into account. This is especially important with highly seasonal goods, such as winter clothing, holiday cards and decorations, and even vaccinations and antibiotics (more people get sick during the winter than summer). To take seasonal demand variations into account, you must first enter seasonality indices for each period indicating how much demand during the period is above or below average. A seasonality index of 2 indicates that demand during this period is twice the average demand. Therefore, an index of 0.5 indicates that demand during this period is half the average demand; 1 means demand is average during this period. If the average seasonality index entered is not equal to 1, Oracle Inventory normalizes the indices so that this is the case. The same kind of logic that is used for adjusting for trend in the TEF is used to adjust for the seasonal variations. Demand is deseasonalized by dividing by the seasonality index for that period, and then exponential smoothing is used to produce a new base value. The base value is then multiplied by the seasonal index for the period being
The seasonality index for the prior season is adjusted using yet another user-specified smoothing factor.
Period t
Actual Demand At
Forecast Base Bt
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1.05 1.00 0.65 0.95 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.15 1.10 190 200 195 210 223 230 238 237 190 130 185 221 245 265 273 260 1.05 0.63 1.02 1.11 1.13 1.18 1.15
This table shows an example of season-enhanced forecasting. Notice how, since a drop in demand was expected in period 3, the forecast dropped in the same period in anticipation. We begin by adjusting last periods seasonality index:
F-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
The period 9 forecast can now be found by calculating the forecast base-value:
When we receive period 9 results we can recalculate period 9s seasonality index and then forecast for period 10. Trend and Season-Enhanced Forecast (TSEF) Despite the seasonal adjustments made in the SEF, there remained a trend element that can be seen in the gradual increase in the forecast base, B. The TEF and the SEF may be combined to make a trend and season-enhanced forecast (TSEF). A combination of the TEF and SEF can be illustrated by showing the formulae and example provided in the previous table. The TSEF uses all three smoothing factors.
Period t
Actual Demand At 200 220 120 230 260 270 290 270 Forecast
Old Season Index St 1.05 1.00 0.65 0.95 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.15 1.10
Forecast Base Bt
Trend Index Rt
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
As with the SEF, we can calculate the new period 8 seasonality index as soon as period 8 results are in.
F-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Add them together and multiply in the seasonality factor to get the period 9 trend and season-enhanced forecast:
G
Memory-based Planning Engine
This appendix covers the following topics: Memory-based Planning Engine Configuring the Memorybased Planning Engine
not necessary to read them to be able to use Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning.
There are eight main features of the Memory-based Planning Engine: enhanced method of low-level code calculation: because component changes from Work in Process and Bill of Material information appear in a single structure, the planning engine performs loop-checking and low-level code calculation in one step database loads performed in parallel, not sequentially
enhanced loop-checking: you can detect loops introduced by discrete and nonstandard job component requirements, and by WIP component changes flexible configuration: you can specify the number of Workers available to perform snapshot tasks, taking advantage of hardware resources locked tables not required: the Memory-based Planning Engine gathers consistent views of supply and demand data without locking users out of the system efficient explosion technique, which occurs alongside the snapshot process reduced number of tasks and simplified process dependencies preprocessing and setup times: the memory-based engine performs netting calculations based on snapshot data in memory
The Memory-based Planning Engine plays a significant role in several functions of Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning. In some cases, the performance of functions and procedures are enhanced by the engine. In other cases, you can perform functions and procedures only when the current plan was generated with the engine. The following list contains all such functions and procedures: auto-release planned orders byproduct planning comparing current and snapshot data full pegging graphical display of planning data net change replan phantom assembly planning supply chain planning
See Also Phases of the Planning Process Processing Steps Processes Snapshot Tasks Read Consistency
G-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Processing Steps
The Memory-based Planning Engine executes the planning run in the following sequence:
1.
Snapshot preprocessing. This is the first step preformed as a part of the Snapshot. It consists of tasks that need to be done prior to the Snapshot. These tasks include calculating repetitive planning periods for all the planned organizations and auto-reducing the master production schedules. Item list determination. This step involves determining the items that will be planned as part of the current planning run. The plan-level option included items determines the items that will be planned. All other Snapshot activities cannot start until this step is complete. Deleting old data. This step consists of cleaning all the snapshot and planner output data from the previous planning run. Creating flat files of snapshot data. This step involves selecting the data from the system tables and writing them to flat files. Since this data is written to flat files, the deletes are not a prerequisite for this task. Loading flat files into the database. This step loads the Snapshot flat files into the MRP Snapshot tables. Snapshot post-processing. This step consists of cleanup activity and execution of the user-defined Snapshot tasks (such as updating item categories and ABC classes) in MRP_SYSTEM_ITEMS. Netting. This step performs the gross-to-net explosion, during which suggested supply orders are generated.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
See Also Phases of the Planning Process Processes Snapshot Tasks Read Consistency Interprocess Communication Configuring the Memory-based Planning Engine
Parallel Processing
When executing the planning run, the above steps are carried out by one or more of the following seven processes: Memory-based snapshot. This is the main Snapshot process. It is launched by the Launch Planning Process form. It's primary task is to prepare the list of planned items and perform the pre- and post-processing steps. Once it performs these steps, the memory-based snapshot behaves like a Snapshot Worker. Snapshot monitor. This controls the rest of the planning process. It is launched by the memory-based snapshot and it in turn launches the snapshot workers, delete workers, loader workers, and the memory-based planner. The number of delete worker launched by the snapshot monitor is determined by the MRP:Snapshot Workers profile option. It launches the Delete Workers after it prepares the list of delete tasks (see Figure 45). The snapshot monitor also maintains a list of snapshot tasks and delete tasks and the current status of each task. It uses this list to provide the next snapshot task to the memory-based snapshot and snapshot workers. It uses the status of the delete tasks to determine if the flat files created by the memory-based snapshot and snapshot workers can be loaded into the database by the loader workers. The snapshot monitor is also responsible for ensuring the read consistency of the data captured by the memory-based snapshot and the snapshot workers. Snapshot workers. The number of these workers launched by the snapshot monitor is based on the MRP:Snapshot Workers profile; setting the number to one makes the Snapshot run as a single-threaded process. The snapshot workers collect data on bills of material, work in process, on-hand quantities, purchasing, firm planned orders, routings and work in process job resource requirements. The snapshot monitor controls the snapshot workers and receives instructions on which tasks to perform next. The snapshot worker places the data into flat files and communicates the completion of the task and the file name to the snapshot monitor. Snapshot delete workers. These workers are launched by the snapshot monitor and delete the planning data from the last planning run. Each worker reads MRP_SNAPSHOT_TASKS to get the next delete task. After it completes the delete, it updates the completion date in MRP_SNAPSHOT_TASKS. Loader workers. The snapshot monitor launches one loader worker for each table requiring a load. The snapshot monitor launches the loader worker after the flat file for the snapshot data has been written and the last planning run data has been deleted. The loader worker uses SQL*Loader to load the data. The profile option MRP:Use Direct Load Option controls whether SQL*Loader uses direct loading or conventional loading methods.
Warning: If you use Direct Load, the database grows, potentially
G-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
leading to increased storage space. One way to counter this side effect is to export and reimport the tables affected by the planning processes.
Memory-based planner. The memory-based planner performs the gross-to-net explosion. Launched by the Snapshot Monitor or separately by the user, the memory-based planner loads the snapshot flat files into memory, nets the supply and demand for planned items and writes the output to flat files. These flat files are loaded into the database by loader workers. Planner delete worker. This worker is launched by the memory-based planner. It runs only when the memory-based planner is run without the snapshot. It is responsible for deleting data from planner output tables, including MRP_RECOMMENDATIONS, MRP_GROSS_REQUIREMENTS, and MRP_FULL_PEGGING.
Figure 7-44 illustrates the Snapshot Monitor Process logic under the Memory-based Planning Engine. Below is a detailed explanation of the logic.
G-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
1.
Launch X Snapshot Workers via the Concurrent Manager, where X is the number of Snapshot Workers to launch, as defined by the profile option MRP:Snapshot Workers. Begin Snapshot Preprocessing. These tasks include calculating repetitive planning periods for all the planned organizations, and relieving the MPS. List the items that the planning engine will include in the current run. The plan-level option Included Items determines this list. The Snapshot Monitor launches Snapshot Delete Workers to clean old snapshot and planning output from the tables. Snapshot Workers select data from system tables, including work in process, inventory, purchasing, and bill of materials and write the data to flat files. Since the data is written to flat files, the deletes are not a prerequisite for this step. Loader Workers load the flat files from step 5 into the MRP snapshot tables. Once the workers complete the list of items for planning, lock the tables if Snapshot Lock Tables is set to Yes, then ask the Snapshot and Snapshot Workers to set transaction to read-only. Loop until the workers complete. Snapshot post-processing begins, which consists of cleanup activities and the execution of user-defined Snapshot Tasks.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6. 7.
8. 9.
After these steps, the Memory-based Planner performs the gross-to-net explosion and creates new supply orders. If the user ran the Memory-based Planner without the Snapshot, the Memory-based Planning Engine launches Planner Delete Workers, which delete data from the planner output tables. See Also Phases of the Planning Process Snapshot Tasks Read Consistency Interprocess Communication Configuring the Memory-based Planning Engine Parallel Processing
Snapshot Tasks
Once MRP_SYSTEM_ITEMS is loaded, then all other tasks can proceed. Each of the following tasks is responsible for creating a set of files that correspond to the database tables: Capacity information: loads job resource requirements and capacity resource information Delete: deletes data from relevant MRP tables which belongs to the previous plan Demand information: loads independent gross requirements and material reservations Inventory information: loads information regarding inventory lots Item information: loads inventory items, primary suppliers, item categories, item classifications, quantity on hand and cost information MPS orders information: loads MPS planned orders MRP orders information: loads MRP firmed planned orders Purchasing information: retrieves supply information regarding purchase orders, purchase requisitions, intransit shipments, intransit receipts and purchase orders in receiving from the database Safety stock: loads time-phased safety stock information Substitute items information: loads substitute items WIP and BOM component information: loads BOM structures, pending ECOs, component requirements from discrete jobs, flow schedules, repetitive schedules, and non-standard jobs; calculates low level codes and checks loops introduced by both WIP components and BOMs WIP information: loads discrete jobs, flow schedules, non-standard jobs, repetitive schedules and calculates aggregate repetitive schedules
When a given file is complete, each tasks submits a request to the Snapshot Monitor. The Snapshot Monitor then checks the dependency and begins loading the file, for use by the Memory-based Planner.
G-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
See Also Phases of the Planning Process Processing Steps Processes Read Consistency Interprocess Communication Configuring the Memory-based Planning Engine
Read Consistency
Certain tasks require a database lock in order to guarantee a consistent read. For example, discrete job information and inventory quantities require a lock on the inventory transactions table in order to guarantee a consistent read. Consider the situation where you have a subinventory with a quantity of 100 units, and a discrete job for 25 units. Between the time the Snapshot reads the inventory information and the time the Snapshot reads the discrete job information, 10 units are completed from the job. The Snapshot needs to guarantee that it populates the MRP tables with inventory of 100 and discrete job quantity of 25, or inventory for 110 and discrete job quantity of 15. Because each task may be processed by independent processes, the Snapshot cannot guarantee that both tasks are executed at the same time. Therefore, by locking the inventory transactions table, the Snapshot guarantees a consistent read. One of the advantages of the Memory-based Planning Engine is its ability to get a consistent image of all planning data without locking users out of the system. The planning engine accomplishes this with the ORACLE RDBMS feature called "set transaction
read-only". With this option, you do not need to lock tables for the duration of the planning run. The Memory-based Snapshot and Snapshot Workers capture all supply and demand data as it existed after a snapshot of the item list has been taken. All changes made to the data after that are not included. The advantage in using the read-only option is that you do not need exclusive table locks, which lock users out of the table for the entire duration of the Snapshot. Instead, you simply co-ordinate the snapshots performed by the Memory-based Snapshot and Snapshot Workers. Since the collection of data is performed by multiple processes, the "set transaction read-only" feature has to be executed at the same time by the Memory-based Snapshot and Snapshot Workers. You can achieve two degrees of read consistency under the Memory-based Planning Engine. Set the Snapshot Lock Tables field (Plan Options window) to Yes. This forces the Snapshot Workers and the Memory-based Snapshot to execute the set transaction feature simultaneously. It also ensures that no transactions are performed while the snapshot processes are trying to set the transactions to read-only. To ensure this, the Snapshot Monitor gains an exclusive lock on the tables and instructions the Memory-based Snapshot and Snapshot Workers to execute the set transaction feature. As soon as the Snapshot Monitor receives confirmation from the snapshot processes the set transaction feature is complete, it releases the lock. In this way, you get a read-consistent snapshot with little time spent locking users out of the system. Locking tables gives you the highest degree of data consistency, but you cannot perform any transactions while this lock is on. If you set the Snapshot Lock Tables field to No, the Snapshot Workers and the Memory-based Snapshot may execute the set transaction feature at different times. There is a remote possibility of some inconsistencies with this method. See Also Phases of the Planning Process Processing Steps Processes Snapshot Tasks Interprocess Communication Configuring the Memory-based Planning Engine Parallel Processing
Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Supply Chain Planning breaks tasks into smaller tasks that are executed concurrently by independent processes (workers). The programs that execute these tasks concurrently need to communicate in order to coordinate their actions.
G-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
InterProcess Communication
The Memory-based Planning Engine uses a combination of database pipes and database tables for inter-process communication. The Memory-based Snapshot and Snapshot Workers communicate with the Snapshot Monitor via database pipes. These pipes carry messages that include requests for new tasks, task completion, and initiate the set transaction read-only RDBMS feature. The Snapshot Delete Workers communicate via the database table MRP_SNAPSHOT_TASKS. See also: Interprocess Communication
See Also Phases of the Planning Process Processing Steps Processes Snapshot Tasks Read Consistency
leading to increased storage space. One way to counter this side effect is to export and reimport the tables affected by the planning processes.
Setting up
To run the Memory-based Planning Engine, you must define a number of target processes in the concurrent processes in the concurrent manager. Use the following the formula to determine the number you require:
T=4+2S
where T = the number of target processes required to run the Memory-based Planning Engine S = the number of snapshot defined in MRP:Snapshot Workers See: Managing Concurrent Programs and Requests, Oracle Applications User's Guide See Also Phases of the Planning Process Processing Steps Processes
G-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
H
Character Mode Forms and GUI Windows
This appendix covers the following topics: Oracle Master Scheduling / MRP Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows
Oracle Master Scheduling / MRP Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows
This appendix describes character mode forms with their corresponding GUI windows or processes. The following table matches character mode forms with their corresponding GUI windows or processes. This information supplements Windows and Navigator Paths in the product online documentation. Text in brackets ([ ]) indicates a button.
Character Mode Form and Menu Path Change Organization \Navigate Other ChangeOrg Consume Forecast Set \Navigate Forecast Consume GUI Window or Process, and Navigation Path
Change Organization Navigator: Other > Change Organization Consume Forecast Set Navigator: Forecast > Consume Set or Navigator: Forecast > Items [Consume] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets [Consume]
Character Mode Form and Menu Path Define Audit SQL Statement \Navigate Setup Audit
Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows. DEMAND_CLASS QuickCodes Navigator: Setup > Demand Class
Define Demand Classes \Navigate Setup QuickCodes DemandClasses Define Forecast Sets \Navigate Forecast Define Define Key Flexfield Security Rule \Navigate Setup Flexfields Key Security Define Define Key Flexfield Segments \Navigate Setup Flexfields Key Segments Define Key Segment Values \Navigate Setup Flexfields Key Values
Forecast Sets Navigator: Forecast > Sets Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows.
Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows.
Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows. Master Demand Schedules Navigator: MDS > Names or Master Production Schedules Navigator: MPS > Names
H-2 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Character Mode Form and Menu Path Define Planner Workbench Criteria Set
Folder Menu or Navigator: Inquiry > MRP > Workbench > Demand > [Folder Menu] or Navigator: Inquiry > MRP > Workbench > Items > [Folder Menu] or Navigator: Inquiry > MRP > Workbench > Supply > [Folder Menu] or Navigator: Inquiry > MRP > Workbench > Supply/Demand > [Folder Menu]
Define Planning Exception Sets \Navigate Setup ExceptionSet Define Planning Parameters \Navigate Setup Parameters Define Rollup Groups \Navigate Setup Flexfields Key Groups Define Security Rule \Navigate Setup Flexfields Validation Security Define Define Segment Values \Navigate Setup Flexfields Validation Values Define Shorthand Aliases \Navigate Setup Flexfields Key Aliases
Planning Exception Sets Navigator: Setup > Exception Set Planning Parameters Navigator: Setup > Parameters Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows.
Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows.
Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows.
Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows.
Character Mode Form and Menu Path Define Value Set \Navigate Setup Flexfields Validation Sets Enter Employees \Navigate Setup Employee
Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows.
Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows. Item Forecast Entries Navigator: Forecast > Entries MRP Names Navigator: MRP > Names Item Master Demand Schedule Entries Navigator: MDS > Entries or Item Master Production Schedule Entries Navigator: MPS > Entries
Enter Forecast Entries \Navigate Forecast Enter Define MRP Names \Navigate Plan Define Enter Master Schedule Entries \Navigate Schedule Enter
H-4 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Character Mode Form and Menu Path Launch Planning Process \Navigate Plan Plan
Launch MPS Navigator: MPS > Launch or Navigator: MPS > Names > [Launch] or Launch MRP Navigator: MRP > Launch or Navigator: MRP > Names > [Launch] or Plan Options Navigator: MPS > Names > [Options] or Navigator: MPS > Options or Navigator: MRP > Names > [Options] or Navigator: MRP > Options or Plan Status Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Status] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > Status or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Status] or Navigator: Inquiry > MRP > Status or
Planner Tasks Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Status] > [Planner Tasks] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > Status > [Planner Tasks] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Status] > [Planner Tasks] or Navigator: Inquiry > MRP > Status > [Planner Tasks] or Snapshot Tasks Navigator: MPS > Workbench > Status > [Snapshot Tasks] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Plan > Status > [Snapshot Tasks] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > Status > [Snapshot Tasks] or Navigator: Inquiry > MRP > View Plan > Status > [Snapshot Tasks]
H-6 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Character Mode Form and Menu Path Load Forecast \Navigate Forecast Load
Copy/Merge Forecast Navigator: Forecast > Copy or Navigator: Forecast > Items > [Copy/Merge Forecast] Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Copy/Merge Forecast] or Forecast Source List Navigator: Forecast > Source List or Generate Forecast Navigator: Forecast > Generate
Character Mode Form and Menu Path Load Master Schedule \Navigate Schedule Load
Load/Copy/Merge Master Demand Schedule Navigator: MDS > Load/Copy/Merge or Navigator: MDS > Items > [Load/Copy/Merge] or Navigator: MDS > Names > [Load/Copy/Merge] or Load/Copy/Merge Master Production Schedule Navigator: MPS > Load/Copy/Merge MPS or Navigator: MPS > Items > [Load/Copy/Merge MPS] or Navigator: MPS > Names > [Load/Copy/Merge MPS] or Master Demand Schedule Source List Navigator: MDS > Source List or Master Production Schedule Source List
H-8 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Character Mode Form and Menu Path Planner Workbench \Navigate Plan Workbench
MPS Planner Workbench Navigator: MPS > Workbench or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > Workbench or MRP Planner Workbench Navigator: MRP > Workbench or Navigator: Inquiry > MRP > Workbench or Supply/Demand Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Demand] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Supply] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Supply/Demand] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Demand] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Supply] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Supply/Demand]
or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Demand] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Supply] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Supply/Demand] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [Demand] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [Supply] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [Supply/Demand]
Submit Request window See: Submit Requests (Oracle Applications User's Guide) Navigator: Reports > Run
Start Planning Manager \Navigate Setup PlanningManager Update Personal Profile Options \Navigate Other Profile
Planning Manager Navigator: Setup > Planning Manager Personal Profile Values Navigator: Other > Profile
H-10 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Character Mode Form and Menu Path View Bucketed Request \Navigate Inquiry Forecast Bucketed
Forecast Bucketed Entries Navigator: Forecast > Entries > [Bucketed] or Navigator: Forecast > Items > [Bucketed] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Items] > [Bucketed] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Entries > [Bucketed] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Items > [Bucketed] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets > [Forecast Items] > [Bucketed] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets > [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed]
Character Mode Form and Menu Path View Bucketed Master Schedule \Navigate Inquiry Schedule Bucketed
Master Demand Schedule Bucketed Entries Navigator: MDS > Entries > [Bucketed] or Navigator: MDS > Items > [Bucketed] or Navigator: MDS > View Items > [Bucketed] or Navigator: MDS > View Entries > [Bucketed] or Master Production Schedule Bucketed Entries Navigator: MPS > Entries > [Bucketed] Navigator: MPS > Items > [Bucketed] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Entries > [Bucketed] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Items > [Bucketed]
Requests window See: Viewing Requests (Oracle Applications User's Guide) Navigator: Concurrent > Requests Choose: View Output button - to view Request Output View Log button - to view Request Log Use the Menu to choose: Special > Managers - to view Manager Log
H-12 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Character Mode Form and Menu Path View Forecast Entries \Navigate Inquiry Forecast Detail
Forecast Consumptions Navigator: Forecast > Entries > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Forecast > Items > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Forecast > Items > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Items] > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Items] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Set Items] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Entries > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Items > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Items > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets > [Forecast
Items] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets > [Forecast Set Items] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Inquiry > View Sets > [Forecast Items] > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Navigator: Inquiry > View Sets > [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Consumptions] or Forecast Entries Navigator: Forecast > Items > [Bucketed] > [Detail] or Navigator: Forecast > Items > [Detail] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Items] > [Bucketed] > [Detail] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Set Items] > [Bucketed] > [Detail] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Items] > [Detail] Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Set Items] > [Detail] or Forecast Items Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Items] or Navigator: Forecast > Sets > [Forecast Set Items] or
H-14 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Items or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets > [Forecast Items] or Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Sets > [Forecast Set Items] or Navigator: Forecast > Items or Item Forecast Entries Navigator: Inquiry > Forecast > View Entries
Character Mode Form and Menu Path View Item Planning Information \Navigate Inquiry Plan Item
Components Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Components] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [Components] or End Assemblies Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [End Assemblies] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [End Assemblies] or Horizontal Plan Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Horizontal Plan] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Supply/Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Supply] > [Horizontal Plan] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [Horizontal
H-16 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Plan] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Supply/Demand] > [Horizontal Plan] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Supply] > [Horizontal Plan] or Items Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] or Where Used Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Where Used] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [Where Used]
Character Mode Form and Menu Path View Master Schedule Entries \Navigate Inquire Schedule Detail
Master Demand Schedule Entries Navigator: Inquiry > MDS > View Entries or Navigator: Inquiry > MDS > View Items > [Detail] or Navigator: Inquiry > MDS > View Items > [Bucketed] > [Detail] or Master Demand Schedule Items Navigator: Inquiry > MDS > View Items or Master Demand Schedule Reliefs Navigator: MDS > Items > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Reliefs] or Navigator: MDS > Items > [Detail] > [Reliefs] or Master Production Schedule Entries Navigator: Inquiry> MDS > View Entries > [Reliefs] or Navigator: Inquiry> MDS > View Items > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Reliefs] or Navigator: Inquiry> MDS > View Items > [Detail] > [Reliefs] or Navigator: MDS > Entries > [Reliefs] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Entries
H-18 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Items > [Detail] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Items > [Bucketed] > [Detail] or Master Production Schedule Items Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Items or Master Production Schedule Reliefs Navigator: MPS > Entries > [Reliefs] or Navigator: MPS > Items > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Reliefs] or Navigator: MPS > Items > [Detail] > [Reliefs] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Entries > [Reliefs] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Items > [Bucketed] > [Detail] > [Reliefs] or Navigator: Inquiry > MPS > View Items > [Detail] > [Reliefs]
Character Mode Form and Menu Path View Orders \Navigate Inquiry Plan Orders
Supply/Demand Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Demand] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Supply] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Supply/Demand] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Exceptions] [Supply] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Demand] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Supply] or Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Items] > [Supply/Demand] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Demand] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Supply] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Supply/Demand] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [Demand] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [Supply] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Items] > [Supply/Demand]
H-20 Oracle Master Scheduling/MRP and Oracle Supply Chain Planning User Guide
Character Mode Form and Menu Path View Planning Exceptions \Navigate Inquiry Plan Exceptions
Exceptions Navigator: MPS > Workbench > [Exceptions] or Navigator: MRP > Workbench > [Exceptions]
Requests window See: Viewing Requests (Oracle Applications User's Guide) Navigator: Concurrent > Requests Choose: View Output button - to view Request Output View Log button - to view Request Log
Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows. Use the System Administrator responsibility and See: System Administration Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows.
Glossary
Acceptable Early Days An item attribute the planning process uses to decide when to suggest rescheduling orders for the item to an earlier date. The planning process only suggests rescheduling orders for the item if the order is due to be received into inventory before the acceptable early date. This attribute is used when it is more economical to build and carry excess inventory for a short time than it is to reschedule the order. This attribute applies to discretely planned items only. The attribute for repetitively planned items is Overrun Percentage Acceptable Rate Decrease An item attribute the planning process uses to decide how much to decrease current daily rates for the item inside the planning time fence. The planning process does not suggest a new daily rate less than the current daily rate minus the acceptable rate decrease amount. If you do not define a value for this attribute, the planning process assumes that there is no lower limit to the new daily rate it can suggest for the item inside the planning time fence. If you set this attribute to zero, the planning process assumes it cannot suggest any rate less than the current daily rate inside the planning time fence. Inventory defaults the value of this attribute to zero. This attribute lets you minimize short term disruption to shop floor schedules by restricting short term rate change suggestions. This attribute applies to repetitively planned items only. Acceptable Rate Increase An item attribute the planning process uses to decide how much to increase current daily rates for the item inside the planning time fence. The planning process does not suggest a new daily rate that is greater than the current daily rate plus the acceptable rate increase amount. If you do not define a value for this attribute, the planning process assumes there is no upper limit to the new daily rate that it can suggest for the item inside the planning time fence. If you set this attribute to zero, the planning process assumes it cannot suggest any rate greater than the current daily rate inside the planning time fence. Inventory defaults the value of this attribute to zero. This attribute lets you minimize short term disruption to shop floor schedules by restricting short term rate change suggestions and applies to repetitively planned items only.
Glossary-1
accounting period The fiscal period a company uses to report financial results, such as a calendar month or fiscal period. action message Output of the MRP process that identifies a type of action to be taken to correct a current or potential material coverage problem. action result A possible outcome of an order cycle action. You can assign any number of results to a cycle action. Combinations of actions/results are used as order cycle action prerequisites. See also order cycle, cycle action. actual demand The demand from actual sales orders, not including forecasted demand. aggregate repetitive schedule The sum of detail schedules for an item across all work in process manufacturing lines in terms of a daily rate, and a start and end date. aggregate resources The summation of all requirements of multi-department resources across all departments that use it. anchor date The start date of the first repetitive planning period. It introduces consistency into the material plan by stabilizing the repetitive periods as time passes so that a plan run on any of the days during the first planning period does not change daily demand rates. append option Option or choice to append planned orders to an MRP plan or an MPS plan during the planning process. Append either after the last existing planned order, after the planning time fence, or for the entire plan. The append option is used with the overwrite option. See overwrite option application building block A set of tables and modules (forms, reports, and concurrent programs) that implement closely-related entities and their processing. assemble-to-order (ATO) An environment where you open a final assembly order to assemble items that customers order. Assemble-to-order is also an item attribute that you can apply to
Glossary-2
standard, model, and option class items. assignment hierarchy You can assign sourcing rules and bills of distribution to a single item in an inventory organization, all items in an inventory organization, categories of items in an inventory organization, a site, and an organization. These assignments have an order of precedence relative to one another. assignment set A group of sourcing rules and/or bills of distribution and a description of the items and/or organizations whose replenishment they control. automatic rescheduling Rescheduling done by the planning process to automatically change due dates on scheduled receipts when it detects that due dates and need dates are inconsistent. available capacity The amount of capacity available for a resource or production line. available-to-promise (ATP) Ability to promise product for customer orders based on uncommitted inventory, planned production, and material. backward consumption days A number of days backwards from the current date used for consuming and loading forecasts. Consumption of a forecast occurs in the current bucket and as far back as the backward consumption days. If the backward consumption days enters another bucket, the forecast also consumes anywhere in that bucket. When loading a forecast, only forecasts of the current date minus the backward consumption days are loaded. Therefore, you can use backward consumption days to load forecasts that are past due. base model The model item from which a configuration item was created. bill of distribution Specifies a multilevel replenishment network of warehouses, distribution centers, and manufacturing centers (plants). bill of material A list of component items associated with a parent item and information about how each item relates to the parent item. Oracle Manufacturing supports standard, model, option class, and planning bills. The item information on a bill depends on the item type and bill type. The most common type of bill is a standard bill of material. A standard
Glossary-3
bill of material lists the components associated with a product or subassembly. It specifies the required quantity for each component plus other information to control work in process, material planning, and other Oracle Manufacturing functions. Also known as product structures. bill of resource set A group of bills of resources. A bill of resource set can have one or many bills of resources within it. bill of resources A list of each resource and/or production line required to build an assembly, model, or option. bill-to address The customer's billing address. It is also known as invoice-to address. It is used as a level of detail when defining a forecast. If a forecast has a bill-to address associated with it, a sales order only consumes that forecast if the bill-to address is the same. bucket days The number of workdays within a repetitive planning period. by-product Material produced as a residual of a production process. Represented by negative usage in the bill of material for an assembly. Calculate ATP An item attribute the planning process uses to decide when to calculate and print available to promise (ATP) for the item on the Planning Detail Report. The planning process calculates ATP using the following formula: ATP = Planned production committed demand. capable to deliver Ability to promise product for customer orders based on uncommitted inventory, planned production, material, capacity, transportation resources, and transit time. capable to promise Ability to promise product for customer orders based on uncommitted inventory, planned production, material, and the capacity of resources. capacity modification Deviation to available resources for a specific department shift.
Glossary-4
capacity requirements planning A time-phased plan comparing required capacity to available capacity, based on a material requirements plan and department/resource information. See routing-based capacity and rate-based capacity carry forward days A number of days shifted forward (or backward when using a negative number) when copying a forecast into another forecast or a master schedule into another master schedule. The load process shifts any entries on the source forecast (or schedule) onto the destination forecast (or schedule) forward or backward by this many days. chase production strategy A production strategy that varies production levels to match changes in demand. This production strategy results in minimal inventory carrying costs at the expense of fluctuating capacity requirements. component demand Demand passed down from a parent assembly to a component. component item An item associated with a parent item on a bill of material. component yield The percent of the amount of a component you want to issue to build an assembly that actually becomes part of that assembly. Or, the amount of a component you require to build plus the amount of the component you lose or waste while building an assembly. For example, a yield factor of 0.90 means that only 90% of the usage quantity of the component on a bill actually becomes part of the finished assembly. compression days The number of days the planning process suggests you compress the order (in other words, reduce the time between the start date and the due date). concurrent manager Components of your applications concurrent processing facility that monitor and run time-consuming tasks for you without tying up your terminal. Whenever you submit a request, such as running a report, a concurrent manager does the work for you, letting you perform many tasks simultaneously. confidence percent The degree of confidence in a forecast that the forecasted item becomes actual demand.
Glossary-5
When loading schedules from a forecast, the confidence percent is multiplied by the forecast quantity to determine the schedule quantity configuration item The item that corresponds to a base model and a specific list of options. Bills of Material creates a configuration item for assemble-to-order models. CRP planner A process that may optionally be run as part of the planning process. The CRP planner calculates capacity requirements for resources and production lines using the material requirements calculated by the planning process. current aggregate repetitive schedule The sum of all current work in process repetitive schedules for an item for all lines for a given period in terms of a daily rate, and a start and end date. Current aggregate repetitive schedules can be firm or partially firm. If all current repetitive schedules for an item are firm, then the current aggregate repetitive schedule for the item is also firm. If some, but not all the current repetitive schedules for an item are firm, then the current repetitive schedule is partially firm. current date The present system date. current projected on-hand Quantity on-hand projected into the future if scheduled receipts are not rescheduled or cancelled, and new planned orders are not created as per recommendations made by the planning process. Calculated by the planning process as current supply: (nettable quantity on hand + scheduled receipts) - gross requirements. Note that gross requirements for projected on hand does not include derived demand from planned orders. Note also that the planning process uses current due dates rather than suggested due dates to pass down demand to lower level items. See projected available balance cutoff date An indication of the last date to be included in a plan or horizon. daily rate The number of completed assemblies a repetitive schedule plans to produce per day. Also known as production rate. See repetitive rate database diagram A graphic representation of application tables and the relationships among them.
Glossary-6
deliver-to location A location where you deliver goods previously received from a supplier to individual requestors. demand class A classification of demand to allow the master scheduler to track and consume different types of demand. A demand class may represent a particular grouping of customers, such as government and commercial customers. Demand classes may also represent different sources of demand, such as retail, mail order, and wholesale. demand management The function of recognizing and managing all demands for products, to ensure the master scheduler is aware of them. This encompasses forecasting, order management, order promising (available to promise), branch warehouse requirements, and other sources of demand. Demand Time Fence Item attribute used to determine a future time inside which the planning process ignores forecast demand and only considers sales order demand when calculating gross requirements for an item. Use this attribute to identify a time fence inside which you wish to build to sales order demand only to reduce the risk of carrying excess inventory. A value of Cumulative manufacturing lead time means Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the demand time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the cumulative manufacturing lead time for the item. A value of Cumulative total lead time means Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the demand time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the total manufacturing lead time for the item. A value of Total lead time means Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the demand time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the total lead time for the item. A value of User-defined time fence means Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the demand time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the value you enter for Planning Time Fence Days for the item. Demand Time Fence Days Item attribute used when you set the Planning Time Fence attribute to User-defined time fence. Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the demand time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the value you enter here. department An area within your organization that consists of one or more people, machines, or
Glossary-7
suppliers. You can also assign and update resources to a department. dependent demand Demand for an item that is directly related to or derived from the demand for other items. destination forecast The forecast you load into when copying a forecast into another forecast. disable date A date when an Oracle Manufacturing function is no longer available for use. For example, this could be the date on which a bill of material component or routing operation is no longer active, or the date a forecast or master schedule is no longer valid. discrete job A production order for the manufacture of a specific (discrete) quantity of an assembly, using specific materials and resources, in a limited time. A discrete job collects the costs of production and allows you to report those costs including variances by job. Also known as work order or assembly order. distribution resource planning (DRP) Application of replenishment inventory calculations to assist in planning of key resources contained in a distribution system, such as sourcing and transport. DRP is an extension of distribution requirements planning, which applies MRP logic to inventory replenishment at branch warehouses dock date The date you expect to receive a purchase order. DRP See distribution resource planning due date The date when scheduled receipts are currently expected to be received into inventory and become available for use. effective date Date when an Oracle Manufacturing function is available for use. For example, this could be the date a bill of material component or routing operation becomes effective, or the date you anticipate revised item changes become part of a bill of material and can no longer be controlled by an ECO.
Glossary-8
end assembly pegging A Pegging item attribute option the planning process uses to decide when to calculate and print end assemblies for the item on the Planning Detail Report. Even if you do not select this option, you can still calculate and view end assemblies for the item on-line. end date Signifies the last date a particular quantity should be forecast on a forecast entry. From the forecast date until the end date, the same quantity is forecast for each day, week or period that falls between that time frame. An entry without an end date is scheduled for the forecast date only. end item Any item that can be ordered or sold. See finished good and product engineering change order (ECO) A record of revisions to one or more items usually released by engineering. engineering item A prototype part, material, subassembly, assembly, or product you have not yet released to production. You can order, stock, and build engineering items. entity A data object that holds information for an application. exception message A message received indicating a situation that meets your predefined exception set for an item, such as Items that are overcommitted, Items with excess inventory, and Orders to be rescheduled out. finished good Any item subject to a customer order or forecast. See also product firm planned order An MRP-planned order that is firmed using the Planner Workbench. This allows the planner to firm portions of the material plan without creating discrete jobs or purchase requisitions. Unlike a firm order, a MRP firm planned order does not create a natural time fence for an item. firm scheduled receipt A replenishment order that is not modified by any planning process. It may be a purchase order, discrete job, or repetitive schedule. An order is firm planned so that the planner can control the material requirements plan.
Glossary-9
Fixed Days Supply An item attribute the planning process uses to modify the size and timing of planned order quantities for the item. The planning process suggests planned order quantities that cover net requirements for the period defined by the value you enter here. The planning process suggests one planned order for each period. Use this attribute, for example, to reduce the number of planned orders the planning process would otherwise generate for a discretely planned component of a repetitively planned item. Fixed Lot Size Multiplier An item attribute the planning process uses to modify the size of planned order quantities or repetitive daily rates for the item. For discretely planned items, when net requirements fall short of the fixed lot size multiplier quantity, the planning process suggests a single order for the fixed lot size multiplier quantity. When net requirements for the item exceed the fixed lot size multiplier quantity, the planning process suggests a single order with an order quantity that is a multiple of the fixed lot size multiplier quantity. For repetitively planned items, when average daily demand for a repetitive planning period falls short of the fixed lot size multiplier quantity, the planning process suggests a repetitive daily rate equal to the fixed lot size multiplier quantity. When average daily demand for a repetitive planning period exceeds the fixed lot size multiplier quantity, the planning process suggests a repetitive daily rate that is a multiple of the fixed lot size multiplier quantity. fixed order quantity An item attribute the planning process uses to modify the size of planned order quantities or repetitive daily rates for the item. When net requirements fall short of the fixed order quantity, the planning process suggests the fixed order quantity. When net requirements for the item exceed the fixed order quantity, the planning process suggests multiple orders for the fixed order quantity. For discretely planned items, use this attribute to define a fixed production or purchasing quantity for the item. For repetitively planned items, use this attribute to define a fixed production rate for the item. For example, if your suppliers can only supply the item in full truckload quantities, enter the full truckload quantity as the fixed order quantity for the item. flow manufacturing Manufacturing philosophy utilizing production lines and schedules instead of work orders to drive production. Mixed models are grouped into families and produced on lines balanced to the TAKT time. focus forecasting A simulation-based forecasting process that looks at past inventory activity patterns to determine the best simulation for predicting future demand.
Glossary-10
forecast An estimate of future demand on inventory items. A forecast contains information on the original and current forecast quantities (before and after consumption), the confidence factor, and any specific customer information. You can assign any number of inventory items to the forecast and use the same item in multiple forecasts. For each inventory item you specify any number of forecast entries. forecast consumption The process of subtracting demand generated by sales orders from forecasted demand thereby preventing demand being counted twice in the planning period. Forecast Control An item attribute used to determine the types of demand you place for the item. Master Scheduling/MRP uses the option you choose here to guide the behavior of the key processes involved in two-level master scheduling: forecast explosion, forecast consumption, planning, production relief, and shipment relief. This attribute is only appropriate for items that are models, option classes, options, or mandatory components of models and option classes. A value of Consume means you forecast demand for the item directly, rather than exploding forecast demand to the item using the forecast explosion process. A value of Consume and derive means you forecast demand for the item directly, or you explode forecast demand to the item using the forecast explosion process, or you use a combination of both methods to forecast demand for the item. A value of None means you place sales order demand but do not forecast demand for the item. forecast date The date for a forecast entry for an item. A forecast for an item has a forecast date and an associated quantity. forecast demand A part of your total demand that comes from forecasts, not actual sales orders. forecast end date A forecast end date implies that until that date, the same quantity is scheduled for each day, week, or period that falls between the forecast date and the end date. A forecast date with no forecast end date is the quantity for that particular day, week, or period, depending on the bucket size. forecast end item The parent item for components that receive exploded forecasts during forecast explosion. Used to identify the highest level planning or model item from which forecasts for a component can be exploded.
Glossary-11
forecast entry A forecast for an inventory item stated by a date, an optional rate end date, and quantity. forecast explosion Explosion of the forecast for planning and model bills of material. The forecasted demand for the planning or model bill is passed down to create forecasted demand for its components. You can choose to explode the forecast when loading a forecast. forecast level The level at which a forecast is defined. Also, the level at which to consume a forecast. Example forecast levels include items, customers, customer bill-to, and customer ship to locations. forecast load The process of copying one or more source forecasts into a single destination forecast. When copying forecasts, you can choose to overwrite all or a subset of existing entries in the destination forecast, specify whether to explode the source forecast, and specify whether to consume the source forecast. You can choose to modify the source forecast by a modification percent, or roll the source forecast forward or backward by a specified number of carry forward days. You can also load compiled statistical and focus forecasts from Inventory, and you can use the forecast interface table to load forecasts into Master Scheduling/MRP from external sources. forecast set A group of complementing forecasts. For each forecast set, you specify a forecast level, consumption use, update time fence days, outlier update percents, disable date, default time bucket and demand class. A forecast set can have one or many forecasts within it. forward consumption days A number of days forward from the current date used for consuming and loading forecasts. Consumption of a forecast occurs in the current bucket and as far forward as the forward consumption days. If the forward consumption days enters another bucket, the forecast consumes anywhere in that bucket, as well. gross requirements The total of independent and dependent demand for an item before the netting of on-hand inventory and scheduled receipts. hard reservation Sales order demand that you firm by reserving selected inventory for the purposes of material planning, available to promise calculations, and customer service issues.
Glossary-12
independent demand Demand for an item unrelated to the demand for other items. internal requisition See internal sales order, purchase requisition. internal sales order A request within your company for goods or services. An internal sales order originates from an employee or from another process as a requisition, such as inventory or manufacturing, and becomes an internal sales order when the information is transferred from Purchasing to Order Management. Also known as internal requisition or purchase requisition. kanban A visual signal to drive material replenishment. A Kanban system delivers material into production as needed to meet demand. lead time line The production line Bills of Material uses to calculate the processing lead time for a particular repetitive assembly, since lead times may vary on different production lines. level production strategy A production strategy that maintains stable production levels despite changes in demand. The level production strategy results in minimal fluctuations in capacity requirements at the expense of additional inventory carrying costs. line balancing Organizing work on the production line so that resources can be synchronized to daily demand. line priority The line priority indicates which production line to use to build assemblies. You create repetitive schedules on the highest priority line first, then, if the line capacity is less than demand, additional repetitive schedules are created on other lines in decreasing order of their line priority. For example, if demand is for 1000 units per day on two lines with a daily capacity of 750, the line with the highest priority is loaded with 750 and the lower priority line with 250. For lines of equal priority, the load is allocated evenly across lines. load factor The maximum hour rate divided by the production rate for a given repetitive assembly and production line.
Glossary-13
load rate The required rate multiplied by the load factor for a given production line. load ratio Required capacity divided by available capacity. loader worker An independent concurrent process in planning engine, launched by the snapshot monitor, that loads data from operating system files into tables. low level code A number that identifies the lowest level in any bill of material that a component appears. Low level codes are used by the MRP planner to ensure that net requirements for the component are not calculated until all gross requirements from parent items have first been calculated. Make or Buy An item attribute the Planner Workbench uses to default an appropriate value for implementation type when implementing planned orders for the item. A value Make means the item is usually manufactured. The Planner Workbench defaults the implementation type for planned orders for the item to Discrete job. The planning process passes demand down from manufactured items to lower level components. A value of Buy means the item is usually purchased. The Planner Workbench defaults the implementation type for planned orders for the item to Purchase requisition. The planning process does not pass demand down from purchased items to lower level components. manual rescheduling The most common method of rescheduling scheduled receipts. The planning process provides reschedule messages that identify scheduled receipts that have inconsistent due dates and need dates. The impact on lower level material and capacity requirements are analyzed by material planners before any change is made to current due dates. master demand schedule The anticipated ship schedule in terms of rates or discrete quantities, and dates. master production schedule (MPS) The anticipated build schedule in terms of rates or discrete quantities, and dates. master schedule The name referring to either a master production schedule or a master demand
Glossary-14
schedule. See master demand schedule and master production schedule master schedule load The process of copying one or more source forecasts, master schedules, or sales orders into a single destination master schedule. When copying forecasts, you can choose to include all or a subset of sales orders, specify whether to consider demand time fence, and specify whether to consume the source forecast during the load. You can also specify update options to control consumption of the source forecast during the load. When copying master schedules, you can choose to modify the source master schedule by a specified number of carry forward days. When loading sales orders, you can choose to load all or a subset of sales orders, and you can specify whether to consider the demand time fence during the load. You can use the master schedule interface table to load master schedules from external sources. material requirements planning (MRP) A process that utilizes bill of material information, a master schedule, and current inventory information to calculate net requirements for materials. material scheduling method During the planning process, the method used to determine when to stage material used in the production of a discrete job. You can schedule material to arrive on the order start date or the operation start date where a component is required. Maximum Order Quantity An item attribute the planning process uses to modify the size of planned order quantities or repetitive daily rates for the item. For discretely planned items, when net requirements exceed the maximum order quantity, the planning process suggests the maximum order quantity. For repetitively planned items, when average daily demand for a repetitive planning period exceeds the maximum order quantity, the planning process suggests the maximum order quantity as the repetitive daily rate. Use this attribute, for example, to define an order quantity above which you do not have sufficient capacity to build the item. maximum rate The maximum number of completed assemblies a production line can produce per hour. memory-based planner The process in the memory-based planning engine that performs a gross-to-net explosion. Under the standard planning engine, the planner performs memory-based planner functions.
Glossary-15
memory-based planning engine A planning engine that drives the planning process. It performs the gross-to-net explosion in memory and offers a short overall planning run time. It employs a high degree of concurrency among snapshot tasks, eliminates nonvalue-added operations, and combines related tasks into a single task. This planning engine consists of only one phase, the snapshot, in which all planning tasks occur. memory-based snapshot Part of the snapshot phase, listing the items for planning and performing selected snapshot tasks. minimum firm rate The aggregate schedule that is partially firm since only some of the detail schedules are firm within a particular time frame Minimum Order Quantity An item attribute the planning process uses to modify the size of planned order quantities or repetitive daily rates for the item. For discretely planned items, when net requirements fall short of the minimum order quantity, the planning process suggests the minimum order quantity. For repetitively planned items, when average daily demand for a repetitive planning period falls short of the minimum order quantity, the planning process suggests the minimum order quantity as the repetitive daily rate. Use this attribute, for example, to define an order quantity below which it is not profitable to build the item. minimum rate The minimum number of completed assemblies a production line can produce per hour. mixed model map Used to design balanced lines. The projected volume and mix of demand for a group of products is used to calculate weighted average work content times. These averages are compared to TAKT time in order to regroup events into balanced operations, and reallocate resources. model bill of material A bill of material for a model item. A model bill lists option classes and options available when you place an order for the model item. modification percent Used to modify the destination master schedule entries or forecast entries you are loading by a percent of the source entries.
Glossary-16
module A program or procedure that implements one or more business functions, or parts of a business function in an application. Modules include forms, concurrent programs, and subroutines. MPS See master production schedule. MPS explosion level An option for a master demand schedule that lets you limit the explosion through unnecessary levels during the MPS planning process. Set the explosion level to the lowest level on the bill of material that an MPS-planned item exists so the planning process does not need to search through all levels for MPS-planned items. MPS plan A set of planned orders and suggestions to release or reschedule existing schedule receipts for material to satisfy a given master schedule for MPS-planned items or MRP-planned items that have an MPS-planned component. Stated in discrete quantities and order dates. MPS-planned item An item controlled by the master scheduler and placed on a master production schedule. The item is critical in terms of its impact on lower-level components and/or resources, such as skilled labor, key machines, or dollars. The master scheduler maintains control for these items. MRP See material requirements planning. MRP plan A set of planned orders and suggestions to release or reschedule existing schedule receipts for material to satisfy a given master schedule for dependent demand items. Stated in discrete quantities and order dates. MRP Planning Method An item attribute used to decide when to plan the item. A value of MPS planning means the item is planned by the MPS planning process. It is an item that you master schedule and for which you require manual control. Choose this option for items with independent demand, items that are critical to your business, or items that control critical resources. A value of MRP planning means the item is planned by the MRP planning process. Choose this option for non-critical items that do not require manual control. These are typically dependent demand items. A value of DRP planning means the item is planned by the DRP planning process. A value of DRP & MRP means the
Glossary-17
item is planned by either a DRP planning or MRP planning process. A value of DRP & MPS means the item is planned by either a DRP planning or MPS planning process. A value of None means the item is neither MPS-planned or MRP-planned. It does not require long-term plan planning of material requirements. Choose this option for high volume and/or low cost items that do not warrant the administrative overhead of material requirements planning. These are typically dependent demand items. MRP-planned item An item planned by MRP during the MRP planning process. multi-department resource A resource whose capacity can be shared with other departments. nervousness Characteristic exhibited by MRP systems where minor changes to plans at higher bill of material levels, for example at the master production schedule level, cause significant changes to plans at lower levels. net change simulation Process used to make changes to supply and demand and re-plan them. net requirements Derived demand due to applying total supply (on-hand inventory, scheduled receipts, and safety stock quantities) against total demand (gross requirements and reservations). Net requirements, lot sized and offset for lead time, become planned orders. Typically used for rework, prototype, and disassembly. option An optional item component in an option class or model bill of material. option class A group of related option items. An option class is orderable only within a model. An option class can also contain included items. option class bill of material A bill of material for an option class item that contains a list of related options. option item A non-mandatory item component in an option class or model bill of material. order date The date an order for goods or services is entered. See also work order date.
Glossary-18
order modifier An item attribute that controls the size of planned orders suggested by the planning process to mimic your inventory policies. organization A business unit such as a plant, warehouse, division, department, and so on. Order Management refers to organizations as warehouses on all Order Management windows and reports. origination The source of a forecast entry or master schedule entry. When you load a forecast or master schedule, the origination traces the source used to load it. The source can be a forecast, master schedule, sales order, or manual entry. outlier quantity The amount of sales order left over after the maximum allowable amount (outlier update percent) was used to consume a forecast. outlier update percent The maximum percent of the original quantity forecast that a single sales order consumes. It is used to limit forecast consumption by unusually large sales orders overload A condition where required capacity for a resource or production is greater than available capacity. overrun percentage An item attribute the planning process uses to decide when to suggest new daily rates for the item. The planning process only suggests a new daily rate for the item if the current daily rate exceeds the suggested daily rate by more than the acceptable overrun amount. This attribute lets you reduce nervousness and eliminate minor rate change recommendations when it is more economical to carry excess inventory for a short time than it is to administer the rate change. This attribute applies to repetitively planned items only. The related attribute for discretely planned items is Acceptable Early Days. See acceptable early days overwrite option Option to overwrite existing orders on an MRP plan or an MPS plan during the planning process. Without overwriting, you can keep your existing smoothed entries as well as add new ones. By overwriting, you erase the existing entries and add new one according to the current demand. The overwrite option in used with the append option. See append option.
Glossary-19
payback demand Temporary material transfer when one project borrows demand from another project. payback supply Temporary material transfer when one project lends supply to another project. percent of capacity The required hours divided by the available hours for any given department, resource, and shift combination. period See accounting period. phantom assembly An assembly Work in Process explodes through when it creates the bill of material for a job or schedule. A particular assembly can be a phantom assembly on one bill and a subassembly on another. pipe Allows sessions in the same database instance to communicate with each other. Pipes are asynchronous, allo wing multiple read and write access to the same pipe. plan horizon The span of time from the current date to a future date that material plans are generated. Planning horizon must cover at least the cumulative purchasing and manufacturing lead times, and is usually quite a bit longer. planned order A suggested quantity, release date, and due date that satisfies net item requirements. MRP owns planned orders, and may change or delete the orders during subsequent MRP processing if conditions change. MRP explodes planned orders at one level into gross requirements for components at the next lower level (dependent demand). Planned orders along with existing discrete jobs also serve as input to capacity requirements planning, describing the total capacity requirements throughout the planning horizon. planned purchase order A type of purchase order you issue before you order actual delivery of goods and services for specific dates and locations. You normally enter a planned purchase order to specify items you want to order and when you want delivery of the items. You later enter a shipment release against the planned purchase order when you actually want to
Glossary-20
order the items. planner delete worker An independent concurrent process, launched by the memory-based planner, that removes previous plan output from the tables. It runs only when the memory-based planner runs without the snapshot. Planner Workbench You can use the Planner Workbench to act on recommendations generated by the planning process for a plan. You can implement planned orders as discrete jobs or purchase requisitions, maintain planned orders, reschedule scheduled receipts, and implement repetitive schedules. You can choose all suggestions from an MRP plan, or only those that meet a certain criteria. planning bill of material A bill of material for a planning item that contains a list of items and planning percentages. You can use a planning bill to facilitate master scheduling and/or material planning. The total output of a planning bill of material is not limited to 100% (it can exceed this number by any amount). planning exception set A set of sensitivity controls used to define exceptions in your plan. You define the exception set according to your selected criteria and then report on exceptions that meet those criteria. You can assign an exception set to an item. Planning Exception Set An item attribute the planning process uses to decide when to raise planning exceptions for the item. Enter the name of the planning exception set that groups together the sensitivity controls and exception time periods for item-level planning exceptions for the item. The item-level planning exceptions include: overcommitted, shortage, excess, and repetitive variance. planning horizon The amount of time a master schedule extends into the future. planning manager A process that performs once-a-day and period maintenance tasks. These tasks include forecast consumption, master schedule relief, forecast and master schedule loads, and other miscellaneous data cleanup activities. planning process The set of processes that calculates net material and resource requirements for an item by applying on-hand inventory quantities and scheduled receipts to gross requirements
Glossary-21
for the item. The planning process is often referred to as the MPS planning process when planning MPS-planned items only, and the MRP planning process when planning both MPS and MRP-planned items at the same time. Maintain repetitive planning periods is another optional phase in the planning process. Planning Time Fence A Master Scheduling/MRP item attribute used to determine a future point in time inside which there are certain restrictions on the planning recommendations the planning process can make for the item. For discretely planned items, the planning process cannot suggest new planned orders for the item or suggest rescheduling existing orders for the item to an earlier date. For repetitively planned items, the planning process can only suggest new daily rates that fall inside the acceptable rate increase and acceptable rate decrease boundaries defined for the item. A value of Cumulative manufacturing lead time means Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the planning time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the cumulative manufacturing lead time for the item. A value of Cumulative total lead time means Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the planning time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the total manufacturing lead time for the item. A value of Total lead time means Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the planning time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the total lead time for the item. A value of User-defined time fence means Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the planning time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the value you enter for Planning Time Fence Days for the item. Planning Time Fence Days An item attribute Master Scheduling/MRP uses when you set the Planning Time fence attribute to User-defined time fence. Master Scheduling/MRP calculates the planning time fence for the item as the plan date (or the next workday if the plan is generated on a non workday) plus the value you enter here. postprocessing lead time The time required to receive a purchased item into inventory from the initial supplier receipt, such as the time required to deliver an order from the receiving dock to its final destination. preprocessing lead time The time required to place a purchase order or create a discrete job or repetitive schedule that you must add to purchasing or manufacturing lead time to determine total lead time. If you define this time for a repetitive item, the planning process ignores it.
Glossary-22
primary line See lead time line. processing lead time The time required to procure or manufacture an item. For manufactured assemblies, processing lead time equals the manufacturing lead time. product A finished item that you sell. See also finished good. production line The physical location where you manufacture a repetitive assembly, usually associated with a routing. You can build many different assemblies on the same line at the same time. Also known as assembly line. production rate Hourly rate of assemblies manufactured on a production line. production relief The process of relieving the master production schedule when a discrete job is created. This decrements the build schedule to represent an actual statement of supply. project A unit of work broken down into one or more tasks, for which you specify revenue and billing methods, invoice formats, a managing organization, and project manager and bill rates schedules. You can charge costs to a project, as well as generate and maintain revenue, invoice, unbilled receivable and unearned revenue information for a project. project job A standard or non-standard WIP job with a project reference. The valuation accounts associated with this type of job will be project work in process. Any balance remaining in such a job when it is closed will be reported as a variance. project task A subdivision of Project Work. Each project can have a set of top level tasks and a hierarchy of subtasks below each top level task. You can charge costs to tasks at the lowest level only. See also Work Breakdown Structure. projected available balance Quantity on hand projected into the future if scheduled receipts are rescheduled or cancelled, and new planned orders are created as per recommendations made by the planning process. Calculated by the planning process as current and planned supply
Glossary-23
(nettable quantity on hand + scheduled receipts + planned orders) minus demand (gross requirements). Note that gross requirements for projected available includes derived demand from planned orders. Note also that the planning process uses suggested due dates rather than current due dates to pass down demand to lower level items. See current projected on hand. projected on hand The total quantity on hand plus the total scheduled receipts plus the total planned orders. purchase order A type of purchase order you issue when you request delivery of goods or services for specific dates and locations. You can order multiple items for each planned or standard purchase order. Each purchase order line can have multiple shipments and you can distribute each shipment across multiple accounts. See standard purchase order and planned purchase order. purchase requisition An internal request for goods or services. A requisition can originate from an employee or from another process, such as inventory or manufacturing. Each requisition can include many lines, generally with a distinct item on each requisition line. Each requisition line includes at least a description of the item, the unit of measure, the quantity needed, the price per item, and the Accounting Flexfield you are charging for the item. See also internal sales order. rate-based capacity Capacity planning at the production line level. Required capacity, available capacity, and capacity load ratio are calculated for individual production lines. Required and available capacity are stated in terms of production rate per line per week. read consistency A consistent view of all table data committed by transactions and all changes made by the user, up to the time of the read. Reduce MPS An item attribute the Planning Manager uses to decide when to reduce the quantity on master production schedule entries for the item to zero. A value of None means the Planning Manager does not reduce order quantities on master production schedule entries. A value of Past due means the planning process reduces order quantities on master production schedule entries to zero when the due date for the entry becomes past due. A value of Within demand time fence means the planning process reduces order quantities on master production schedule entries to zero when the due date for the entry moves inside the demand time fence. A value of Within planning time fence means the planning process reduces order quantities on master production schedule
Glossary-24
entries to zero when the due date for the entry moves inside the planning time fence. repetitive MRP plan A set of optimal repetitive schedules which satisfy a given master schedule for repetitive items. repetitive planning The planning of demand or production for an item in terms of daily rates rather than discrete quantities. Repetitive Planning (item attribute) An item attribute the planning process uses to decide whether to plan material requirements for the item in terms of discrete quantities or repetitive daily rates. repetitive planning period A period, defined as a number of days, that smooths the production rate over time. With repetitive planning periods, you can prevent your planned repetitive production rate from fluctuating too frequently. repetitive processing days The number of days you plan to work on a repetitive schedule, from the first unit start date to the last unit start date. repetitive rate The daily rate for a repetitive schedule. See daily rate. repetitive schedule The process of dividing suggested aggregate repetitive schedules and allocating them across individual production lines, based on predefined line priorities and production rates. repetitive schedule allocation The process of dividing suggested aggregate repetitive schedules and allocating them across individual production lines, based on predefined line priorities and production rates. required capacity The amount of capacity required for a resource or production line. required hours The number of resource hours required per resource unit to build one unit of the bill of resources item.
Glossary-25
required rate The production rate allocated to an individual production line by the repetitive schedule allocation process. requisition See purchase requisition and internal sales order. rescheduling assumption A fundamental piece of planning process logic that assumes that existing open orders can be rescheduled into closer time periods far more easily than new orders can be released and received. As a result, the planning process does not create planed order receipts until all scheduled receipts have been applied to cover gross requirements. reservation A guaranteed allotment of product to a specific sales order. A hold is placed on specific terms that assures that a certain quantity of an item is available on a certain date when transacted against a particular charge entity. Once reserved, the product cannot be allocated to another sales order or transferred in Inventory. Oracle Order Management checks ATR (Available to Reserve) to verify an attempted reservation. Also known as hard reservation. resource Anything of value, except material and cash, required to manufacture, cost, and schedule products. Resources include people, tools, machines, labor purchased from a supplier, and physical space. resource group Resources grouped together according to user-defined criteria to facilitate bill of resource generation and capacity planning. resource offset percent An operation resource field that represents, as a percent of the processing lead time for an item, the item when a resource is required on a routing. For example, if the processing lead time for an item is 10 days, and the resource is required on the fourth day, then the resource offset percent is 30%. Capacity uses resource offset percent to calculate setback days during the bill of resource load process. resource roll up Rolls up all required resources for a end assembly based on the routing and bill of material structure.
Glossary-26
resource set A grouping of bills of resources. resource hours The number of hours required by a repetitive schedule, discrete job or planned order. resource units The number of units of a resource available for this resource at this operation. revision A particular version of an item, bill of material, or routing. rough cut capacity planning The process of converting the master schedule into capacity needs for key resources. See routing-based capacity and rate-based capacity rough cut planner The routine that automatically calculates required resources for rough cut capacity planning (done when running a report or inquiry). Rounding Control An item attribute the planning process uses to decide whether to use decimal or whole number values when calculating planned order quantities or repetitive rates for the item. A value of Do not round order quantities the planning process uses and displays decimal values when calculating planned order quantities and suggested repetitive rates for the item. A value of Round order quantities means the planning process rounds decimal values up to the next whole number when calculating planned order quantities and suggested daily rates for the item. Planned order quantities and suggested daily rates are always rounded up, never down. The planning process carries any excess quantities and rates forward into subsequent periods as additional supply. routing-based capacity Capacity planning at the resource level. Required capacity, available capacity, and capacity load ratio are calculated for individual resources assigned to operations on routings.. Required and available capacity are stated in terms of hours per resource per week. safety stock Quantity of stock planned to have in inventory to protect against fluctuations in demand and/or supply.
Glossary-27
Safety Stock (item attribute) An item attribute the planning process uses to decide whether to use fixed or dynamically calculated safety stock quantities when planning material requirements for the item. A value of MRP-planned percent means the planning process plans to safety stock quantities it calculates dynamically as a user-defined percentage of the average gross requirements for a user-defined number of days. The user-defined percentage is defined by the value you enter for the Safety Stock Percent attribute for the item. For discretely planned items, the user-defined number of days is defined by the value you enter for the Safety Stock Bucket Days attribute for the item. For repetitively planned items, the planning process uses the repetitive planning period rather than Safety Stock Bucket Days. These safety stock quantities are dynamic in that they vary as a function of the average gross requirements calculated by the planning process for the item. A value of Non-MRP planned means the planning process plans to safety stock quantities calculated and maintained in Inventory. These safety stock quantities are fixed in that the Snapshot loads them from Inventory before the planning process and they do not vary unless they are recalculated in Inventory. Safety Stock Bucket Days An item attribute the planning process uses when you set the Safety Stock attribute for the item to MRP-planned percent. The planning process dynamically calculates safety stock quantities for the item by multiplying the average gross requirements for the item, over the time period defined by the value you enter for Safety Stock Bucket Days, by the value you enter for Safety Stock Percent. Safety Stock Percent An item attribute the planning process uses when you set the Safety Stock attribute for the item to MRP-planned percent. The planning process dynamically calculates safety stock quantities for the item by multiplying the average gross requirements for the item, over the time period defined by the value you enter for Safety Stock Bucket Days, by the value you enter for Safety Stock Percent. safety stock quantity The quantity suggested by MRP as additional supply needed for safety stock. This quantity can change according to an effective date set in Inventory. schedule date The date for a master schedule entry for an item. A schedule for an item has a schedule date and an associated quantity. For Order Management, it is considered the date the order line should be ready to ship, the date communicated from Order Management to Inventory as the required date any time you reserve or place demand for an order line. schedule end date For repetitive items, defines the end of the repetitive rate for a master schedule.
Glossary-28
schedule entry A schedule for an inventory item. For discrete items, stated by a date and quantity. For repetitive items, stated by a date, schedule end date, and quantity. schedule smoothing The manual process of entering quantities and dates on the master production schedule that represent a level production policy. scheduled receipt A discrete job, repetitive schedule, non-standard job, purchase requisition, or purchase order. It is treated as part of available supply during the netting process. Schedule receipt dates and/or quantities are not altered automatically by the MRP system. set transaction read-only An ORACLE RDBMS command that allows you to consider all the transactions committed after its execution. No transactions are written after the command is executed. See read consistency. setback days The number of days set back from the assembly due date that a resource is required to build the assembly. shift A scheduled period of work for a department within an organization. ship-to address A location where items are to be shipped. shipment relief The process of relieving the master demand schedule when a sales order ships. This decrements the demand schedule to represent an actual statement of demand. Shrinkage Rate An item attribute the planning process uses to inflate the demand for the item to compensate for expected material loss. Enter a factor that represents the average amount of material you expect to lose during your manufacturing process. For example, if an average 20% of all units of the item fail final inspection, enter a shrinkage rate for the item of 0.2. In this example, the planning process always inflates net requirements for the item by a factor of 1.25 (1 / 1 - shrinkage rate). simulation schedule Unofficial schedules for personal use that contain the most current scheduled item
Glossary-29
information. You can print Simulation schedules, but you cannot confirm or send them via EDI. simulation set group of capacity modifications for resource shifts to simulate, plan, or schedule capacity. snapshot The only phase under the memory-based planning engine. The snapshot takes a snapshot or picture of supply and demand information at a particular point in time. The snapshot gathers all the information about current supply and demand that is required by the planner to calculate net material requirements, including on-hand inventory quantities and scheduled receipts. Under the memory-based planning engine, explosion and planning occur in the snapshot phase. snapshot delete worker An independent concurrent process launched by the snapshot monitor that deletes planning data from the previous planning run. snapshot monitor A process, launched by the memory-based snapshot, that coordinates all the processes related to the memory-based planning engine. snapshot task A task performed by the snapshot or a snapshot worker during the planning process. snapshot worker A group of independent concurrent processes controlled by the snapshot monitor that brings information into flat files. This information comes from Work in Process, Bill of Materials, on-hand quantities, purchase orders, firm planned orders, routings, and Work in Process job resource requirements. soft reservation The planning process considers sales order demand soft reservation. source forecast When loading a forecast into another forecast, the source forecast is the forecast you load from. sourcing rule Specifies how to replenish items in an organization, such as purchased items in plants. You can also use sourcing rules to override sourcing that is specified in the bill of distribution assigned to an item.
Glossary-30
sourcing rule assignment See assignment hierarchy standard purchase order A type of purchase order you issue when you order delivery of goods or services for specific dates and locations for your company. Each standard purchase order line can have multiple shipments and you can distribute the quantity of each shipment across multiple accounts. See purchase order. statistical forecasting A mathematical analysis of past transaction history, last forecast quantities, and/or information specified by the user to determine expected demand. suggested aggregate repetitive schedule The optimal repetitive schedule suggested by MRP to satisfy a given master schedule. The optimal schedule represents aggregated production for all lines and considers the constraints of planning periods, item lead time, firm schedules, time fence control, acceptable rate changes and overrun amounts. suggested repetitive schedule The schedule for an individual production line for a specific item that is derived from the Suggested aggregate schedule. MRP divides the suggested aggregate schedule for a specific line and item based on the production line attributes: priority, minimum and maximum rates. supply chain planning The development and maintenance of multi-organizational distribution and manufacturing plans across a Operational cycle time the rate at which products need to be manufactured on the line. Aids in establishing the daily rates for the production line. TAKT Time = effective resource hours available per day / Average daily demand time bucket A unit of time used for defining and consuming forecasts. A bucket can be one day, one week, or one period. time fence A policy or guideline established to note where various restrictions or changes in operating procedures take place. The planning process cannot create or reschedule orders within the planning time fence. This gives the planner the ability to stabilize the plan and thereby minimizing the nervousness of the system.
Glossary-31
time phased requirements Requirements for resources where the need dates are offset by the lead time for those resources. two-level master scheduling A technique that facilitates the forecast explosion of product groupings into related master production schedules. The top-level MPS is usually defined for a product line, family or end product while the second-level is defined for key options and components. underload A condition where required capacity for a resource or production is less than available capacity. usage quantity The quantity of a component, including component yield required to produce one assembly in a discrete job or repetitive schedule as stated on the bill of materials. utilization Ratio of direct time charged to the clock time scheduled for the resource. work order date The date to begin processing the paperwork for the discrete job. This date is offset from the start date by the preprocessing lead time. worker An independent concurrent process that executes specific tasks. Programs using workers to break large tasks into smaller ones must coordinate the actions of the workers.
Glossary-32
Index
A
Alerts appendix, C-1 forecast overconsumption detail, C-1 forecast overconsumption summary , C-1 appendix, D-5 Find Supply/Demand Window appendix, D-6 Forecast Overconsumption Detail appendix, C-1 Forecast Overconsumption Summary appendix, C-1 Forecasts - Statistical and Focus appendix, F-1
C
crp reports, 11-34 Customized Find Windows find exceptions window, D-2 find items window, D-5 find supply/demand Window, D-6 Navigating through a customized find window, D-2 Customized Find Windows appendix, D-1 Customizing the Planning Exception Messages Process appendix, E-2
K
kanban calculations viewing and updating, 12-8 kanban tools menu, 12-11
M
Memory-Based Planning Engine appendix, G-1 processing steps, G-3
N E
Exception Process 1 Activities appendix, E-7 Exception Process 2 Activities appendix, E-11 Navigating through a Customized Find Window appendix, D-2
O
On Hand vs. Available Report, 11-8 Oracle Master Scheduling / MRP Character Mode Forms and Corresponding GUI Windows appendix, H-1
F
Find Exceptions Window appendix, D-2 Find Items Window
Index-1
parallel processing inter-process communication, 14-2 overview, 14-1 planner parallel processing, 14-9 planning manager, 14-10 process control, 14-1 single processor machine, 14-3 snapshot, 14-4 snapshot parallel processing, 14-9 Planning Exception Messages Item Type appendix, E-5 Planning Exception Messages Workflow appendix, E-1 planning manager worker, 11-34 planning parameters, 11-34 Processing Steps appendix, G-3 project MRP setup tasks, 13-2
process, E-2 exception process 1 activities , E-7 exception process 2 activities, E-11 planning exception messages item type, E-5 summary of exception process 1, E-6 summary of exception process 2, E-9 summary of planning exception messages activities, E-6 supported and unsupported customizations, E-3 workflow process forward (node 2), E-7, E-11 Workflow Process Forward appendix, E-11 Workflow Process Forward (Node 2) appendix, E-7
R
reports master schedule comparison report, 11-24 Reports on hand vs. available, 11-8
S
Saving Your Search in a Folder appendix, D-2 Sorting Data on Multiple Levels appendix, D-4 Summary of Exception Process 1 appendix, E-6 Summary of Exception Process 2 appendix, E-9 Summary of Planning Exception Messages Activities appendix, E-6 Supported and Unsupported Customizations appendix, E-3
W
Windows and Navigator Paths appendix, B-1 Workflow - Planning Exception Messages customizing the planning exception messages
Index-2